NX-series Digital I/O Unit User`s Manual
Machine Automation Controller
NX-series
Digital I/O Units
User’s Manual
NX-ID
NX-IA
NX-OC
NX-OD
NX-MD
Digital I/O Units
W521-E1-07
NOTE
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in
any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because
OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is
subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages
resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
Trademarks
• Sysmac and SYSMAC are trademarks or registered trademarks of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other
countries for OMRON factory automation products.
• Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Excel, and Visual Basic are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
• EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
• Safety over EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH,
Germany.
• ODVA, CIP, CompoNet, DeviceNet, and EtherNet/IP are trademarks of ODVA.
• The SD and SDHC logos are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective companies.
Copyrights
Microsoft product screen shots reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
Introduction
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing an NX-series Digital I/O Unit.
This manual contains information that is necessary to use the NX-series Digital I/O Unit. Please read
this manual and make sure you understand the functionality and performance of the NX-series Digital
I/O Unit before you attempt to use it in a control system.
Keep this manual in a safe place where it will be available for reference during operation.
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for the following personnel, who must also have knowledge of electrical systems (an electrical engineer or the equivalent).
• Personnel in charge of introducing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of designing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of installing and maintaining FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities.
For programming, this manual is intended for personnel who understand the programming language
specifications in international standard IEC 61131-3 or Japanese standard JIS B 3503.
Applicable Products
This manual covers the following product.
• NX-series Digital I/O Unit
NX-ID /IA /OD/OC/MD
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
Introduction .............................................................................................................. 1
Intended Audience....................................................................................................................................... 1
Applicable Products ..................................................................................................................................... 1
Relevant Manuals ..................................................................................................... 7
Manual Structure ...................................................................................................... 8
Page Structure and Icons ............................................................................................................................ 8
Special Information ...................................................................................................................................... 9
Precaution on Terminology ........................................................................................................................ 10
Terms and Conditions Agreement ........................................................................ 11
Warranty, Limitations of Liability ................................................................................................................ 11
Application Considerations ........................................................................................................................ 12
Disclaimers ................................................................................................................................................ 12
Safety Precautions ................................................................................................. 13
Definition of Precautionary Information...................................................................................................... 13
Symbols ..................................................................................................................................................... 13
Warnings.................................................................................................................................................... 14
Cautions..................................................................................................................................................... 15
Precautions for Safe Use ....................................................................................... 17
Precautions for Correct Use.................................................................................. 22
Regulations and Standards ................................................................................... 23
Conformance to EU Directives .................................................................................................................. 23
Conformance to UL and CSA Standards ................................................................................................... 24
Conformance to Shipbuilding Standards ................................................................................................... 24
Conformance to KC Standards .................................................................................................................. 24
Software Licenses and Copyrights ............................................................................................................ 24
Unit Versions .......................................................................................................... 25
Unit Versions.............................................................................................................................................. 25
Unit Versions and Support Software Versions ........................................................................................... 26
Related Manuals ..................................................................................................... 27
Terminology ............................................................................................................ 30
Revision History ..................................................................................................... 32
Sections in this Manual ......................................................................................... 33
Section 1
1-1
Features and System Configuration
Features and Types of Digital I/O Units ............................................................................... 1-2
1-1-1
1-1-2
1-2
System Configuration ........................................................................................................... 1-4
1-2-1
1-2-2
2
Digital I/O Unit Features.............................................................................................................. 1-2
Digital I/O Unit Types .................................................................................................................. 1-3
System Configuration in the Case of a CPU Unit........................................................................ 1-4
System Configuration of Slave Terminals ................................................................................... 1-5
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
CONTENTS
1-3
Model List............................................................................................................................... 1-7
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-4
1-4
List of Functions.................................................................................................................. 1-16
1-4-1
1-4-2
1-4-3
1-5
Model Notation............................................................................................................................ 1-7
Digital Input Units...................................................................................................................... 1-10
Digital Output Units................................................................................................................... 1-12
Digital Mixed I/O Units .............................................................................................................. 1-15
Digital Input Units...................................................................................................................... 1-16
Digital Output Units................................................................................................................... 1-17
Digital Mixed I/O Units .............................................................................................................. 1-18
Support Software................................................................................................................. 1-19
Section 2
Specifications
2-1
General Specifications .......................................................................................................... 2-2
2-2
Individual Specifications ...................................................................................................... 2-3
Section 3
3-1
Part Names and Functions
Part Names............................................................................................................................. 3-2
3-1-1
3-1-2
3-1-3
3-2
Indicators ............................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-2-1
3-2-2
Section 4
4-1
Installing NX Units ................................................................................................................ 4-2
Section 5
Wiring the Input Units ............................................................................................................... 4-40
Precautions when Wiring to the Output Units ........................................................................... 4-52
I/O Refreshing
I/O Refreshing ........................................................................................................................ 5-2
5-1-1
5-1-2
5-2
Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block.................................................................... 4-12
Wiring to M3 Screw Terminal Block .......................................................................................... 4-31
Wiring to MIL/Fujitsu Connectors.............................................................................................. 4-35
Checking the Wiring.................................................................................................................. 4-39
Wiring Examples.................................................................................................................. 4-40
4-4-1
4-4-2
5-1
Applications of I/O Power Supply and Supply Methods.............................................................. 4-9
Calculating the Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply ..........................................4-11
Wiring the Terminals ........................................................................................................... 4-12
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-4
Installing NX Units ...................................................................................................................... 4-2
Attaching Markers....................................................................................................................... 4-4
Removing NX Units .................................................................................................................... 4-6
Installation Orientation ................................................................................................................ 4-7
Power Supply Types and Wiring .......................................................................................... 4-9
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-3
TS Indicator .............................................................................................................................. 3-15
IN/OUT Indicator....................................................................................................................... 3-16
Installation and Wiring
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-3
4-1-4
4-2
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type .................................................................................. 3-2
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type................................................................................................... 3-7
Connector Types......................................................................................................................... 3-8
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units to NX Units ............................................................................... 5-2
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units or Industrial PCs to Slave Terminal .......................................... 5-3
I/O Refreshing Methods ........................................................................................................ 5-5
5-2-1
Types of I/O Refreshing Methods ............................................................................................... 5-5
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3
CONTENTS
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7
5-2-8
5-2-9
5-2-10
Section 6
Digital Input Units
6-1
Types of Digital Input Units................................................................................................... 6-2
6-2
Specifications of I/O Data ..................................................................................................... 6-4
6-2-1
Allocable I/O Data ....................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-3
List of Settings....................................................................................................................... 6-7
6-4
Function ............................................................................................................................... 6-13
6-4-1
6-4-2
Section 7
List of Digital Input Unit Functions............................................................................................. 6-13
Input Filter ................................................................................................................................. 6-14
Digital Output Units
7-1
Types of Digital Output Units................................................................................................ 7-2
7-2
Specifications of I/O Data ..................................................................................................... 7-5
7-2-1
7-3
7-4
Allocable I/O Data ....................................................................................................................... 7-5
List of Settings....................................................................................................................... 7-9
Function ............................................................................................................................... 7-12
7-4-1
7-4-2
7-4-3
List of Digital Output Unit Functions.......................................................................................... 7-12
Load Rejection Output Setting .................................................................................................. 7-13
Load Short-circuit Protection..................................................................................................... 7-17
7-5
Push-pull Output ................................................................................................................. 7-19
7-6
Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units ............................................................. 7-20
Section 8
Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-1
Types of Digital Mixed I/O Units ........................................................................................... 8-2
8-2
Specifications of I/O Data ..................................................................................................... 8-3
8-2-1
8-3
8-4
Input Settings .............................................................................................................................. 8-5
Output Settings ........................................................................................................................... 8-6
Function ................................................................................................................................. 8-7
8-4-1
8-4-2
Section 9
Allocable I/O Data ....................................................................................................................... 8-3
List of Settings....................................................................................................................... 8-5
8-3-1
8-3-2
4
Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods ............................................................................................ 5-7
Selecting NX Units ...................................................................................................................... 5-8
Free-Run Refreshing................................................................................................................... 5-8
Synchronous Input Refreshing.................................................................................................. 5-12
Synchronous Output Refreshing ............................................................................................... 5-16
Time Stamp Refreshing............................................................................................................. 5-19
Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time............................................................................... 5-20
Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp.......................................................................... 5-27
An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change .......... 5-33
Input Functions............................................................................................................................ 8-7
Output Functions......................................................................................................................... 8-7
Troubleshooting
9-1
How to Check for Errors ....................................................................................................... 9-2
9-2
Checking for Errors with the Indicators .............................................................................. 9-3
9-3
Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software................................ 9-5
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
CONTENTS
9-3-1
9-3-2
9-3-3
9-3-4
9-4
9-5
Resetting Errors .................................................................................................................. 9-19
Troubles Specific To Each Type of NX Units..................................................................... 9-20
9-5-1
9-5-2
9-6
Checking for Errors from the Sysmac Studio.............................................................................. 9-5
Checking for Errors from Support Software Other Than the Sysmac Studio.............................. 9-6
Event Codes and Corrections for Errors..................................................................................... 9-7
Meaning of Error ....................................................................................................................... 9-10
Digital Inputs ............................................................................................................................. 9-20
Digital Outputs .......................................................................................................................... 9-21
Troubleshooting Flowchart ................................................................................................ 9-22
Section 10
Inspection and Maintenance
10-1 Cleaning and Inspection ..................................................................................................... 10-2
10-1-1 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................... 10-2
10-1-2 Periodic Inspection ................................................................................................................... 10-2
10-2 Maintenance Procedures .................................................................................................... 10-5
Appendices
A-1 Data Sheet ..............................................................................................................................A-2
A-1-1
A-1-2
A-1-3
A-1-4
Model List ................................................................................................................................... A-2
Digital Input Units........................................................................................................................ A-7
Digital Output Units................................................................................................................... A-38
Digital Mixed I/O Units .............................................................................................................. A-82
A-2 Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................A-96
A-2-1
A-2-2
A-2-3
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type ................................................................................ A-96
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type................................................................................................. A-98
Connector Types....................................................................................................................... A-99
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals ...A-102
A-3-1
A-3-2
A-3-3
A-3-4
Patterns for Combining Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units
and I/O Relay Terminals ......................................................................................................... A-102
Combinations of Connections................................................................................................. A-104
Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams ........................................ A-110
Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals........................................................................ A-127
A-4 EMC Directive Measures for Relay Outputs....................................................................A-133
A-5 List of NX Objects..............................................................................................................A-134
A-5-1
A-5-2
A-5-3
A-5-4
Format of Object Descriptions ................................................................................................ A-134
Digital Input Units.................................................................................................................... A-135
Digital Output Units................................................................................................................. A-143
Digital Mixed I/O Units ............................................................................................................ A-152
A-6 List of Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Models ......................................................A-157
A-6-1
A-6-2
Model Notation........................................................................................................................ A-157
List of Terminal Block Models ................................................................................................. A-157
A-7 Version Information with CPU Units ................................................................................A-158
A-7-1
Relationship between Unit Versions of Units .......................................................................... A-158
A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units ............................................A-160
A-8-1
A-8-2
Connection to an EtherCAT Coupler Unit ............................................................................... A-160
Connection to an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit ............................................................................ A-162
A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page ..................................................A-164
A-9-1
A-9-2
Connection to the CPU Unit.................................................................................................... A-164
Slave Terminal ........................................................................................................................ A-166
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5
CONTENTS
Index
6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Relevant Manuals
Relevant Manuals
The table below provides the relevant manuals for the NX-series Digital I/O Units.
Read all of the manuals that are relevant to your system configuration and application to make the most
of the NX-series Digital I/O Units.
Other manuals, such as related product manuals, are necessary for specific system configurations and
applications. Refer to Related Manuals on page 27 for the related manuals.
Manual name
NX-series Digital I/O Units User's
Manual
NX-series Data Reference Manual
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Application
Learning how to use NX-series Digital I/O Units
Referencing lists of the data that is required to configure systems with
NX-series Units
7
Manual Structure
Manual Structure
Page Structure and Icons
The following page structure and icons are used in this manual.
Mounting Units
Level 1 heading
Level 2 heading
Level 3 heading
Connecting Controller Components
Gives the current
headings.
4 Installation and Wiring
Level 2 heading
Level 3 heading
4-3
4-3-1
The Units that make up an NJ-series Controller can be connected simply by pressing the Units together
and locking the sliders by moving them toward the back of the Units. The End Cover is connected in the
same way to the Unit on the far right side of the Controller.
A step in a procedure
1
Join the Units so that the connectors fit exactly.
Hook
Indicates a procedure.
Hook holes
Connector
4-3 Mounting Units
4
The yellow sliders at the top and bottom of each Unit lock the Units together. Move the sliders
toward the back of the Units as shown below until they click into place.
Move the sliders toward the back
until they lock into place.
Lock
Release
Slider
Special information
Icons indicate
precautions, additional
information, or reference
information.
Manual name
4-3-1 Connecting Controller Components
2
Page tab
Gives the number
of the main section.
Precautions for Correct Use
The sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Power Supply Unit, CPU Unit, I/O Units, Special I/O
Units, and CPU Bus Units must be completely locked (until they click into place) after connecting
the adjacent Unit connectors.
NJ-series CPU Unit Hardware User’s Manual (W500)
4-9
Note This illustration is provided only as a sample. It may not literally appear in this manual.
8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Manual Structure
Special Information
Special information in this manual is classified as follows:
Precautions for Safe Use
Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure safe usage of the product.
Precautions for Correct Use
Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance.
Additional Information
Additional information to read as required.
This information is provided to increase understanding or make operation easier.
Version Information
Information on differences in specifications and functionality for CPU Units, Industrial PCs, and
Communications Coupler Units with different unit versions and for different versions of the Support Software is given.
Note References are provided to more detailed or related information.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9
Manual Structure
Precaution on Terminology
• In this manual, “download” refers to transferring data from the Support Software to a physical device
and “upload” refers to transferring data from a physical device to the Support Software.
• In this manual, the directions in relation to the Units are given in the following figure, which shows
upright installation.
Up
Left
Right
Down
• This user's manual refers to the NY-series IPC Machine Controller Industrial Panel PCs and Industrial Box PCs as simply Industrial PCs or as NY-series Industrial PCs.
• This user's manual refers to the built-in EtherCAT port on an NJ/NX-series Controller or NY-series
Industrial PC as simple a built-in EtherCAT port.
• This user's manual may omit manual names and manual numbers in places that refer to the user's
manuals for CPU Units and Industrial PCs. The following table gives some examples. When necessary, refer to Related Manuals on page 27 to determine the appropriate manual based on the common text for the omitted contents.
Examples:
Manual name
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit Software User's
Manual
NY-series
IPC Machine Controller Industrial Panel PC
/ Industrial Box PC
Software User’s Manual
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit Built-in EtherCAT®
Port User's Manual
NY-series
IPC Machine Controller Industrial Panel PC
/ Industrial Box PC
Built-in EtherCAT® Port
User’s Manual
Omitted contents
Software user's manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC
Common text
Software User's Manual
User's manual for built-in EtherCAT
port on the connected CPU Unit or
Industrial PC
Built-in EtherCAT port
• This user’s manual may omit manual names and manual numbers in places that refer to the user's
manuals for Communications Coupler Units. If you will use a Communications Coupler Unit, refer to
Related Manuals on page 27 to identify the manual for your Unit.
10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Warranty, Limitations of Liability
Warranties
z Exclusive Warranty
Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in
writing by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied.
z Limitations
OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF
THE PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE
PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE.
Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based
on infringement by the Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right.
z Buyer Remedy
Omron’s sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s election, to (i) replace (in the form originally
shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof) the non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal
to the purchase price of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be
responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products
unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled, stored, installed and
maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of
any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies
shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in
writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty.
See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information.
Limitation on Liability; Etc
OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY
WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY.
Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on
which liability is asserted.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
11
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Application Considerations
Suitability of Use
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations
which apply to the combination of the Product in the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At
Buyer’s request, Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings
and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of
the particular Product with respect to Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR
PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO
ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND
INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
Programmable Products
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable Product, or
any consequence thereof.
Disclaimers
Performance Data
Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for
the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of
Omron’s test conditions, and the user must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
Change in Specifications
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other
reasons. It is our practice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or
when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the Product may be
changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish
key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron’s representative at any time to
confirm actual specifications of purchased Product.
Errors and Omissions
Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.
12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
Definition of Precautionary Information
The following notation is used in this manual to provide precautions required to ensure safe usage of an
NX-series Digital I/O Unit.
The safety precautions that are provided are extremely important to safety. Always read and heed the
information provided in all safety precautions.
The following notation is used.
WARNING
Caution
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury. Additionally, there may be
severe property damage.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate injury, or property damage.
Symbols
The circle and slash symbol indicates operations that you must not do.
The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text.
This example indicates prohibiting disassembly.
The triangle symbol indicates precautions (including warnings).
The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text.
This example indicates a precaution for electric shock.
The triangle symbol indicates precautions (including warnings).
The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text.
This example indicates a general precaution.
The filled circle symbol indicates operations that you must do.
The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text.
This example shows a general precaution for something that you must do.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
13
Safety Precautions
Warnings
WARNING
During Power Supply
Do not touch the terminal section while power is ON.
Electric shock may occur.
Do not attempt to take any Unit apart.
In particular, high-voltage parts are present in Units that supply power while power is supplied or immediately after power is turned OFF. Touching any of these parts may result in
electric shock. There are sharp parts inside the Unit that may cause injury.
Fail-safe Measures
Provide safety measures in external circuits to ensure safety in the system if an abnormality
occurs due to malfunction of the CPU Unit, Industrial PC, other Units, or slaves or due to
other external factors affecting operation.
Not doing so may result in serious accidents due to incorrect operation.
Emergency stop circuits, interlock circuits, limit circuits, and similar safety measures must
be provided in external control circuits.
The CPU Unit or Industrial PC will turn OFF all outputs from Output Units in the following
cases. The remote I/O slaves will operate according to the settings in the slaves.
• If a power supply error occurs.
• If the power supply connection becomes faulty.
• If a CPU watchdog timer error or CPU reset occurs.
• If a Controller error in the major fault level occurs.
• While the CPU Unit is on standby until RUN mode is entered after the power is turned ON
External safety measures must be provided to ensure safe operation of the system in such
cases.
The outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of the output relays or
destruction of the output transistors. As a countermeasure for such problems, external
safety measures must be provided to ensure safe operation of the system.
If external power supplies for slaves or other devices are overloaded or short-circuited, the
voltage will drop, outputs will turn OFF, and the system may be unable to read inputs. Provide external safety measures in control with monitoring of external power supply voltage
as required so that the system operates safely in such a case.
You must take fail-safe measures to ensure safety in the event of incorrect, missing, or
abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines, momentary power interruptions, or other
causes.
Not doing so may result in serious accidents due to incorrect operation.
14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Safety Precautions
Voltage and Current Inputs
Make sure that the voltages and currents that are input to the Units and slaves are within
the specified ranges.
Inputting voltages or currents that are outside of the specified ranges may cause accidents
or fire.
Transferring
Always confirm safety at the destination node before you transfer Unit configuration information, parameters, settings, or other data from tools such as the Sysmac Studio.
The devices or machines may operate unexpectedly, regardless of the operating mode of
the Controller.
Cautions
Caution
Wiring
When you connect a computer or other peripheral device to a Communications Coupler
Unit that has a non-isolated DC power supply, either ground the 0-V side of the external
power supply (i.e. Unit power supply) or do not ground it at all.
If the peripheral devices are grounded incorrectly, the external power supply (i.e. Unit
power supply) may be short-circuited.
Never ground the 24-V side of the power supply, as shown in the following figure.
NX Unit power
supply
Communications Coupler Unit
Non-isolated DC power
supply (internal power
supply circuit)
Peripheral device
(e.g., computer)
Peripheral device
cable
24 V
0V
Ground terminal
Unit power
supply
Be sure that all terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque
specified in the relevant manuals. The loose screws may result in fire or malfunction.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
15
Safety Precautions
Online Editing
Execute online editing only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by deviations in the timing of I/O. If you perform online editing, the task execution time may exceed
the task period, I/O may not be refreshed with external devices, input signals may not be
read, and output timing may change.
16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Precautions for Safe Use
Precautions for Safe Use
Transporting
• When transporting any Unit, use the special packing box for it.
Also, do not subject the Unit to excessive vibration or shock during transportation.
• Do not drop any Unit or subject it to abnormal vibration or shock.
Doing so may result in Unit malfunction or burning.
Mounting
• Mount terminal blocks and connectors only after checking the mounting location carefully.
• Be sure that the terminal blocks, expansion cables, and other items with locking devices are properly
locked into place.
Installation
• Do not apply labels or tape to the Unit. When the Unit is installed or removed, adhesive or scraps
may adhere to the pins in the NX bus connector, which may result in malfunctions.
• Do not touch the pins in the NX bus connector on the Unit. Dirt may adhere to the pins in the NX bus
connector, which may result in malfunctions.
NG
NG
Example: NX Unit (12 mm width)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
17
Precautions for Safe Use
• Do not write on an NX Unit with ink within the restricted region that is shown in the following figure.
Also do not get this area dirty. When the Unit is installed or removed, ink or dirt may adhere to the
pins in the NX bus connector, which may result in malfunctions in the CPU Rack or the Slave Terminal.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit for the
restricted region of CPU Unit and Communications Coupler Unit.
Restricted
region (shaded
portion)
• For the installation orientations in the following figure, support the cables, e.g., with a duct, so that the
End Plate on the bottom is not subjected to the weight of the cables. The weight of the cables may
cause the bottom End Plate to slide downward so that the Slave Terminal is no longer secured to the
DIN Track, which may result in malfunctions.
Up
Down
18
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Precautions for Safe Use
Wiring
• Double-check all switches and other settings and double-check all wiring to make sure that they are
correct before turning ON the power supply.
• Use the correct wiring parts and tools when you wire the system.
• Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit. Also, do not place heavy
objects on top of the cables or other wiring lines. Doing so may break the cable.
• When wiring or installing the Units, do not allow metal fragments to enter the Units.
• Do not press the flat-blade screwdriver straight into the release holes on a screwless clamping terminal block. Doing so may damage the terminal block.
NG
OK
• When you insert a flat-blade screwdriver into a release hole on a screwless clamping terminal block,
press it down with a force of 30N or less. Applying excessive force may damage the terminal block.
• Do not incline or twist the flat-blade screwdriver while it is in a release hole on a screwless clamping
terminal block. Doing so may damage the terminal block.
NG
NG
• If you use reed switches for the input contacts for AC Input Units, use switches with an allowable current of 1 A or greater. If the capacity of the reed switches is too low, inrush current may fuse the contacts.
• Use crimp terminals for wiring the M3 screw terminal blocks. Do not connect bare stranded wires
directly to the M3 screw terminal blocks.
Power Supply Design
• Use all Units within the I/O power supply ranges that are given in the specifications.
• Use the I/O power supply current for the CPU Rack of the NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit at 4 A or less.
Using the currents that are outside of the specifications may cause failure or damage.
• Supply sufficient power according to the contents of this manual.
• Use the power supply voltage that is specified in this manual.
• Do not apply voltages that exceed the rated value to any Input Unit.
• Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the Output Units or slaves in excess of the maximum ratings.
• Inrush current occurs when the power supply is turned ON. When selecting fuses or breakers for
external circuits, consider their fusing and detection characteristics as well as the above precautions
and allow sufficient margin in shut-off performance.
• Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short-circuiting and overcurrents in
external wiring.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
19
Precautions for Safe Use
Turning ON the Power Supply
• When you set the Operating Mode at Startup, confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system.
Actual Operation
• Before you start operation, always register the NX Units that are connected to the Communications
Coupler Unit in the host communications master as the Unit Configuration Information.
• Check the user program, data, and parameter settings for proper execution before you use them for
actual operation.
• If you change the fail-soft operation setting, the output status when the error occurs may also change.
Confirm safety before you change the fail-soft operation setting.
• If you use fail-soft operation, write programming to determine whether Unit I/O data is valid. Without
such programming, the user program cannot distinguish between Units for which I/O refreshing is
continued and Units for which I/O refreshing is stopped.
Turning OFF the Power Supply
• Do not disconnect the cable or turn OFF the power supply to the Controller or a Slave Terminal when
downloading data or the user program from the Support Software.
• Always turn OFF the external power supply to the Units before attempting any of the following.
Mounting or removing an NX Unit, Communications Coupler Unit, CPU Unit, or Industrial PC
Assembling Units
Setting DIP switches or rotary switches
Connecting or wiring cables
Attaching or removing terminal blocks or connectors
Units that supply power continue to supply power to the Units for up to several seconds after the
power supply is turned OFF. The PWR indicator remains lit as long as power is supplied. Confirm that
the PWR indicator is not lit before you perform any of the above.
Operation
• Confirm that the controlled system will not be adversely affected before you perform any of the following operations.
Changing the operating mode of the CPU Unit or the Industrial PC (including changing the setting
of the Operating Mode at Startup)
Changing the user program or settings
Changing set values or present values
Forced refreshing
• Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you change the settings of a
slave or Unit.
General Communications
• Do not exceed the ranges that are given in the specifications for the communications distance and
number of connected Units.
• Refer to the user’s manual for the Communications Coupler Unit for precautions for the safe use of
communications with the connected Communications Coupler Unit.
20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Precautions for Safe Use
Unit Replacement
• When you replace a Unit, start operation only after you transfer the settings and variables that are
required for operation to the new Unit.
Disposal
• Dispose of the product according to local ordinances as they apply.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
21
Precautions for Correct Use
Precautions for Correct Use
Storage, Mounting, and Wiring
• Follow the instructions in this manual to correctly perform installation and wiring.
• Do not operate or store the Units in the following locations. Doing so may result in malfunction, in
operation stopping, or in burning.
Locations subject to direct sunlight
Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications
Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature
Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases
Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts
Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals
Locations subject to shock or vibration
• Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures during installation in the following locations.
Locations subject to strong, high-frequency noise
Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise
Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields
Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity
Locations close to power lines
• Before touching a Unit, be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any
static build-up.
• Use the rated power supply voltage for the Units that supply power. Take appropriate measures to
ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied in places where the
power supply is unstable.
• Install the Units away from sources of heat and ensure proper ventilation. Not doing so may result in
malfunction, in operation stopping, or in burning.
• Do not allow foreign matter to enter the openings in the Unit. Doing so may result in Unit burning,
electric shock, or failure.
Actual Operation
• If you change the event level of an error, the output status when the error occurs may also change.
Confirm safety before you change an event level.
Turning OFF the Power Supply
• Do not turn OFF the power supply while data is being transferred.
• Do not turn OFF the power supply while parameters are being written to the CPU Unit, the Communications Coupler Unit or NX Units.
General Communications
• Refer to the user’s manual for the Communications Coupler Unit for precautions for the correct use of
communications with the connected Communications Coupler Unit.
22
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Regulations and Standards
Regulations and Standards
Conformance to EU Directives
Applicable Directives
• EMC Directives
• Low Voltage Directive
Concepts
z EMC Directives
OMRON devices that comply with EU Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that
they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine. The actual products have
been checked for conformity to EMC standards.*1
Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer, however, must
be checked by the customer. EMC-related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EU
Directives will vary depending on the configuration, wiring, and other conditions of the equipment or
control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed. The customer must, therefore, perform
the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards.
*1. Applicable EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) standards are as follows:
EMS (Electromagnetic Susceptibility): EN 61131-2
EMI (Electromagnetic Interference): EN 61131-2 (Radiated emission: 10-m regulations).
z Low Voltage Directive
Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1,000 VAC and 75 to 1,500 VDC meet the
required safety standards. The applicable directive is EN 61010-2-201.
z Conformance to EU Directives
The NX-series Units comply with EU Directives. To ensure that the machine or device in which the
NX-series Units are used complies with EU Directives, the following precautions must be observed.
• The NX-series Units must be installed within a control panel.
• You must use SELV power supply for the DC power supplies that are connected as the Unit power
supplies and I/O power supplies for the NX-series Units.
We recommend that you use the OMRON S8VK-S series Power Supplies for the CPU Racks with
NX-series NX1P2 CPU Units. We recommend that you use the OMRON S8JX-series Power Supplies for Slave Terminals. EMC standard compliance was confirmed for these recommended
Power Supplies.
• NX-series Units that comply with EU Directives also conform to the Common Emission Standard
(EN 61131-2). Radiated emission characteristics (10-m regulations) may vary depending on the
configuration of the control panel used, other devices connected to the control panel, wiring, and
other conditions.
You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or equipment in which the NX-series Units
are used complies with EU Directives.
• You must use power supplies with an output hold time of 10 ms or longer for the DC power supplies that are connected as the Unit power supplies and I/O power supplies for the NX-series
Units.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
23
Regulations and Standards
• This is a Class A product (for industrial environments). In a residential environment, it may cause
radio interference. If radio interference occurs, the user may be required to take appropriate measures.
Conformance to UL and CSA Standards
Some NX-series products comply with UL and CSA standards. If you use an NX-series product that
complies with UL or CSA standards and the machinery or system in which you use the NX-series product must also comply with the standards, refer to the Instruction Sheet that is provided with the product.
The Instruction Sheet provides the application conditions for complying with the standards.
Conformance to Shipbuilding Standards
Some NX-series products comply with shipbuilding standards. If you use an NX-series product that
complies with shipbuilding standards and the machinery or system in which you use the NX-series
product must also comply with the standards, consult with your OMRON representative. Application
conditions are defined according to the installation location. Application may not be possible for some
installation locations.
For usage conditions for shipbuilding standards, refer to Conformance to Shipping Standards in the
user's manual for the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit that the NX Units are connected to.
Conformance to KC Standards
Observe the following precaution if you use NX-series Units in Korea.
Class A Device (Broadcasting Communications Device for Office Use)
This device obtained EMC registration for office use (Class A), and it is intended to be used in places
other than homes.
Sellers and/or users need to take note of this.
Software Licenses and Copyrights
This product incorporates certain third party software. The license and copyright information associated
with this software is available at http://www.fa.omron.co.jp/nj_info_e/.
24
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Unit Versions
Unit Versions
This section describes the notation that is used for unit versions, the confirmation method for unit versions, and the relationship between unit versions and Support Software versions.
Unit Versions
A “unit version” has been introduced to manage the Units in the NX Series according to differences in
functionality accompanying Unit upgrades.
An example is provided below for Communications Coupler Units and NX Units. For the notation that is
used for the unit versions of CPU Units or Industrial PCs and the confirmation method for unit versions,
refer to the user’s manual for each Unit.
Notation of Unit Versions on Products
The unit version is given with the Unit specifications on the side of the Unit or in the notched area.
Notched
area
Unit
specifications
Lot number and unit version
Unit model number
LOT No.
Lot number
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Unit version
25
Unit Versions
The following information is provided in the Unit specifications on the Unit.
Name
Function
Unit model number
Gives the model of the Unit.
Unit version
Gives the unit version of the Unit.
Lot number
Gives the lot number of the Unit.
DDMYY: Lot number, : Used by OMRON.
“M” gives the month (1 to 9: January to September, X: October, Y: November, Z: December)
The following information is provided in the notched area on the Unit.
Name
Lot number and
unit version
Function
Gives the lot number and unit version of the Unit.
• DDMYY: Lot number, : Used by OMRON.
“M” gives the month (1 to 9: January to September, X: October, Y: November, Z: December)
• 1: Unit version
The decimal portion of the unit version is omitted. (It is provided in the Unit specifications.)
Confirming Unit Versions with the Support Software
If your NX Unit is connected to a CPU Unit, refer to the user’s manual of the connected CPU Unit for the
confirmation method for the unit version of the NX Unit.
If your NX Unit is connected to a Communications Coupler Unit, refer to the user’s manual of the connected Communications Coupler Unit for the confirmation method for the unit version of the Communications Coupler Unit and NX Unit.
Unit Versions and Support Software Versions
The functions that are supported depend on the unit version of the Unit. The version of Support Software that supports the functions that were added for an upgrade is required to use those functions.
Refer to A-7 Version Information with CPU Units on page A-158 or A-8 Version Information with
Communications Coupler Units on page A-160 for the functions that are supported by each unit
version.
26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Related Manuals
Related Manuals
The following table shows related manuals. Use these manuals for reference.
Manual name
NX-series Digital I/O
Units User’s Manual
Cat. No.
W521
Model numbers
NX-ID
NX-IA
NX-OC
Application
Description
The hardware, setup methods, and
Learning how to
use NX-series Dig- functions of the NX-series Digital I/O
Units are described.
ital I/O Units
NX-OD
NX-series Data Reference Manual
W525
NX-MD
NX-
NX-series System Units
User’s Manual
W523
NX-PD1
NX-PF0
NX-PC0
Sysmac Studio Version
1 Operation Manual
W504
NX-IO Configurator
Operation Manual
W585
NJ/NX-series Troubleshooting Manual
W503
NX-TBX01
SYSMACSE2
CXONEALD-V4
NX701-
NJ501-
NJ301-
NJ101-
NY-series
Troubleshooting Manual
W564
NX-series EtherCAT®
Coupler Unit User’s
Manual
W519
NX1P2-
NY532-
NY512-
NX-ECC20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Referencing lists of
the data that is
required to configure systems with
NX-series Units
Learning how to
use NX-series
System Units
Lists of the power consumptions,
weights, and other NX Unit data that is
required to configure systems with
NX-series Units are provided.
Learning about the
operating procedures and functions of the
Sysmac Studio
Learning about the
operating procedures and functions of the NX-IO
Configurator.
Learning about the
errors that may be
detected in an
NJ/NX-series Controller
Describes the operating procedures of
the Sysmac Studio.
Learning about the
errors that may be
detected in an
NY-series Industrial PC
Learning how to
use an NX-series
EtherCAT Coupler
Unit and EtherCAT Slave Terminals
Concepts on managing errors that may
be detected in an NY-series Controller
and information on individual errors are
described.
The hardware and functions of the
NX-series System Units are described.
Describes the operating procedures of
the NX-IO Configurator.
Concepts on managing errors that may
be detected in an NJ/NX-series Controller and information on individual
errors are described.
The following items are described: the
overall system and configuration methods of an EtherCAT Slave Terminal
(which consists of an NX-series EtherCAT Coupler Unit and NX Units), and
information on hardware, setup, and
functions to set up, control, and monitor
NX Units through EtherCAT.
27
Related Manuals
Manual name
NX-series Ether-
Cat. No.
W536
Model numbers
NX-EIC202
Application
Learning how to
use an NX-series
EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit and EtherNet/IP Slave
Terminals
W535
NX701-
Learning the basic
specifications of
the NX-series
NX701 CPU Units,
including introductory information,
designing, installation, and maintenance.
Net/IPTM Coupler Unit
User’s Manual
NX-series CPU Unit
Hardware User’s Manual
NX-series NX1P2 CPU
Unit Hardware User’s
Manual
NJ-series CPU Unit
Hardware User’s Manual
NY-series IPC Machine
Controller Industrial
Panel PC Hardware
User’s Manual
28
W578
W500
NX1P2-
NJ501-
NJ301-
NJ101-
W557
NY532-
Mainly hardware
information is provided.
Learning the basic
specifications of
the NX-series
NX1P2 CPU Units,
including introductory information,
designing, installation, and maintenance. Mainly
hardware information is provided.
Learning the basic
specifications of
the NJ-series CPU
Units, including
introductory information, designing,
installation, and
maintenance.
Mainly hardware
information is provided.
Learning the basic
specifications of
the NY-series
Industrial Panel
PCs, including
introductory information, designing,
installation, and
maintenance.
Mainly hardware
information is provided.
Description
The following items are described: the
overall system and configuration methods of an EtherNet/IP Slave Terminal
(which consists of an NX-series EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit and NX Units), and
information on hardware, setup, and
functions to set up, control, and monitor
NX Units.
An introduction to the entire NX701
CPU Unit system is provided along with
the following information on the CPU
Unit.
• Features and system configuration
• Overview
• Part names and functions
• General specifications
• Installation and wiring
• Maintenance and Inspection
An introduction to the entire NX1P2
CPU Unit system is provided along with
the following information on the CPU
Unit.
• Features and system configuration
• Overview
• Part names and functions
• General specifications
• Installation and wiring
• Maintenance and Inspection
An introduction to the entire NJ-series
system is provided along with the following information on the CPU Unit.
• Features and system configuration
• Overview
• Part names and functions
• General specifications
• Installation and wiring
• Maintenance and Inspection
An introduction to the entire NY-series
system is provided along with the following information on the Industrial
Panel PC.
• Features and system configuration
• Introduction
• Part names and functions
• General specifications
• Installation and wiring
• Maintenance and inspection
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Related Manuals
Manual name
NY-series IPC Machine
Controller Industrial Box
PC Hardware User's
Manual
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit
Software User's Manual
Cat. No.
W556
W501
Model numbers
NY512-
NX701-
NJ501-
NJ301-
NJ101-
NX1P2-
NY-series IPC Machine
Controller Industrial
Panel PC / Industrial
Box PC Software User’s
Manual
NJ/NX-series Instructions Reference Manual
W558
NY532-
NY512-
W502
NX701-
NJ501-
NJ301-
NJ101-
NY-series Instructions
Reference Manual
W560
NX1P2-
NY532-
NY512-
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Application
Learning the basic
specifications of
the NY-series
Industrial Box PCs,
including introductory information,
designing, installation, and maintenance. Mainly
hardware information is provided.
Learning how to
program and set
up an
NJ/NX-series CPU
Unit.
Mainly software
information is provided.
Learning how to
program and set
up the Controller
functions of an
NY-series Industrial PC
Learning detailed
specifications on
the basic instructions of an
NJ/NX-series CPU
Unit
Learning detailed
specifications on
the basic instructions of an
NY-series Industrial PC
Description
An introduction to the entire NY-series
system is provided along with the following information on the Industrial Box
PC.
• Features and system configuration
• Introduction
• Part names and functions
• General specifications
• Installation and wiring
• Maintenance and inspection
The following information is provided
on an NJ/NX-series CPU Unit.
• CPU Unit operation
• CPU Unit features
• Initial settings
• Programming based on IEC 61131-3
language specifications
The following information is provided
on NY-series Machine Automation Control Software.
• Controller operation
• Controller features
• Controller settings
• Programming based on IEC 61131-3
language specifications
The instructions in the instruction set
(IEC 61131-3 specifications) are
described.
The instructions in the instruction set
(IEC 61131-3 specifications) are
described.
29
Terminology
Terminology
Term
application layer status, AL status
Abbreviation
---
CAN application protocol over EtherCAT
CAN in Automation
CoE
Communications Coupler Units
---
CPU Rack
---
DC time
---
device profile
---
device variable
---
distributed clock
DC
EtherCAT slave controller
EtherCAT slave information
EtherCAT state machine
EtherCAT Technology Group
ESC
ESI
ESM
ETG
I/O map settings
---
I/O port
---
I/O refreshing
---
index
network configuration information
-----
NX bus
object
-----
object dictionary
OD
30
CiA
Description
Status for indicating information on errors that occur in an application on
a slave.
A CAN application protocol service implemented on EtherCAT.
CiA is the international users' and manufacturers' group that develops
and supports higher-layer protocols.
The generic name of an interface unit for remote I/O communications on
a network between NX Units and a host network master.
A rack to which a CPU Unit is mounted. For an NX-series NX1P2 CPU
Unit, a CPU Rack has a CPU Unit with NX Units and an End Cover
mounted to it.
Time indicated by the clock shared between the CPU Unit and the NX
Units in a CPU Rack for an NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit. EtherCAT
slaves that support distributed clock synchronization have a clock that is
shared by all slaves in the network. The time that is based on this distributed clock is called the DC time. The same clock is shared by an
NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit, NX Units connected to the CPU Unit, and
applicable EtherCAT slaves.
A collection of device dependent information and functionality providing
consistency between similar devices of the same device type.
A variable that is used to access a specific device through an I/O port by
an NJ/NX-series CPU Unit or NY-series Industrial PC. Process data on
an EtherCAT slave is allocated to this variable. For an NX-series NX1P2
CPU Unit, I/O data for the NX Units on a CPU Unit is allocated. A user
application on a CPU Unit or Industrial PC accesses a device that can
be connected, by directly reading and writing this device variable.
Clock distribution mechanism used to synchronize EtherCAT slaves and
the EtherCAT master.
A controller for EtherCAT slave communications.
An XML file that contains setting information for an EtherCAT slave.
An EtherCAT communications state machine.
The ETG is a global organization in which OEM, end users, and technology providers join forces to support and promote the further technology
development.
Settings that assign variables to I/O ports. Assignment information
between I/O ports and variables.
A logical interface that is used by the NJ/NX-series CPU Unit or
NY-series Industrial PC to exchange data with an external device (slave
or Unit).
Cyclic data exchange with external devices that is performed with predetermined memory addresses.
Address of an object within an application process.
The EtherCAT network configuration information held by the EtherCAT
master.
The NX-series internal bus.
An abstract representation of a particular component within a device,
which consists of data, parameters, and methods.
Data structure that contains description of data type objects, communication objects and application objects.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Terminology
Operational
Abbreviation
---
PDO communications
Pre-Operational
-----
primary periodic task
process data
-----
process data communications
---
process data object
PDO
receive PDO
Safe-Operational
RxPDO
---
SDO communications
---
service data object
SDO
Slave Information Interface
Slave Terminal
SII
---
subindex
Sync0
-----
Sync Manager
SM
task period
---
transmit PDO
TxPDO
Term
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Description
A state in EtherCAT communications where SDO communications and
I/O are possible.
An acronym for process data communications.
A state in EtherCAT communications where only SDO communications
are possible with the slaves, i.e., no I/O can be performed.
The task with the highest priority.
Collection of application objects designated to be downloaded cyclically
or acyclically for the purpose of measurement and control.
One type of EtherCAT communications in which process data objects
(PDOs) are used to exchange information cyclically and in realtime. This
is also called PDO communications.
A structure that describes the mappings of parameters that have one or
more process data entities.
A process data object received by an EtherCAT slave.
A state in EtherCAT communications where only SDO communications
and reading input data from slaves are possible. Outputs from slaves are
not performed.
One type of EtherCAT communications in which service data objects
(SDOs) are used to transmit information whenever required.
CoE asynchronous mailbox communications where all objects in the
object dictionary can be read and written.
Slave information that is stored in non-volatile memory in the slave.
A building-block remote I/O terminal to which a Communications Coupler Unit and NX Units are mounted
Sub-address of an object within the object dictionary.
A signal that gives the interrupt timing based on the distributed clock
(DC) in EtherCAT communications. The slaves execute controls according to this interrupt timing.
Collection of control elements to coordinate access to concurrently used
objects.
The interval at which the primary periodic task or a periodic task is executed.
A process data object sent from an EtherCAT slave.
31
Revision History
Revision History
A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front and back covers of the
manual.
Cat. No. W521-E1-07
Revision code
Revision code
01
02
Date
April 2013
June 2013
03
04
September 2013
July 2014
05
April 2015
Revised content
Original production
Added time stamp refreshing, models on time stamp refreshing and corrected mistakes.
Added information on the NX-IA3117/OC2733 and corrected mistakes.
Added information on the
NX-ID5142-5/ID6142-5/OD5121-5/OD5256-5/OD6121-5/OD6256-5/MD
6121-5/MD6256-5 and corrected mistakes.
• Added information on the
NX-ID5142-1/ID6142-6/OD3268/OD5121-1/OD5256-1/OD6121-6/MD
6121-6.
• Made changes accompanying the addition of the NX-series CPU Unit.
06
October 2016
• Corrected mistakes.
• Made changes accompanying the addition of NX-OC4633.
• Made changes to add NY-series IPC Machine Controller Industrial
Panel PCs and Industrial Box PCs.
• Made changes accompanying the addition of the NX-series NX1P2
CPU Unit.
07
June 2017
• Corrected mistakes.
• Made changes accompanying the upgrade of the NX-ECC203 unit version to version 1.5.
• Made changes accompanying the upgrade of the NX-EIC202 unit version to version 1.2.
• Corrected mistakes.
32
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Sections in this Manual
Sections in this Manual
1
2
Features and System
Configuration
Specifications
10
A
Inspection and
Maintenance
1
10
2
A
3
I
Appendices
4
3
Part Names and
Functions
4
Installation and
Wiring
5
I/O Refreshing
6
I
Index
5
6
7
8
Digital Input Units
9
7
Digital Output Units
8
Digital Mixed I/O Units
9
Troubleshooting
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
33
Sections in this Manual
34
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1
Features and System Configuration
This section describes NX system configuration and the types of Digital I/O Units.
1-1 Features and Types of Digital I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-1-1
1-1-2
Digital I/O Unit Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Digital I/O Unit Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-2-1
1-2-2
System Configuration in the Case of a CPU Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
System Configuration of Slave Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-3 Model List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-3-1
1-3-2
1-3-3
1-3-4
Model Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Digital Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Digital Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Digital Mixed I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
1-4 List of Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-1
1-4-2
1-4-3
Digital Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Digital Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Digital Mixed I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
1-5 Support Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1-1
1 Features and System Configuration
1-1
Features and Types of Digital I/O
Units
This section describes features and types of Digital I/O Units.
1-1-1
Digital I/O Unit Features
The Digital I/O Units are NX Units to process inputs and outputs of digital signals (ON/OFF signals).
The NX-series Digital I/O Units have the following features.
Can be Connected to a CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit
NX Unit NX-series Digital I/O Units can be connected to the following Units.*1
• NX-series CPU Unit
• NX-series Communications Coupler Unit
When a CPU Unit and a Communications Coupler Unit are used together, you can unify the methods
for installing, wiring, and setting up NX Units, and eventually reduce design costs.
Example:
NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit
NX Units: e.g., NX-series Degital I/O Units
NX-series EtherCAT Coupler Unit
*1. For whether NX Units can be connected to the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit to be used, refer to
the user's manual for the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit to be used.
Synchronous I/O with Refresh Cycle of the NX Bus
When the NX-series CPU Units or EtherCAT Coupler Unit is used together with NX Units that support
synchronous I/O refreshing, the I/O control of multiple NX Units can be synchronized at the time to synchronize with the refresh cycle of the NX bus.
This provides an accurate I/O control because it suppresses jitter in the I/O timing of multiple NX Units.
1-2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
You can use NX-series CPU Units or EtherCAT Coupler Units with NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time and with other NX Units that support output refreshing with specified time
stamp to control the outputs at fixed intervals after the sensor inputs change.
External output device
(Output)
1
1-1-2 Digital I/O Unit Types
Workpiece
Sensor
(Input)
Fixed interval
When input changes
When output is made
Simple I/O Wiring with a Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
The terminal block is a screwless clamping terminal block.
You can connect the wires simply by pushing the ferrules into the terminals. The amount of wiring work
is reduced without requiring the use of screws.
1-1-2
Digital I/O Unit Types
The types of Digital I/O Units are as follows.
Type
Digital Input Units
Digital Output Units
Digital Mixed I/O Units
Purpose
These are Units with functionality to process input of digital signals from sensors
and other connected external devices.
These are Units with functionality to process output of digital signals to relays and
other connected external devices.
These are Units with functionality to process input of digital signals from connected
external devices as well as functionality to process output of digital signals to connected external devices.
Refer to 1-3 Model List on page 1-7 for details on Digital I/O Unit models and 1-4 List of Functions on
page 1-16 for details on their functions.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1-1 Features and Types of Digital I/O Units
Controlling Outputs at Fixed Intervals After Inputs Change
1-3
1 Features and System Configuration
1-2
System Configuration
NX Unit NX-series Digital I/O Units can be connected to the following Units.
• NX-series CPU Unit
• NX-series Communications Coupler Unit
The following explains the system configuration for each NX Unit connection destination.
1-2-1
System Configuration in the Case of a CPU Unit
The following figure shows a system configuration when a group of NX Units is connected to an
NX-series CPU Unit.
You can connect the EtherCAT Slave Terminal to the built-in EtherCAT port on the CPU Unit. Refer to
1-2-2 System Configuration of Slave Terminals on page 1-5 for details on the system configuration of a
Slave Terminal.
(D) Support Software
Sysmac Studio
● CPU Rack
(A) NX-series CPU Unit
NX1P2-
Connect to built-in
EtherNet/IP port
Built-in EtherCAT port
(B) NX Units
(C) End Cover
EtherCAT
EtherCAT Slave Terminal
NX Units
EtherCAT Coupler Unit
SymItem
bol
(A)
NX-series CPU Unit
(B)
1-4
NX Units
Description
The Unit that serves as the center of control for a Machine Automation Controller. It executes tasks, refreshes I/O for other Units and slaves, etc. NX Units
can be connected to an NX1P2 CPU Unit.
The NX Units perform I/O processing with connected external devices. The
NX Units exchange data with the CPU Unit through I/O refreshing. A maximum
of eight NX Units can be connected to an NX1P2 CPU Unit.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
Description
The End Cover is attached to the end of a CPU Rack.
A computer software application for setting, programming, debugging, and
troubleshooting NJ/NX/NY-series Controllers.
(Sysmac Studio)
For an NX1P2 CPU Unit, this application performs setting operation by making
a connection to a built-in EtherNet/IP port.
1-2 System Configuration
SymItem
bol
(C)
End Cover
(D)
Support Software
1
System Configuration of Slave Terminals
A building-block remote I/O slave provided with a group of NX Units connected to a Communications
Coupler Unit is generically called a Slave Terminal.
The NX Units can be flexibly combined with a Communications Coupler Unit to achieve the optimum
remote I/O slave for the application with less wiring, less work, and less space.
The following figure shows an example of the system configuration when an EtherCAT Coupler Unit is
used as a Communications Coupler Unit.
Refer to the user's manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for details on how to configure the system when any other type of Communications Coupler Unit is used.
(E) Support Software*1
(A) EtherCAT master
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit, NY-series Industrial PC,
or master from another manufacturer
.xml
(F) ESI files
EtherCAT port
(E) Support Software (G) Communications cable
Ethernet cables
Peripheral USB port
• EtherCAT Slave Terminal
(B) NX Series
EtherCAT Coupler Unit
NX-ECC20
Connection to peripheral USB
port on EtherCAT Coupler Unit
.xml
(D) End Cover
(F) ESI files
(C) NX Units
*1. The connection method for the Support Software depends on the model of the CPU Unit or Industrial PC.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1-5
1-2-2 System Configuration of Slave Terminals
1-2-2
1 Features and System Configuration
Letter
(A)
EtherCAT master *1
(B)
EtherCAT Coupler Unit
Item
Description
The EtherCAT master manages the network, monitors the status of slaves,
and exchanges I/O data with slaves.
The EtherCAT Coupler Unit serves as an interface for process data communications on the EtherCAT network between the NX Units and the EtherCAT
master.
The I/O data for the NX Units is accumulated in the EtherCAT Coupler Unit
and then all of the data is exchanged with the EtherCAT master at the same
time.
(C)
NX Units
(D)
(E)
End Cover
(F)
ESI (EtherCAT Slave
Information) file
(G)
Support Software*2 *3
Communications cable
The EtherCAT Coupler Unit can also perform message communications (SDO
communications) with the EtherCAT master.
The NX Units perform I/O processing with connected external devices.
The NX Units perform process data communications with the EtherCAT master through the EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
The End Cover is attached to the end of the Slave Terminal.
The Support Software runs on a personal computer and it is used to configure
the EtherCAT network and EtherCAT Slave Terminal, and to program, monitor,
and troubleshoot the Controllers.
The ESI files contain information that is unique to the EtherCAT Slave Terminals in XML format. You can load an ESI file into the Support Software to easily allocate Slave Terminal process data and make other settings.
The ESI files for OMRON EtherCAT slaves are installed in the Support Software. You can obtain the ESI files for the latest models through the Support
Software’s automatic update function.
Use a double-shielded cable with aluminum tape and braiding of Ethernet category 5 (100Base-TX) or higher, and use straight wiring.
*1. An EtherCAT Slave Terminal cannot be connected to any of the OMRON CJ1W-NC81/82 Position Control
Units even though they can operate as EtherCAT masters.
*2. The term Support Software indicates software that is provided by OMRON. If you connect to a master from
another company, use the software tool corresponding to that master.
*3. Refer to 1-5 Support Software on page 1-19 for information on Support Software.
1-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
1-3
1-3 Model List
1-3-1
Model List
Model Notation
The Digital I/O Unit models are assigned based on the following rules.
1
1-3-1 Model Notation
NX - - Unit type
ID : DC input
IA : AC input
OD : Transistor output
OC : Relay output
MD : DC input/Transistor output
Number of points
2 : 2 points
3 : 4 points
4 : 8 points
5 : 16 points
6 : 32 points, or 16 points each for inputs and outputs
I/O type
Number
Inputs
Outputs
Mixed I/O (Input, Output)
1
For both NPN/PNP
NPN
For both NPN/PNP, NPN
2
−
PNP
For both NPN/PNP, PNP
3
NPN
−
−
4
PNP
−
−
6
−
N.O.
−
7
−
N.O. + N.C. −
Other specifications
Refer to Other specifications on the next page.
External connection terminals
Number
None
External connection terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block
-1
M3 screw terminal block
-5
MIL connector
-6
Fujitsu connector
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1-7
1 Features and System Configuration
Other Specifications
z Digital Input Units
ON/OFF response
time
Num
ber
Input voltage
Exceeds
1 μs
1 μs max.
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing *1 only
or
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing *2 and Free-Run
refreshing
Input refreshing with input
changed time only
17
12 to 24 VDC
or 240 VAC
Yes
---
Yes
---
42
43
44
24 VDC
Yes
-----
--Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
---
----Yes
*1. Free-Run refreshing
*2. Synchronous I/O refreshing
z Digital Output Units
ON/OFF response
time
I/O refreshing method
Other functions
Free-Run refreshNum
ber
21
33
53
54
56
57
58
68
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
or 240 VAC
24 VDC
Load
current
0.5 A
2A
0.5 A
2A
Exceed
s 1 μs
Yes
Yes
----Yes
----Yes
1 μs
max.
----Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
---
ing *1 only
or
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing *2 and
Free-Run refreshing
Yes
Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
--Yes
Output refreshing with specified time stamp
only
------Yes
----Yes
---
Load
short-circuit
protection
--------Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
*1. Free-Run refreshing
*2. Synchronous I/O refreshing
1-8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
z Digital Mixed I/O Units
Num
ber
Rated input
voltage
21
56
Rated
voltage
12 to
24
VDC
24
VDC
ON/OFF response time
Load
current
Exceeds
1 μs
1 μs max.
Yes
---
Yes
---
0.5 A
I/O refreshing
method
Other functions
Load
short-circuit
protection
Switching SynchroYes
nous I/O refreshing and Free-Run
refreshing
---
Refer to Section 5 I/O Refreshing for details on the I/O refreshing method.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1
1-3-1 Model Notation
24 VDC
Output section
1-3 Model List
Input section
1-9
1 Features and System Configuration
1-3-2
Digital Input Units
This section shows the specifications for Digital Input Units.
Refer to A-1-2 Digital Input Units on page A-7 for details on the specifications of individual Digital Input
Units.
DC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
Rated input
voltage
12 to 24 VDC
NX-ID3317
NX-ID3343
NPN
24 VDC
NX-ID3344
NX-ID3417
4
point
s
NX-ID3443
12 to 24 VDC
PNP
NX-ID3444
NX-ID4342
NX-ID4442
NX-ID5342
NX-ID5442
8
point
s
16
point
s
NPN
I/O refreshing
method
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-9
P. A-11
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
PNP
P. A-17
P. A-18
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
NPN
P. A-14
P. A-16
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
24 VDC
PNP
P. A-13
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-20
P. A-22
P. A-24
DC Input Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID5142-1
1 - 10
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
16
For both
point
NPN/PNP
s
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing
method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
Model
NX-ID5142-5
Internal I/O
common
Rated input
voltage
I/O refreshing
method
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
1
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
P. A-28
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-30
DC Input Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID6142-6
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
32
For both
point
NPN/PNP
s
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing
method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-33
AC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
NX-IA3117
Num
ber
Rated input voltage
of
poin
ts
4
200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
point
(170 to 264 VAC, ±3 Hz)
s
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
I/O refreshing
method
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
Free-Run refreshing
10 ms max./40 ms
max.
P. A-36
1 - 11
1-3-2 Digital Input Units
NX-ID6142-5
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
16
point
s
32
point
s
1-3 Model List
DC Input Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
1 Features and System Configuration
1-3-3
Digital Output Units
This section shows the specifications for Digital Output Units.
Refer to A-1-3 Digital Output Units on page A-38 for details on the specifications of individual Digital
Output Units.
Transistor Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
Number of
points
Maximum
value of
load current
2 points
PNP
0.5 A/point,
1 A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
24 VDC
Output
refreshing
with specified time
stamp only
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
12 to 24
VDC
NX-OD3121
NPN
NX-OD3153
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
NX-OD3256
4 points
24 VDC
NX-OD3257
PNP
2 A/point, 8
A/Unit
NX-OD3268
NX-OD4121
12 to 24
VDC
NPN
8 points
NX-OD4256
PNP
24 VDC
0.5 A/point,
4 A/Unit
NX-OD5121
NPN
12 to 24
VDC
PNP
24 VDC
16
points
NX-OD5256
1 - 12
ON/OFF
response
time
Rated voltage
NPN
NX-OD2154
NX-OD2258
Internal I/O
common
Reference
P. A-40
P. A-42
P. A-44
P. A-46
P. A-48
P. A-50
P. A-52
P. A-54
P. A-56
P. A-58
P. A-60
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
Model
Number of
points
NX-OD5121-1
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of
load current
12 to 24
VDC
NPN
NX-OD5256-1
0.5 A/point,
5 A/Unit
PNP
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
P. A-62
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
P. A-64
I/O refreshing method
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
Number of
points
NX-OD5121-5
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of
load current
NPN
16
points
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
NX-OD5256-5
PNP
NX-OD6121-5
NPN
32
points
NX-OD6256-5
PNP
Rated voltage
12 to 24
VDC
24 VDC
0.5 A/point,
2 A/common, 4
A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
12 to 24
VDC
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-66
P. A-68
P. A-70
P. A-72
Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-OD6121-6
Number of
points
32
points
Internal I/O
common
NPN
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Maximum
value of
load current
0.5 A/point,
2 A/common, 4
A/Unit
Rated voltage
I/O refreshing method
12 to 24
VDC
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
P. A-74
1 - 13
1
1-3-3 Digital Output Units
16
points
Rated voltage
1-3 Model List
Transistor Output Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
1 Features and System Configuration
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
Number of
points
NX-OC2633
NX-OC2733
Relay type
N.O.
2 points
N.O. + N.C.
Maximum switching
capacity
I/O refreshing method
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1),
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 0.4),
24 VDC/2 A,
4 A/Unit
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
15 ms
max./15 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-76
P. A-78
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 24 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OC4633
1 - 14
Number of
points
8 points
Relay type
N.O.
Maximum switching
capacity
I/O refreshing method
250 VAC/2A (cosΦ = 1),
250 VAC/2A (cosΦ = 0.4),
24 VDC/2A,
8 A/Unit
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
15 ms
max./15 ms
max.
P. A-80
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
1-3-4
Digital Mixed I/O Units
Refer to A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units on page A-82 for details on the specifications of individual Mixed
I/O Units.
1
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of
load current
Outputs:
NPN
NX-MD6121-5
NX-MD6256-5
Outputs: 16
points
Inputs:
16
points
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Outputs:
PNP
Rated voltage
Outputs: 12
to 24 VDC
Inputs: 24
VDC
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
Outputs: 24
VDC
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Inputs: 24
VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Outputs: 0.5
ms max./1.0
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-84
P. A-88
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-MD6121-6
Number of
points
Outputs: 16
points
Inputs:
16
points
Internal I/O
common
Outputs:
NPN
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Maximum
value of
load current
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
Rated voltage
Outputs: 12
to 24 VDC
Inputs: 24
VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-92
1 - 15
1-3-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
Model
Number of
points
1-3 Model List
This section shows the specifications for Digital Mixed I/O Units.
1 Features and System Configuration
1-4
List of Functions
This section provides an overview of functions that the Digital I/O Units have.
Refer to the specifications of each model in A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for details on the functions.
1-4-1
Digital Input Units
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Time Stamp Refreshing
Input refreshing
with input changed
time
Input Filter
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC
times when inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC
times. These times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh
cycles.
Data exchange between the NX Units and the CPU Unit and
data exchange between the NX Units and the EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh
cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Input Units record the DC
times when inputs changed.
This function eliminates the chattering or the noises from input
signals.
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on
page 5-12
5-2-7 Time Stamp
Refreshing on
page 5-19
5-2-8 Input
Refreshing with
Input Changed
Time on page 5-20
6-4-2 Input Filter
on page 6-14
It is used to prevent the error reading due to the noises. You
can set the filter time constant.
1 - 16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
Digital Output Units
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Output refreshing
with specified time
stamp
Load Rejection Output
Setting
Load Short-circuit Protection
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC
times when inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC
times. These times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh
cycles.
Data exchange between the NX Units and the CPU Unit and
data exchange between the NX Units and the EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh
cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Output Units refresh outputs at specified DC times.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to an NX
bus error or CPU Unit watchdog timer error, in the case of
Units connected to a CPU Unit.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to a host
error on the Communications Coupler Unit or an error on the
NX bus, in the case of Slave Terminals.
A function in which the output will turn OFF to protect the output circuit when an overload or load short-circuit occurs due to
a failure of the connected external devices.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-6 Synchronous Output
Refreshing on
page 5-16
5-2-7 Time Stamp
Refreshing on
page 5-19
5-2-9 Output
Refreshing with
Specified Time
Stamp on page
5-27
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
on page 7-13
7-4-3 Load
Short-circuit Protection on page
7-17
1 - 17
1
1-4-2 Digital Output Units
Time Stamp Refreshing
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
1-4 List of Functions
1-4-2
1 Features and System Configuration
1-4-3
Digital Mixed I/O Units
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Input Filter
Load Rejection Output
Setting
Load Short-circuit Protection
1 - 18
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
This function eliminates the chattering or the noises from input
signals.
It is used to prevent the error reading due to the noises. You
can set the filter time constant.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to an NX
bus error or CPU Unit watchdog timer error, in the case of
Units connected to a CPU Unit.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to a host
error on the Communications Coupler Unit or an error on the
NX bus, in the case of Slave Terminals.
A function in which the output will turn OFF to protect the output circuit when an overload or load short-circuit occurs due to
a failure of the connected external devices.
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on
page 5-12
6-4-2 Input Filter
on page 6-14
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
on page 7-13
7-4-3 Load
Short-circuit Protection on page
7-17
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 Features and System Configuration
Support Software
1-5 Support Software
1-5
The Support Software that is used depends on the system configuration.
z Support Software for a System Configured with a CPU Unit
If your system is configured by connecting an NX Unit to a CPU Unit, the Sysmac Studio is used as
the Support Software.
z Support Software for a System Configured with a Slave Terminal
If your system is configured by connecting an NX Unit to a Communications Coupler Unit, refer to
the user’s manual for the Communications Coupler Unit for information on the Support Software.
Refer to A-7 Version Information with CPU Units on page A-158 or A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units on page A-160 for information on the Support Software versions.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1 - 19
1
1 Features and System Configuration
1 - 20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
2
Specifications
This section describes the general specifications and individual specifications of Digital
I/O Units.
2-1 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2 Individual Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
2-1
2 Specifications
2-1
General Specifications
General specifications of Digital I/O Units are shown below.
Item
Enclosure
Grounding methods
Ambient operating temperature
Ambient operating humidity
Atmosphere
Ambient storage temperature
Altitude
Pollution degree
Noise immunity
Operating envi- Overvoltage category
ronment EMC immunity level
Vibration resistance *1
Shock resistance *1
Insulation resistance
Dielectric strength
Applicable standards*3
Specification
Mounted in a panel
Ground of 100 Ω or less
0 to 55°C
10 to 95% RH (with no icing or condensation)
Must be free from corrosive gases.
-25 to 70°C (with no icing or condensation)
2,000 m max.
Pollution degree 2 or less: Conforms to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2.
Conforms to IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV (power supply line)
Category II: Conforms to JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2.
Zone B
Conforms to IEC 60068-2-6.
5 to 8.4 Hz with amplitude of 3.5 mm,
8.4 to 150 Hz, acceleration of 9.8 m/s2
100 min each in X, Y, and Z directions (10 sweeps of 10 min each = 100
min total)
Conforms to IEC 60068-2-27, 147 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z
directions
*2
*2
cULus: Listed (UL508) or Listed (UL 61010-2-201), ANSI/ISA 12.12.01,
EU: EN 61131-2 or EN 61010-2-201, C-Tick, KC: KC Registration, NK,
LR
*1. Relay Output Unit specifications depend on the model. Refer to A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for details.
*2. Varies with NX Unit Models. Refer to A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for the specifications of individual NX Units.
*3. Refer to the OMRON website (www.ia.omron.com) or ask your OMRON representative for the most recent applicable standards for each model.
2-2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
2 Specifications
Individual Specifications
2-2 Individual Specifications
2-2
Refer to A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for the specifications of individual Digital I/O Units.
2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
2-3
2 Specifications
2-4
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Part Names and Functions
3
This section describes the names and functions of the Digital I/O Unit parts.
3-1 Part Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-1-1
3-1-2
3-1-3
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Connector Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-2-1
3-2-2
TS Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
IN/OUT Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3-1
3 Part Names and Functions
3-1
Part Names
This section describes the names and functions of the Digital I/O Unit parts.
3-1-1
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type
NX Units (12 mm Width)
(B)
(B)
(C) (D) (E) (C)
(F)
(A)
(G)
(H)
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
3-2
Name
Marker attachment locations
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
(C)
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
Terminal block
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13
The terminal block is used to connect external devices.
Unit specifications
The number of terminals depends on the type of Unit.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
NX Units (24 mm Width)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E) (C)
(B)
3-1 Part Names
(F)
(A)
(G)
3
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Name
Marker attachment locations
(C)
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
(F)
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
(G)
Terminal block
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13
The terminal block is used to connect external devices.
(H)
Unit specifications
The number of terminals depends on the type of Unit.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3-3
3-1-1 Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type
(H)
3 Part Names and Functions
Terminal Blocks
There are two models of screwless clamping terminal blocks: NX-TB2 and NX-TB1. Each
model has three types of terminal blocks: 8-terminal type, 12-terminal type, and 16-terminal type.
z NX-TB2
(A)
(B)
A1
B1
A1
B1
A1
B1
A1
D1
A2
B2
A2
B2
A2
B2
A2
D2
A3
B3
A3
B3
A3
B3
A3
D3
A4
B4
A4
B4
A4
B4
A4
D4
A5
B5
A5
B5
A5
B5
A5
D5
A6
B6
A6
B6
A6
B6
A6
D6
A7
B7
A7
B7
A7
B7
A7
D7
A8
B8
A8
B8
A8
B8
A8
D8
8-terminal type
12-terminal type
16-terminal type
(C)
24 mm Width
8-terminal type ×2
z NX-TB1
(A)
(B)
A1
B1
A1
B1
A1
B1
A2
B2
A2
B2
A2
B2
A3
B3
A3
B3
A3
B3
A4
B4
A4
B4
A4
B4
A5
B5
A5
B5
A5
B5
A6
B6
A6
B6
A6
B6
A7
B7
A7
B7
A7
B7
A8
B8
A8
B8
A8
B8
8-terminal type
3-4
12-terminal type
(C)
16-terminal type
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
Letter
(A)
Name
Function
Terminal number indications
Terminal numbers for which A and B indicate the column, and 1 to 8 indicate
the line are displayed.
The terminal number is a combination of column and line, i.e. A1 to A8 and
B1 to B8.
(B)
Release holes
(C)
Terminal holes
The terminal number indications are the same regardless of the number of
terminals on the terminal block.
Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into these holes to connect and remove the
wires.
The wires are inserted into these holes.
3-1 Part Names
For models of 24 mm width, A1 to A8 and B1 to B8 are terminal number of
the left terminal block, C1 to C8 and D1 to D8 are terminal numbers of the
right terminal block.
3
To differentiate between the two models of terminal blocks, use the terminal number column indications. The terminal block with white letters on a dark background is the NX-TB2.
You can mount either NX-TB1 or NX-TB2 Terminal Blocks to the Units that the current
capacity specification of the terminals is 4 A or less.
You can only mount the NX-TB2 Terminal Block to the Units that the current capacity specification of the terminals is greater than 4 A.
Additional Information
• Each Digital I/O Unit is compatible with only one of three types of terminal blocks. You cannot use a terminal block with a number of terminals that differs from the specifications for a
particular Unit.
• The 8-terminal type and 12-terminal type do not have terminal holes and release holes for
following terminal numbers.
8-terminal type: A2, A4, A6, A8, B2, B4, B6, and B8
12-terminal type: A7, A8, B7, and B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3-5
3-1-1 Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type
The NX-TB2 and NX-TB1 Terminal Blocks have different terminal current capacities.
The NX-TB2 has 10 A and NX-TB1 has 4 A.
3 Part Names and Functions
z Applicable Terminal Blocks for Each Unit Model
The following indicates the terminal blocks that are applicable to each Unit.
Unit model number
NX-ID3
NX-ID4
NX-ID5
NX-IA3117
NX-OD2
NX-OD3268
NX-OD3
(any model other than
NX-OD3268)
NX-OD4
NX-OD5
NX-OC2
NX-OC4633
Model
NX-TBA121
NX-TBA122
NX-TBA161
NX-TBA162
NX-TBA081
NX-TBA082
NX-TBA162
NX-TBA121
NX-TBA122
NX-TBA161
NX-TBA162
NX-TBA081
NX-TBA082
NX-TBA082
NX-TBB082
Terminal block
Number of
Ground terminal
terminals
mark
12
Not provided
16
8
16
12
16
8
8
Current capacity
4A
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
10 A
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
10 A
4A
10 A
10 A
Precautions for Correct Use
You can mount either NX-TB1 or NX-TB2 Terminal Blocks to the Units that the current capacity specification of the terminals is 4 A or less.
However, even if you mount the NX-TB2 Terminal Block, the current specification does
not change because the current capacity specification of the terminals on the Units is 4 A or
less.
Refer to A-6 List of Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Models on page A-157 for information
on the models of terminal blocks.
3-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
3-1-2
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type
NX Units (30 mm Width)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E) (C)
(A)
3-1 Part Names
(F)
3
(G)
Letter
(A)
(J)
(I)
Name
Marker attachment locations
(C)
(H) (C)
(B)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
(F)
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4
NX bus connector
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
Unit hookup guides
These guides are used to connect two Units.
DIN Track mounting hooks These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
Protrusions for removing
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
the Unit
Indicators
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
Screw terminals
Terminal block lever
Unit specifications
Terminal block
Terminal block cover
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3-1-2 M3 Screw Terminal Block Type
(K)
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13
These screw terminals are used to connect the wires.
This lever is used to fix the terminal block on the NX Unit.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
The terminal block is used to connect external devices.
This cover is used to protect the screw terminals.
3-7
3 Part Names and Functions
3-1-3
Connector Types
NX Units (30 mm Width)
z Units with MIL Connectors (1 Connector with 20 Terminals)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E)
(C)
(B)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
3-8
(C)
Name
Marker attachment location
(F)
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
(G)
(H)
Connectors
Unit specifications
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4.
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13.
The connectors are used to connect to external devices.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
z Units with MIL Connectors (1 Connector with 40 Terminals)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E)
(C)
(B)
(F)
3-1 Part Names
(G)
3
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Name
Marker attachment location
(C)
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4.
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
Connectors
Unit specifications
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13.
The connectors are used to connect to external devices.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3-9
3-1-3 Connector Types
(H)
3 Part Names and Functions
z Units with MIL Connectors (2 Connectors with 20 Terminals)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E)
(C)
(B)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
3 - 10
(C)
Name
Marker attachment location
(F)
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
(G)
(H)
Connectors
Unit specifications
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4.
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13.
The connectors are used to connect to external devices.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
z Units with Fujitsu Connectors (1 Connector with 40 Terminals)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E)
(C)
(B)
(F)
3-1 Part Names
(G)
3
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(C)
Name
Marker attachment location
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4.
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
(F)
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
(G)
(H)
Connectors
Unit specifications
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13.
The connectors are used to connect to external devices.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 - 11
3-1-3 Connector Types
(H)
3 Part Names and Functions
z Units with Fujitsu Connectors (2 Connectors with 24 Terminals)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) (E)
(C)
(B)
(F)
(G)
(H)
Letter
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
3 - 12
(C)
Name
Marker attachment location
(F)
NX bus connector
Unit hookup guides
DIN Track mounting hooks
Protrusions for removing
the Unit
Indicators
(G)
(H)
Connectors
Unit specifications
(E)
(C)
Function
The locations where markers are attached. The markers made by OMRON
are installed for the factory setting. Commercially available markers can also
be installed.
Refer to 4-1-2 Attaching Markers on page 4-4.
This connector is used to connect each Unit.
These guides are used to connect two Units.
These hooks are used to mount the NX Unit to a DIN Track.
The protrusions to hold when removing the Unit.
The indicators show the current operating status of the Unit.
Refer to 3-2 Indicators on page 3-13.
The connectors are used to connect to external devices.
The specifications of the Unit are given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
3-2
Indicators
There are the indicators to show the current operating status of the Unit or the signal I/O status on the
Digital I/O Units.
The following indicator patterns are available depending on width of the Unit and the number of I/O
points.
3-2 Indicators
z NX Units (12 mm Width)
3
(A)
(B)
2-point type
4-point type
8-point type
16-point type
z NX Units (24 mm Width)
(A)
(B)
8-point type
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 - 13
3 Part Names and Functions
z NX Units (30 mm Width)
(A)
(B)
16-point type
32-point type
16-point + 16-point type
(Mixed I/O Units)
Letter
(A)
Name
Model number indications
Function
The model numbers of the NX Unit are displayed.
(Example) "ID3317" in the case of NX-ID3317
The NX Units are separated in the following color depending on the type of
inputs and outputs.
• Digital Input Unit: Orange
• Digital Output Unit: Yellow
(B)
Indicators
• Digital Mixed I/O Unit: White
The indicators show the current operating status of the NX Unit or the signal
I/O status.
The following section describes the specifications of each indicator.
3 - 14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 Part Names and Functions
3-2-1
TS Indicator
3-2 Indicators
This indicator shows the current status of the Digital I/O Unit and its communications
status with the CPU Unit or with the Communications Coupler Unit.
The meanings of light statuses are described as follows:
Status
Lit
Description
• The Unit is operating normally.
3-2-1 TS Indicator
Color
Green
3
• The Unit is ready for I/O refreshing.
Flashing at 2-s
intervals.
Red
---
• I/O checking is operating.*1
• Initializing
• Restarting is in progress for the Unit.
Lit
• Downloading
A hardware failure, WDT error, or other fatal error that is common to
all I/O Units occurred.
Flashing at 1-s
intervals.
A communications error or other NX bus-related error that is common
to all I/O Units occurred.
Not lit
• No Unit power supply
• Restarting is in progress for the Unit.
• Waiting for initialization to start
*1. Refer to the manual for the Communications Coupler Unit for the status of the indicator on the Communications
Coupler Units when I/O checking is in progress.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3 - 15
3 Part Names and Functions
3-2-2
IN/OUT Indicator
This indicator shows the signal I/O status of each terminal of the Digital I/O Units.
For Digital Mixed I/O Units, the indicator shows as follows.
OUT indicator
IN indicator
3 - 16
Color
Yellow
Status
Lit
Digital I/O is ON
Description
---
Not lit
Digital I/O is OFF
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Installation and Wiring
This section describes how to install the NX Units, the types of power supplies provided
to the NX Units and wiring methods, and how to wire the NX Units.
4-1 Installing NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-3
4-1-4
Installing NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
4-4
4-6
4-7
4-2 Power Supply Types and Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4-2-1
4-2-2
Applications of I/O Power Supply and Supply Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Calculating the Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply . . . . . . . . .4-11
4-3 Wiring the Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring to M3 Screw Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring to MIL/Fujitsu Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12
4-31
4-35
4-39
4-4 Wiring Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4-4-1
4-4-2
Wiring the Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Precautions when Wiring to the Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-1
4
4 Installation and Wiring
4-1
Installing NX Units
This section describes how to install NX Units.
Refer to the user's manual for the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit to which NX Units are
connected for information on preparations of installation and installation in a control panel.
4-1-1
Installing NX Units
This section describes how to mount two NX Units to each other.
Always turn OFF the power supply before you mount NX Units.
Always mount NX Units one at a time. If you attempt to mount multiple NX Units that are already connected together, the connections between the NX Units may separate from each other and fall.
Precautions for Safe Use
• Do not apply labels or tape on the NX Units. When the Unit is installed or removed, adhesive
or scrap may adhere to the pins of the NX bus connector, which may cause malfunctions.
• Do not touch the pins in the NX bus connector on the Unit. Dirt may adhere to the pins in the
NX bus connector, which may result in malfunctions.
NG
NG
Example: NX Unit (12 mm width)
• Do not write on an NX Unit with ink within the restricted region that is shown in the following
figure. Also do not get this area dirty. When the Unit is installed or removed, ink or dirt may
adhere to the pins in the NX bus connector, which may result in malfunctions in the CPU
Rack or the Slave Terminal.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit for
the restricted region of CPU Unit and Communications Coupler Unit.
Restricted
region (shaded
portion)
4-2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Precautions for Correct Use
• When you install an NX Unit, do not touch or bump the pins in the NX bus connector.
• When you handle an NX Unit, be careful not to apply any stress to the pins in the NX bus
connector. If you install an NX Unit and turns ON the power supply when the pins in the NX
bus connector are deformed, a contact defect may cause malfunctions.
1
Unit hookup guides
4-1 Installing NX Units
From the front of the previously mounted NX Unit, engage the Unit hookup guides on a new Unit
with the Unit hookup guides on the previously mounted NX Unit.
4
4-1-1 Installing NX Units
Unit hookup guides
2
3
Slide the NX Unit in on the hookup guides.
Press the NX Unit with a certain amount of force against the DIN Track until you hear the DIN
Track mounting hook lock into place.
When you mount the NX Unit, it is not necessary to release the DIN track mounting hook on the
NX Unit.
After you mount the NX Unit, make sure that it is locked to the DIN Track.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-3
4 Installation and Wiring
Additional Information
• Normally, it is not necessary to release the DIN track mounting hook when you mount the NX
Unit. However, if you mount the NX Unit on a DIN Track that is not a recommended DIN
Track, the DIN track mounting hook may not lock correctly. If that happens, first unlock the
DIN track mounting hook, mount the NX Unit to the DIN Track, then lock the DIN track mounting hook.
• Refer to the user's manual for the CPU Unit to which NX Units can be connected for information on how to mount the CPU Unit, and how to mount NX Units to the CPU Unit.
• Refer to the user's manual for the Communications Coupler Unit for information on how to
mount the Communications Coupler Unit, and how to mount the NX Unit to the Communications Coupler Unit.
4-1-2
Attaching Markers
You can attach markers to the NX Units to identify them.
The plastic markers made by OMRON are installed for the factory setting. The ID information can be
written on them.
Commercially available markers can also be installed.
Replace the markers made by OMRON if you use commercially available markers now.
A marker that is attached
to the NX Unit
A marker that is attached
to the terminal block
The marker attachment locations vary depending on the type of the external connection terminals on
the NX Units.
External connection terminals on NX Units
Screwless clamping terminal block
M3 screw terminal block
MIL connector
Fujitsu connector
4-4
Marker attachment location
NX Unit and terminal block
NX Unit only
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Installation Method
Insert the protrusions on the markers into the marker attachment locations.
Marker
Marker attachment
location
Marker
Marker attachment
location
Marker
Marker attachment
location
4-1 Installing NX Units
Terminal
block cover
Screwless clamping
terminal block
NX Unit
M3 screw
terminal block
4
z Commercially Available Markers
To use commercially available markers, purchase the following products.
Product name
Markers
Special marker printer
Model number
Manufactured by Phoenix Contact
Manufactured by Weidmuller
UC1-TMF8
DEK 5/8
UM EN BLUEMARK X1
PrintJet PRO
The markers made by OMRON cannot be printed on with commercially available special printers.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-5
4-1-2 Attaching Markers
Commercially available markers are made of plastic and can be printed on with a special printer.
4 Installation and Wiring
4-1-3
Removing NX Units
Precautions for Safe Use
Always turn OFF the Unit power supply and I/O power supply before you remove the NX Unit.
1
Use a flat-blade screwdriver to pull up the DIN Track mounting hook on the Unit to remove.
Flat-blade screwdriver
DIN track mounting hook
2
Put your fingers on the protrusions for removing multiple NX Units including the Unit to be
removed, then pull out straight forward to remove.
Protrusion for removing the Unit
Protrusion for removing the Unit
4-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Precautions for Correct Use
• When removing an NX Unit, remove multiple Units together which include the one you want
to remove. If you attempt to remove only one Unit, it is stuck and hard to pull out.
• Do not unlock the DIN track mounting hooks on all of the NX Units at the same time. If you
unlock the DIN Track mounting hooks on all of the NX Units at the same time, all of the Units
may come off.
Installation Orientation
4-1 Installing NX Units
4-1-4
The following explains the installation orientation for each NX Unit connection destination.
Installation Orientation in the Case of a CPU Unit
Orientation is possible only in the upright installation orientation.
4
Upper
4-1-4 Installation Orientation
Lower
However, there are restrictions on the specifications depending on the NX Units to be used.
Refer to the user's manuals for the NX Units and System Units that you will use for details on restrictions.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-7
4 Installation and Wiring
Installation Orientation in the Case of a Slave Terminal
Orientation is possible in the following six directions.
(A) is the upright orientation and (B) to (F) are other orientations.
(E)
(A)
(C)
(B)
Upper
(D)
(F)
Lower
However, there are restrictions on the installation orientation and restrictions to specifications that can
result from the Communications Coupler Units and NX Units that are used.
Refer to the user's manuals for the Communications Coupler Units, NX Units and System Units that you
will use for details on restrictions.
Precautions for Safe Use
For installation orientations (C) and (D) in the above figure, support the cables, e.g., with a duct,
so that the End Plate on the bottom is not subjected to the weight of the cables. The weight of
the cables may cause the bottom End Plate to slide downward so that the Slave Terminal is no
longer secured to the DIN Track, which may cause malfunctions.
4-8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
4-2
Power Supply Types and Wiring
There are the following two types of power supplies that supply power to the NX Units.
Description
This power supply is used for operating the NX Units.
This power supply is used for driving the I/O circuits of the NX Units and for the connected external devices.
The method for supplying power to the NX Units and the wiring method depend on the specifications for
the CPU Unit to which NX Units are connected or the specifications for the Slave Terminal. Refer to
Designing the Power Supply System or Wiring, which are described both in the hardware user’s manual
for the CPU Unit to which NX Units are connected and user’s manual for the Communications Coupler
Unit, for details on the method for supplying power to the NX Units and the wiring method.
The subsequent sections describe the applications of I/O power supply for the Digital I/O Units and supply methods, and how to calculate the total current consumption from the I/O power supply.
Applications of I/O Power Supply and Supply Methods
The applications of I/O power supply and supply methods for the Digital I/O Units are given as follows:
Applications of I/O Power Supply
The I/O power supply is used for the following applications.
• I/O circuits operations in the Digital I/O Units
• Input current in a Digital Input Unit
• Load current of the external load of a Digital Output Unit
• Power supply for the connected external devices
I/O Power Supply Method
This power is supplied by one of the following two methods. Refer to A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for
the supply method of each NX Unit.
z Supply from the NX Bus
This power is supplied through the NX bus connectors by connecting an I/O power supply to the I/O
power supply terminals on the Communications Coupler Unit or Additional I/O Power Supply Unit.
For the Units to which I/O power supply is provided by a CPU Rack, refer to Designing the Power
Supply System or Wiring in the hardware user’s manual for the CPU Unit to which NX Units are connected.
For the Units to which I/O power supply is provided by a Slave Terminal, refer to Designing the
Power Supply System or Wiring in the user's manual for the Communications Coupler Unit to be
connected.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-9
4
4-2-1 Applications of I/O Power Supply and Supply Methods
4-2-1
4-2 Power Supply Types and Wiring
Power supply name
NX Unit power supply
I/O power supply
4 Installation and Wiring
z Supply from External Source
This power is supplied to the Units from an external source.
I/O power is supplied by connecting an I/O power supply to the I/O power supply terminals on the
Units.
Additional Information
Power Supply-related Units for the NX-series
The following three NX-series Units are related to power supply.
• Additional NX Unit Power Supply Unit
• Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
• I/O Power Supply Connection Unit
Refer to the NX-series System Unit User’s Manual (Cat. No. W523) for the specifications of
these Units.
For a complete list of the latest power supply Units in the NX Series, refer to the product catalog
or OMRON websites, or contact your OMRON representatives.
4 - 10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
4-2-2
Calculating the Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply
To confirm this and to calculate the I/O power supply capacity, calculate the total current consumption
from I/O power supply from the NX bus.
The total current consumption from I/O power supply from the NX bus is the total sum of current consumption from I/O power supply of the NX Unit that supplies the I/O power from the NX bus, the current
consumption of each applicable I/O circuit, and current consumption of any connected external
devices.
The total current consumption from I/O power supply of the Digital I/O Units is calculated as follows.
z Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply of the Digital Input Units
= (Current consumption from I/O power supply of the Digital Input Units) + (Input current of the Digital Input Units × Number of input points used) + (Total current consumption of connected external
devices)
z Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply of the Digital Output Units
= (Current consumption from I/O power supply of the Digital Output Units) + (Total load current of
connection load) + (Total current consumption of connected external devices)
Refer to A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for the current consumption from I/O power supply for each Digital
I/O Unit model and input current for each Digital Input Unit model.
There are no above confirmations if you use the NX Unit that supplies the I/O power from external
source.
Use the total current consumption from I/O power supply from external source and the total current consumption from the I/O power supply from the above NX bus together to calculate the I/O power supply
capacity.
Precautions for Safe Use
Use the I/O power supply current for the CPU Rack of the NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit at 4 A or
less. Using the currents that are outside of the specifications may cause failure or damage.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 11
4
4-2-2 Calculating the Total Current Consumption from I/O Power Supply
Note that the current consumption from I/O power supply indicated in the data sheet for each Unit type
does not include the load current of any external connection load and current consumption of any connected external devices.
4-2 Power Supply Types and Wiring
The total current consumption of I/O power supplied from the NX bus must be within the range of the
maximum I/O power supply current of the Communications Coupler Unit or the Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit. However, for a CPU Rack, the specification for the maximum I/O power supply current is
restricted regardless of the model of the Additional I/O Power Supply Unit. Refer to the hardware user’s
manual for the CPU Unit to which NX Units are connected for information on the restrictions for the
CPU Rack.
4 Installation and Wiring
4-3
Wiring the Terminals
This section describes how to wire the terminals on the Digital I/O Units.
WARNING
Make sure that the voltages and currents that are input to the Units and slaves are within the specified ranges.
Inputting voltages or currents that are outside of the specified ranges may cause accidents or fire.
Caution
Be sure that all terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in
the relevant manuals. The loose screws may result in fire or malfunction.
4-3-1
Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
This section describes how to connect wires to the screwless clamping terminal block, the installation
and removing methods, and functions for preventing incorrect attachment.
You can connect ferrules that are attached to the twisted wires to the screwless clamping terminal
block. You can also connect the twisted wires or the solid wires to the screwless clamping terminal
block. If you connect the ferrules, all you need to do to connect the wires is to insert the ferrules into the
terminal holes.
Wiring Terminals
The terminals to be wired are as follows.
• I/O power supply terminals
• I/O terminals
4 - 12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Applicable Wires
The wires that you can connect to the screwless clamping terminal block are twisted wires, solid wires,
and ferrules that are attached to the twisted wires. The following section describes the dimensions and
processed methods for applicable wires.
z Dimensions of Wires Connected to the Terminal Block
Process the applicable wires that are specified in the following description to apply the dimensions.
1.6 mm max. (Terminals other than ground terminals)
2.0 mm max. (Ground terminals)
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
The dimensions of wires that you can connect into the terminal holes of the screwless clamping terminal block are as in the figure below.
4
2.4 mm max. (Terminals other than ground terminals)
2.7 mm max. (Ground terminals)
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 13
4 Installation and Wiring
z Using Ferrules
If you use ferrules, attach the twisted wires to them.
Observe the application instructions for your ferrules for the wire stripping length when attaching ferrules.
Always use plated one-pin ferrules. Do not use unplated ferrules or two-pin ferrules.
The applicable ferrules, wires, and crimping tools are listed in the following table.
Terminal
types
Terminals
other than
ground terminals
Ground terminals
Terminals
other than
ground terminals
Manufacturer
Phoenix
Contact
Weidmuller
Ferrule
model
AI0,34-8
AI0,5-8
AI0,5-10
AI0,75-8
AI0,75-10
AI1,0-8
AI1,0-10
AI1,5-8
AI1,5-10
AI2,5-10
H0.14/12
H0.25/12
H0.34/12
H0.5/14
H0.5/16
H0.75/14
H0.75/16
H1.0/14
H1.0/16
H1.5/14
H1.5/16
Applicable wire
(mm2
(AWG))
0.34 (#22)
0.5 (#20)
0.75 (#18)
Crimping tool
Phoenix Contact (The figure in parentheses is the
applicable wire size.)
CRIMPFOX 6 (0.25 to 6 mm2, AWG24 to 10)
1.0 (#18)
1.5 (#16)
2.0 *1
0.14 (#26)
0.25 (#24)
0.34 (#22)
0.5 (#20)
Weidmuller (The figure in parentheses is the applicable wire size.)
PZ6 Roto (0.14 to 6 mm2, AWG26 to 10)
0.75 (#18)
1.0 (#18)
1.5 (#16)
*1. Some AWG14 wires exceed 2.0 mm2 and cannot be used in the screwless clamping terminal block.
When you use any ferrules other than those in the above table, crimp them to the twisted wires so that
the following processed dimensions are achieved.
8 to 10 mm
1.6 mm max.
(Terminals other than ground terminals)
2.0 mm max.
(Ground terminals)
4 - 14
2.4 mm max.
(Terminals other than ground terminals)
2.7 mm max.
(Ground terminals)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Using Twisted Wires/Solid Wires
If you use twisted wires or solid wires, use the following table to determine the correct wire specifications.
Wire type
Twisted wires
Solid wire
Plated
Unplated
Plated
Unplated
Possible
Possible
Possible Possible
Possible Not possi*1
ble
Possible *1
Possible
Not possible
Possible
Not possible
Possible
*2
Possible*2
Wire size
0.08 to 1.5
Conductor
length (stripping length)
8 to 10 mm
mm2 (AWG
28 to 16)
2.0 mm2
9 to 10 mm
*1. Secure wires to the screwless clamping terminal block. Refer to Securing Wires on page 4-20 for how to
secure wires.
*2. With the NX-TB1 Terminal Block, use twisted wires to connect the ground terminal. Do not use a solid
wire.
Precautions for Correct Use
• Use cables with suitable wire sizes for the carrying current. There are also restrictions on the
current due to the ambient temperature. Refer to the manuals for the cables and use the
cables correctly for the operating environment.
• For twisted wires, strip the sheath and twist the conductor portion. Do not unravel or bend the
conductor portion of twisted wires or solid wires.
NG
NG
Unravel wires
Bend wires
Additional Information
If more than 2 A will flow on the wires, use plated wires or use ferrules.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 15
4
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
Conductor length (stripping length)
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
Terminals
ClassificaCurrent
tion
capacity
All terminals 2 A max.
except
Greater
ground
than 2 A
terminals
and 4 A or
less
Greater
than 4 A
Ground
--terminals
4 Installation and Wiring
Connecting/Removing Wires
This section describes how to connect and remove wires.
z Terminal Block Parts and Names
Release hole
Terminal hole
z Required Tools
Use a flat-blade screwdriver to connect and remove wires.
Use the following flat-blade screwdriver.
Side view
Front view
8 to 12°
0.4 mm
2.5-mm dia.
2.5 mm
Recommended screwdriver
Model
SZF 0-0,4×2,5
4 - 16
Manufacturer
Phoenix Contact
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Connecting Ferrules
Insert the ferrule straight into the terminal hole.
It is not necessary to press a flat-blade screwdriver into the release hole.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
Ferrule
After you make a connection, make sure that the ferrule is securely connected to the terminal block.
4
z Connecting Twisted Wires/Solid Wires
1
Press a flat-blade screwdriver diagonally into the release hole.
Press at an angle of 10° to 15°.
If you press in the screwdriver correctly, you will feel the spring in the release hole.
Release hole
Flat-blade screwdriver
1
10 to 15°
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 17
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
Use the following procedure to connect the twisted wires or solid wires to the terminal block.
4 Installation and Wiring
2
Leave the flat-blade screwdriver pressed into the release hole and insert the twisted wire or the
solid wire into the terminal hole.
Insert the twisted wire or the solid wire until the stripped portion is no longer visible to prevent
shorting.
2
Twisted wire/Solid wire
3
Remove the flat-blade screwdriver from the release hole.
3
After you make a connection, make sure that the twisted wire or the solid wire is securely connected
to the terminal block.
4 - 18
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Precautions for Safe Use
• Do not press the flat-blade screwdriver straight into the release hole. Doing so may break the
terminal block.
NG
OK
• Do not tilt or twist the flat-blade screwdriver while it is pressed into the release hole. Doing so
may break the terminal block.
NG
4
NG
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
• Make sure that all wiring is correct.
• Do not bend the cable forcibly. Doing so may sever the cable.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
• When you insert a flat-blade screwdriver into a release hole, press it down with a force of 30
N max. Applying excessive force may damage the terminal block.
4 - 19
4 Installation and Wiring
z Securing Wires
It is necessary to secure wires to the screwless clamping terminal block depending on the wire types
that are used or the current flows on the wires.
The following table gives the necessity for securing wires.
Wire type
Twisted wires
Terminals
Classification
All terminals
except
ground
terminals
Ground
terminals
Current
capacity
2 A max.
Greater than
2 A and 4 A or
less
Greater than
4A
---
Ferrule
No
Plated
No
Unplated
No
Not Possible
Yes
No
Solid wire
Plated
No
Yes
Unplated
No
Not Possible
Not Possible
No
No
No
Use the following procedure to secure the wires.
1
Prepare a cable tie.
A cable tie can be used with a width of 4 mm or less and a thickness of 1.5 mm or less.
Select a cable tie correctly for the operating environment.
1.5 mm or less
4.0 mm or less
2
Pass a cable tie through the hole for securing wires on the bottom of the screwless clamping terminal block.
Hole for securing wires
Cable tie
4 - 20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
3
Bundle the wires with a cable tie and secure them to the screwless clamping terminal block.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
4
Secure wires within the range of 30 mm from the screwless clamping terminal block.
30 mm
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 21
4 Installation and Wiring
z Removing Wires
Use the following procedure to remove the wires from the terminal block.
The removal method is the same for ferrules, twisted wires, and solid wires.
If wires are secured firmly to the terminal block, release them first.
1
Press the flat-blade screwdriver diagonally into the release hole.
Press at an angle of 10° to 15°.
If you press in the screwdriver correctly, you will feel the spring in the release hole.
Flat-blade screwdriver
1
10 to 15°
2
Leave the flat-blade screwdriver pressed into the release hole and pull out the wire.
2
Wire
3
Remove the flat-blade screwdriver from the release hole.
3
4 - 22
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Precautions for Safe Use
• Do not press the flat-blade screwdriver straight into the release hole. Doing so may break the
terminal block.
NG
OK
• Do not tilt or twist the flat-blade screwdriver while it is pressed into the release hole. Doing so
may break the terminal block.
NG
4
NG
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
• Make sure that all wiring is correct.
• Do not bend the cable forcibly. Doing so may sever the cable.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
• When you insert a flat-blade screwdriver into a release hole, press it down with a force of 30
N max. Applying excessive force may damage the terminal block.
4 - 23
4 Installation and Wiring
Removing a Terminal Block
1
Press the lock lever on the terminal block and pull out the top of the terminal block to remove it.
Lock lever
Terminal block
4 - 24
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Attaching a Terminal Block
1
Mount the terminal block hook on the guide at the bottom of the NX Unit, lift up the terminal
block, and press in on the top of the terminal block until you hear it engage.
The terminal block will click into place on the Unit.
After you mount the terminal block, make sure that it is locked to the Unit.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
4
Mount a terminal block that is applicable to each Unit model.
Refer to Applicable Terminal Blocks for Each Unit Model on page 3-6 for the applicable terminal
blocks.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 25
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
Hook Guide
4 Installation and Wiring
Preventing Incorrect Attachment of Terminal Blocks
In order to prevent unintentionally installing the wrong terminal block, you can limit the combination of a
Unit and a terminal block.
Insert three Coding Pins (NX-AUX02) into three of the six incorrect attachment prevention holes on the
Unit and on the terminal block. Insert these pins into positions so that they do not interfere with each
other when the Unit and terminal block are connected to each other.
You can use these pins to create a combination in which the wrong terminal block cannot be attached
because the pin patterns do not match.
Unit
Terminal block
Cannot be
attached.
4 - 26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Types of Coding Pins
There are two types of Coding Pins, both with their own unique shape: one for terminal blocks and
one for Units.
Three pins come with each runner.
For terminal block
For Unit
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
Runners
Coding Pins (Use this part.)
4
Name
Coding Pin
Model
NX-AUX02
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
Use the following Coding Pins.
Specification
For 10 Units
(Terminal block: 30 pins, Unit: 30 pins)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 27
4 Installation and Wiring
z Insertion Locations and Patterns of Coding Pins
Insert three Coding Pins of each on the terminal block and on the Unit at the positions designated by
the numbers 1 through 6 in the figure below.
As shown in the following table, there are 20 unique pin patterns that can be used.
Terminal block
Unit
Holes used by
OMRON
Holes for incorrect
attachment prevention
(pin locations)
Holes used by
OMRON
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
Holes for incorrect
attachment prevention
(pin locations)
○: Pin inserted
Pattern
No.1
No.2
No.3
No.4
No.5
No.6
No.7
No.8
No.9
No.10
No.11
No.12
No.13
No.14
No.15
No.16
No.17
No.18
No.19
No.20
4 - 28
1
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Pin locations for
terminal block
2
3
4 5
○ ○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○ ○
○
○
○ ○
○
○ ○
○
○ ○
○
○ ○
○
○
○
○
○
○ ○
○
○
○
○
○ ○
Pin locations for Unit
6
1
2
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
3
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
5
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
6
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
To make the maximum of 20 patterns, purchase two sets of NX-AUX02 Pins. (One set for 10 Units.)
Precautions for Correct Use
• OMRON uses the holes other than No. 1 to 6 in the figure on the previous page. If you insert
a Coding Pin into one of the holes used by OMRON on the terminal block side, this makes it
impossible to mount the terminal block on a Unit.
• Do not use Coding Pins that have been attached and removed.
1
Hold the pins by the runner and insert a pin into one of the incorrect attachment prevention
holes on the terminal block or on the Unit.
Terminal block
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
z Inserting the Coding Pins
Unit
4
4-3-1 Wiring to the Screwless Clamping Terminal Block
2
Rotate the runner to break off the Coding Pin.
Terminal block
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 29
4 Installation and Wiring
Unit
4 - 30
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
4-3-2
Wiring to M3 Screw Terminal Block
This section describes how to connect wires to the M3 screw terminal block, and the installation and
removing methods.
Wiring Terminals
The terminals to be wired are as follows.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
• I/O power supply terminals
• I/O terminals
Applicable Wires
Connect the wires that have crimp terminals to the M3 screw terminal block.
4
z Electric Wires
• The following wire gauges are recommended.
Wire Size
AWG 22 to 18 (0.32 to 0.82 mm2)
• The current capacity of electric wire depends on factors such as the ambient temperature and insulation as well as the gauge of the conductor.
z Terminal Screws and Crimp Terminals
• The terminals on the I/O Unit are M3, self-raising terminals with screws.
• Use crimp terminals (M3) having the dimensions shown below.
6.2 mm max.
6.2 mm max.
Precautions for Safe Use
Use crimp terminals for wiring the M3 screw terminal blocks. Do not connect bare stranded
wires directly to the M3 screw terminal blocks.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 31
4-3-2 Wiring to M3 Screw Terminal Block
Terminal Block Connector
18-terminal
4 Installation and Wiring
Connecting/Removing Wires
• Make sure that all Units are connected properly.
• Do not allow wire clippings, shavings, or other foreign material to enter any Unit during wiring.
• Wire the Units so that they can be easily replaced.
• Make sure that the I/O indicators are not covered by the wiring.
• Do not place the wiring for I/O Units in the same duct or raceway as power lines. Inductive noise can
cause errors in operation.
• Tighten the terminal screws to the torque of 0.5 N•m.
17.5 mm
Screw
(M3 screw with self-raising pressure plate)
4 - 32
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Removing a Terminal Block
1
Release the lock of the terminal block.
(1) Pull the terminal block cover forward to open the cover.
(2) Pull the terminal block lever downward.
Support the NX Unit firmly while performing the operation of the terminal block lever.
(2)
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
(1)
4
2
4-3-2 Wiring to M3 Screw Terminal Block
Terminal block cover
Terminal block lever
Pull out the terminal block straight forward to remove.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 33
4 Installation and Wiring
Attaching a Terminal Block
1
Insert the terminal block straight into the NX Unit all the way.
2
Lock the terminal block.
(1) Push in the terminal block lever upward.
(2) Close the terminal block cover if it is still open.
(1)
(2)
Terminal block lever
4 - 34
Terminal block cover
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
4-3-3
Wiring to MIL/Fujitsu Connectors
This section describes wiring for the Digital I/O Units with connectors.
Depending on the connector, the following methods are used to connect the Digital I/O Units with connectors to external I/O devices.
• Use an OMRON Connecting Cable (equipped with a special connector) to connect to a terminal block
or relay terminal.
Precautions for Safe Use
• Do not apply voltages that exceed the rated value to any Input Unit.
• Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the Output Units or slaves in excess of the maximum ratings.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
• Use a special connector and make your own cable.
• Turn ON the power after checking the connector's wiring.
• Do not pull the cable. Doing so will damage the cable.
4
• Bending the cable too sharply can damage or break wiring in the cable.
Additional Information
The Digital I/O Units with 32 points and Fujitsu connectors have the same connector pin allocations as the C200H High-density I/O Units, CS-series I/O Units with connectors and CJ-series
I/O Units with connectors to make them compatible.
Connecting to Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units or I/O
Relay Terminals
OMRON Connecting Cable can be used to connect Digital I/O Units with connectors to OMRON Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units or to OMRON I/O Relay Terminals.
For details, refer to A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals on page A-102.
z Connection Examples
Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit
NX Unit
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
I/O Relay Terminals
NX Unit
Connecting Cable
I/O Relay Terminal
20 or 40 terminals
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 35
4-3-3 Wiring to MIL/Fujitsu Connectors
• If the external power supply has polarity, connect it with the correct polarity. If the polarity is
reversed, current may flow in the reverse direction and damage the connected devices
regardless of the operation of the Unit.
4 Installation and Wiring
Using User-made Cables with Connector
z Available Connectors
Use the following connectors when assembling a connector and cable.
NX Units with MIL Connectors
Model
NX-ID5142-5
NX-ID6142-5
NX-OD5121-5
NX-OD5256-5
NX-OD6121-5
NX-OD6256-5
NX-MD6121-5
NX-MD6256-5
Specifications
DC Input Unit, 16 points
DC Input Unit, 32 points
Transistor Output Unit, 16 points
20
40
20
Pins
Transistor Output Unit, 32 points
40
DC Input/Transistor Output Units, 16 inputs, 16
outputs
20 (× 2)
Applicable Cable-side Connectors
Connection
Pressure-welded
Crimped
Pins
40
20
40
20
OMRON set
XG4M-4030-T
XG4M-2030-T
XG5N-401
XG5N-201
DDK parts
FRC5-A040-3TOS
FRC5-A020-3TOS
-----
NX Units with Fujitsu Connectors
Model
NX-ID6142-6
NX-OD6121-6
NX-MD6121-6
Specifications
DC Input Unit, 32 points
Transistor Output Unit, 32 points
DC Input/Transistor Output Units, 16 inputs, 16 outputs
Pins
40
24 (× 2)
Applicable Cable-side Connectors
Connection
Solder-type
Crimped
40
Pins
OMRON set
C500-CE404
Fujitsu parts
Socket: FCN-361J040-AU
24
C500-CE241
Connector cover: FCN-360C040-J2
Socket: FCN-361J024-AU
40
C500-CE405
Connector cover: FCN-360C024-J2
Socket: FCN-363J040
Connector cover: FCN-360C040-J2
24
C500-CE242
Contacts: FCN-363J-AU
Socket: FCN-363J024
Connector cover: FCN-360C024-J2
Pressure-welded
4 - 36
40
24
C500-CE403
C500-CE243
Contacts: FCN-363J-AU
FCN-367J040-AU/F
FCN-367J024-AU/F
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Wire Size
We recommend using cable with wire gauges of AWG 24 or AWG 28 (0.2 mm2 to 0.08 mm2). Use
cable with external wire diameters of 1.61 mm max.
z Wiring
NX Units with MIL Connectors
• After the cable side connector is connected, close the lock lever on the NX Unit side connector section to lock it. After you complete the wiring, make sure that the connector is locked.
NX Units with Fujitsu Connectors
1
Check that each Unit is installed securely.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
• Make sure that all Units are connected properly.
4
Precautions for Correct Use
2
When solder-type connectors are being used, be sure not to accidentally short adjacent terminals.
Cover the solder joint with heat-shrink tubing.
Solder-type connector
→
Heat-shrink tubing
Wire (0.2 to 0.13 mm2)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 37
4-3-3 Wiring to MIL/Fujitsu Connectors
Do not force the cables.
4 Installation and Wiring
3
Assemble the connector (purchased separately).
Small screws (3)
Connector cover
Small screws (2)
Socket
Connector
lock screws
Cable bracket
Nuts (3)
Nuts (2)
4
Mount the connector on the Digital I/O Unit and fix it in place with lock screws.
Tighten the connector lock screws to a torque of 0.2•m.
Connector
lock screws
Connector
Connector
Digital I/O Unit
4 - 38
Digital I/O Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
4-3-4
Checking the Wiring
Check the wiring by reading input data or writing output data from Slave Terminals using the Watch Tab
Page of the Support Software.
For Input Units, you can turn ON/OFF the inputs from external devices that are connected to the target
Units and monitor the results.
For details on monitoring and I/O output operations using the Support Software, refer to the operation
manual for the Support Software that you are using.
Additional Information
• If you check the wiring for the Output Units that support output refreshing with specified time
stamp, set the value of the Output Bit  Time Stamp parameter to 0. At this time, the Output Units refresh outputs immediately and outputs are refreshed according to the output set
values.
• Some Communications Coupler Units support I/O checking that allows you to check wiring
with only the Slave Terminal. Refer to the user's manual of the Communications Coupler Unit
for detailed information on the support and functionality of I/O checking for your Communications Coupler Unit.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 39
4
4-3-4 Checking the Wiring
• In the Sysmac Studio, you can check the wiring from the I/O Map or Watch Tab Page. If you
use the I/O Map, you can also monitor and perform forced refreshing even if the variables are
not defined or the algorithms are not created. Therefore, you can easily check the wiring.
Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual (Cat. No. W504) for details on monitoring and forced refreshing operations.
4-3 Wiring the Terminals
For Output Units, you can execute the I/O outputs of the target Units and check the operation of the
connected external devices.
4 Installation and Wiring
4-4
Wiring Examples
This section gives some wiring examples for the Digital I/O Units and precautions for wiring.
4-4-1
Wiring the Input Units
Wiring to the DC Input Units (When I/O Power Is Supplied from the
NX Bus)
z NPN Type Input Units
This is the wiring for contact output type external devices.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Contact output
IOG
IOV
IN
DC Input Unit
IOG
This is the wiring for two-wire sensors.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Two-wire sensor
IOG
IOV
IN
DC Input Unit
IOG
4 - 40
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
This is the wiring for three-wire sensors.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Three-wire sensor
+
IOG
IOV
Output
4-4 Wiring Examples
IN
DC Input Unit
0V
IOG
4
z PNP Type Input Units
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
This is the wiring for contact output type external devices.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Contact output
IOG
IOV
DC Input Unit
IN
IOG
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 41
4 Installation and Wiring
This is the wiring for two-wire sensors.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
DC Input Unit
IN
IOG
This is the wiring for three-wire sensors.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Three-wire sensor
+
IOG
IOV
DC Input Unit
Output
0V
4 - 42
IN
IOG
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Precautions when Connecting a Two-wire DC Sensor
When a two-wire sensor is used with a DC Input Unit, check that the following conditions are met.
Failure to meet these conditions may result in operating errors.
(a) Relation between ON voltage of the DC Input Unit and sensor residual voltage
The DC Input Unit cannot detect sensor output ON unless the following conditions are satisfied:
4-4 Wiring Examples
VON ≤ VCC - VR
The voltages related to the conditions for NPN type sensors are shown in the figure below.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
4
IOG
Two-wire sensor
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
IOV
VCC VON
IN
DC Input Unit
VR
IOG
The voltages related to the conditions for PNP type sensors are shown in the figure below.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
VR
VCC
DC Input Unit
IN
VON
IOG
VCC: Power supply voltage
VR: Sensor's output residual voltage
VON: ON voltage of DC Input Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 43
4 Installation and Wiring
(b) Relation between input current to the DC Input Unit and sensor control output (load current)
The DC Input Unit cannot detect sensor output ON unless the following conditions are satisfied:
IOUT (min) ≤ Iin ≤ IOUT (max)
IOUT (min): Minimum value of load current
IOUT (max): Maximum value of load current
Use the following equation to calculate the input current of the resistance input.
Iin = (VCC - VR - 1.5 [internal residual voltage of DC Input Unit]) / RIN
Use the following equation to calculate the input current of the constant current input.
Iin = ION
Note For constant current input type Input Units, the input current does not increase linearly for the input voltage. If you gradually raise the input voltage and once the input current reaches ION, the input current
does not increase and remains roughly constant even when the input voltage is raised.
When Iin is smaller than IOUT (min), connect a bleeder resistor R. The bleeder resistor constant can
be calculated as follows: Select an appropriate bleeder resistor R so that both equations can be satisfied.
R ≤ (VCC - VR) / (IOUT (min) - ION)
Rated power W of bleeder resistor ≥ (VCC - VR)2 / R × 4 [allowable margin]
4 - 44
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
The voltages and currents related to the conditions for NPN type sensors are shown in the figure
below.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
VCC
R
Iin
RIN
4-4 Wiring Examples
IOUT
IN
DC Input Unit
VR
IOG
The voltages and currents related to the conditions for PNP type sensors are shown in the figure
below.
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
VR
VCC
IOUT
DC Input Unit
Iin
R
IN
IOG
RIN
VCC: Power supply voltage
VR: Sensor's output residual voltage
IOUT: Sensor control output (load current)
ION: Input current of DC Input Unit (Input current when the rated voltage is applied)
R: Bleeder resistor
RIN: Input resistor of DC Input Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4
4 - 45
4 Installation and Wiring
(c) Relation between OFF current of the DC Input Unit and sensor leakage current
The DC Input Unit cannot detect sensor output OFF unless the following conditions are satisfied:
IOFF ≥ Ileak
When Ileak is greater than IOFF, connect a bleeder resistor R.
Use the following equation to calculate the bleeder resistance constant of the resistance input.
R ≤ RIN × VOFF / (Ileak × RIN - VOFF)
Use the following equation to calculate the bleeder resistance constant of the constant current input.
R ≤ (VOFF / IOFF) × VOFF / (Ileak × (VOFF / IOFF) - VOFF)
For both the resistance input and constant current input, use the following equation to calculate the
rated power of bleeder resistor.
Rated power W of bleeder resistor ≥ (VCC - V )2 / R × 4 [allowable margin]
R
The voltages and currents related to the conditions for NPN type sensors are shown in the figure
below.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
Ileak
VCC VOFF R
IOFF
RIN
IN
DC Input Unit
VR
IOG
4 - 46
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
The voltages and currents related to the conditions for PNP type sensors are shown in the figure
below.
IOV
Communications Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
IOG
Two-wire sensor
IOV
VCC
DC Input Unit
Ileak
IOFF
VOFF
4-4 Wiring Examples
VR
R
IN
IOG
RIN
4
VCC: Power supply voltage
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
VR: Sensor's output residual voltage
VOFF: OFF voltage of DC Input Unit
Ileak: Sensor leakage current
R: Bleeder resistor
IOFF: OFF current of DC Input Unit
RIN: Input resistor of DC Input Unit
(d) Precautions on sensor inrush current
An incorrect input may occur due to sensor inrush current if a sensor is turned ON after the DC Input
Unit has started up to the point where inputs are possible.
Determine the time required for sensor operation to stabilize after the sensor is turned ON and take
appropriate measures, such as inserting an ON delay into the user program after turning ON the
sensor.
A programming example is shown below.
The sensor's power supply voltage is used as the input bit to Sensor_power.
A 100-ms timer delay (the time required for an OMRON Proximity Sensor to stabilize) is created in
the user program.
After the timer changes to TRUE, input bit X causes the output Output to change to TRUE after the
input of the sensor changes to TRUE.
X
Sensor_power
Output
TON
T#100ms
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 47
4 Installation and Wiring
Wiring to the DC Input Units (When I/O Power Is Supplied from an
External Source)
Use the following information for reference when selecting or connecting input devices.
z DC Input Units
The following types of DC input devices can be connected.
Contact output
Two-wire DC output
IN DC Input Unit
COM
NPN open-collector output
Sensor
+
Power
Supply
Output
7 mA
0V
DC Input Unit
IN
COM
Voltage output
+
COM
Output
0V
Sensor
Power
Supply
IN
DC Input Unit
IN DC Input Unit
Sensor +
Power
COM
Supply
NPN current output
+
Current
Output
regulator
DC Input Unit
IN
+
7 mA Sensor
Power
COM
0 V Supply
PNP current output
Sensor
+
Power
Supply
Output
7 mA
0V
DC Input Unit
IN
COM
• The circuit below should NOT be used for I/O devices having a voltage output.
Sensor
+
Power
DC Input Unit
Supply
IN
Output
0V
COM
4 - 48
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Precautions when Connecting a Two-wire DC Sensor
When a two-wire sensor is used with a DC Input Unit, check that the following conditions are met.
Failure to meet these conditions may result in operating errors.
(a) Relation between ON voltage of the DC Input Unit and sensor residual voltage
VON ≤ VCC - VR
IOUT (min) ≤ ION ≤ IOUT (max)
ION = (VCC - VR - 1.5 [internal residual voltage of DC Input Unit]) / RIN
When ION is smaller than IOUT (min), connect a bleeder resistor R. The bleeder resistor constant can
4-4 Wiring Examples
(b) Relation between input current to the DC Input Unit and sensor control output (load current)
4
be calculated as follows:
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
R ≤ (VCC - VR) / (IOUT (min) - ION)
Power W of bleeder resistor ≥ (VCC - VR)2 / R × 4 [allowable margin]
VCC: Input voltage of DC Input Unit
VR: Sensor's output residual voltage
ION: Input current of DC Input Unit
IOUT: Sensor control output (load current)
RIN: Input resistor of DC Input Unit
(c) Relation between OFF current of the DC Input Unit and sensor leakage current
IOFF ≥ Ileak
When Ileak is greater than IOFF, connect a bleeder resistor R.
Use the following equation to calculate the bleeder resistance constant.
R ≤ RIN × VOFF / (Ileak × RIN - VOFF)
Power W of bleeder resistor ≥ (VCC - V )2 / R × 4 [allowable margin]
R
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 49
4 Installation and Wiring
Two-wire sensor
DC Input Unit
VR
R
RIN
VCC
VCC: Power supply voltage
VR: Sensor's output residual voltage
VON: ON voltage of DC Input Unit
IOUT: Sensor control output (load current)
VOFF: OFF voltage of DC Input Unit
Ileak: Sensor leakage current
ION: ON current of DC Input Unit
R: Bleeder resistor
IOFF: OFF current of DC Input Unit
RIN: Input resistor of DC Input Unit
(d) Precautions on sensor inrush current
An incorrect input may occur due to sensor inrush current if a sensor is turned ON after the DC Input
Unit has started up to the point where inputs are possible.
Determine the time required for sensor operation to stabilize after the sensor is turned ON and take
appropriate measures, such as inserting an ON delay into the user program after turning ON the
sensor.
A programming example is shown below.
The sensor's power supply voltage is used as the input bit to Sensor_power.
A 100-ms timer delay (the time required for an OMRON Proximity Sensor to stabilize) is created in
the user program.
After the timer changes to TRUE, input bit X causes the output Output to change to TRUE after the
input of the sensor changes to TRUE.
X
Sensor_power
Output
TON
T#100ms
4 - 50
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
Wiring to the AC Input Units
z Contact Output
IN
AC Input Unit
4-4 Wiring Examples
C
z AC Switching
IN
Proximity
switch
main circuit
4
AC Input Unit
Precautions for Safe Use
If you use reed switches for the input contacts for AC Input Units, use switches with an allowable current of 1 A or greater. If the capacity of the reed switches is too low, inrush current may
fuse the contacts.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 51
4-4-1 Wiring the Input Units
C
4 Installation and Wiring
4-4-2
Precautions when Wiring to the Output Units
Output Short-circuit Protection
If a load connected to the output terminals is short-circuited, output components and printed circuit
boards may be damaged. To guard against this, use the NX Units with load short-circuit protection.
When using the NX Units without load short-circuit protection, incorporate a protective fuse in the external circuit. Use a fuse with a capacity of around twice the rated output.
Inrush Current
When connecting a transistor to an output device with a high inrush current (such as an incandescent
lamp), steps must be taken to avoid damage to the output transistor.
Use either of the following methods to reduce the inrush current.
z Countermeasure 1
Draw about 1/3 of the current consumed by the load.
When I/O power is supplied from the NX bus, the method is as shown in the following figure.
NPN type
Communications
Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit
PNP type
Communications
Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit
IOV
IOG
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOV
L
Transistor Output Unit
Transistor Output Unit
OUT
OUT
L
IOG
IOG
When I/O power is supplied from an external source, the method is as shown in the following figure.
NPN type
PNP type
OUT
Transistor Output Unit
R
COM
4 - 52
COM
L
+
Transistor Output Unit
+
R
OUT
L
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 Installation and Wiring
z Countermeasure 2
Mount a limiting resistor.
When I/O power is supplied from the NX bus, the method is as shown in the following figure.
NPN type
PNP type
Communications
IOV
Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power
IOG
Supply Unit
IOV
IOV
L
4-4 Wiring Examples
Communications
IOV
Coupler Unit or
Additional I/O Power
IOG
Supply Unit
OUT
Transistor Output Unit
Transistor Output Unit
OUT
L
IOG
IOG
When I/O power is supplied from an external source, the method is as shown in the following figure.
PNP type
R
OUT
COM
L
+
Transistor Output Unit
+
Transistor Output Unit
R
COM
OUT
L
In countermeasure 1, the current consumption from I/O power supply is increased although the voltage
supplied to the load L is not decreased.
In countermeasure 2, the voltage supplied to the load L is decreased although the current consumption
from I/O power supply is not increased.
Select the appropriate countermeasures according to the operating conditions.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
4 - 53
4-4-2 Precautions when Wiring to the Output Units
NPN type
4
4 Installation and Wiring
4 - 54
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
I/O Refreshing
This section describes the types and functions of I/O refreshing for the NX Units.
5-1 I/O Refreshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-1-1
5-1-2
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units to NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units or Industrial PCs to Slave Terminal . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7
5-2-8
5-2-9
5-2-10
Types of I/O Refreshing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Selecting NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Free-Run Refreshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Synchronous Input Refreshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Synchronous Output Refreshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Time Stamp Refreshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-1
5
5 I/O Refreshing
5-1
I/O Refreshing
This section describes I/O refreshing for NX Unit.
5-1-1
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units to NX Units
An NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit cyclically performs I/O refreshing with the NX Units.
The following period and two cycles affect operation of the I/O refreshing between the CPU Unit and the
NX Units.
(a) Primary period in CPU Unit
(b) Refresh cycle of the NX bus
(c) Refresh cycle of each NX Unit
CPU Unit
(a) Primary
period in CPU
Unit
NX Unit
NX Unit
NX Unit
(b) Refresh cycle of the NX bus
(c) Refresh cycle of each NX Unit
Data exchange between the
user program and I/O Units
The following operation occurs.
• The refresh cycle of the NX bus in item (b) is automatically synchronized with the primary period of
the CPU Unit in item (a).
• The refresh cycle of each NX Unit in item (c) depends on the I/O refreshing method which is given
below.
Refer to the NJ/NX-series CPU Unit Software User’s Manual (Cat. No. W501-E1-16 or later) for
detailed information on I/O refreshing between the NX1P2 CPU Unit and the NX Units.
Refer to the NJ/NX-series CPU Unit Software User’s Manual (Cat. No. W501-E1-16 or later) for the I/O
response times of NX Units in a CPU Rack.
5-2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-1-2
I/O Refreshing from CPU Units or Industrial PCs to Slave
Terminal
The CPU Unit or Industrial PC cyclically performs I/O refreshing with the Slave Terminal through the
Communications Master and Communications Coupler Units.
The following four cycles affect operation of the I/O refreshing between the NX Unit on a Slave Terminal
and the CPU Unit or Industrial PC.
(a) Cycle time of the CPU Unit or Industrial PC
(b) Communications cycle of the host network
5-1 I/O Refreshing
(c) Refresh cycle of the NX bus
(d) Refresh cycle of each NX Unit
CPU Unit or
Industrial PC Communications Master Unit
(a) Cycle
time
5
Data exchange between the
user program and I/O Units
Communications path
Slave Terminal
Communications
Coupler
Unit
NX Unit
NX Unit
NX Unit
Other communications
slaves
(c) Refresh cycle of the NX bus
(d) Refresh cycle of each NX Unit
The cycle time of the CPU Unit or Industrial PC and communications cycle of the host network and the
I/O refresh cycle of the NX bus are determined by the CPU Unit or Industrial PC types and the
communications types.
The following explains operations when the built-in EtherCAT port on the NJ/NX-series CPU Unit or
NY-series Industrial PC is used for communications with an EtherCAT Slave Terminal, with symbols in
the figure.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for details on the operation
of I/O refreshing on Slave Terminals other than EtherCAT Slave Terminals.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-3
5-1-2 I/O Refreshing from CPU Units or Industrial PCs to Slave Terminal
(b) Communications cycle of the host network
5 I/O Refreshing
Operation of I/O Refreshing with NX-series CPU Units
The following shows the operation of I/O refreshing when the built-in EtherCAT port on the NX-series
CPU Unit is used for communications with an EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
• The process data communications cycle in item (b) and the refresh cycle of the NX bus in item (c) are
automatically synchronized with the primary period or the task period of the priority-5 periodic task of
the CPU Unit in item (a).*1
• The refresh cycle of each NX Unit in item (d) depends on the I/O refreshing method which is given
below.
*1. This applies when the distributed clock is enabled in the EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
The priority-5 periodic task must be supported by the connected CPU Unit model. Refer to the
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit Software User’s Manual (Cat. No. W501-E1-16 or later) for the periodic tasks
supported by each model of NX-series CPU Unit.
Operation of I/O Refreshing with NJ-series CPU Units or NY-series
Industrial PCs
The following shows the operation of I/O refreshing when the built-in EtherCAT port on the NJ-series
CPU Unit or NY-series Industrial PC is used for communications with an EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
• The process data communications cycle in item (b) and the refresh cycle of the NX bus in item (c)*1
are automatically synchronized with the primary period of the CPU Unit or Industrial PC in item (a).
• The refresh cycle of each NX Unit in item (d) depends on the I/O refreshing method which is given
below.
*1. This applies when the distributed clock is enabled in the EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
Refer to the NX-series EtherCAT Coupler Unit User’s Manual (Cat. No. W519-E1-08 or later) for
detailed information on I/O refreshing between the built-in EtherCAT port and EtherCAT Slave Terminals.
In addition, refer to the user's manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for the I/O
response times of NX Units on Slave Terminals.
5-4
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2
I/O Refreshing Methods
This section describes I/O refreshing methods for the NX Units.
5-2-1
Types of I/O Refreshing Methods
Methods of I/O Refreshing between the CPU Unit and NX Units
Refer to the software user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit for information on the I/O refreshing
methods that you can use between the CPU Unit and the NX Units.
As an example, the I/O refreshing methods that you can use between the NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit
and the NX Units are shown below.
I/O refreshing method name*1
Free-Run refreshing
Synchronous I/O refreshing
Input refreshing with input
changed time
Output refreshing with
specified time stamp
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX bus and I/O
refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC times when
inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC times. These times are
asynchronous to the NX bus refresh cycles. Data exchange between the NX
Units and CPU Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Input Units record the DC times when
inputs changed.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Output Units refresh outputs at specified
DC times.
*1. Task period prioritized refreshing cannot be used for the NX1P2 CPU Unit.
Since the NX1P2 CPU Unit can execute all I/O refreshing methods at the same time, you can use NX
Units with different I/O refreshing methods together.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-5
5
5-2-1 Types of I/O Refreshing Methods
Time stamp refreshing
Outline of operation
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
The I/O refreshing methods that you can use between the CPU Unit and the NX Units depend on the
connected CPU Unit.
5 I/O Refreshing
Methods of I/O Refreshing between the Communications Coupler
Unit and NX Units
The I/O refreshing methods that you can use between the Communications Coupler Unit and the NX
Units depend on the Communications Coupler Unit that is used.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for information on the I/O
refreshing methods that you can use between the Communications Coupler Unit and the NX Units.
As an example, when an EtherCAT Coupler Unit is connected to the built-in EtherCAT port on an
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit or NY-series Industrial PC, the I/O refreshing methods that you can use
between the EtherCAT Coupler Unit and the NX Units are shown below.
I/O refreshing method name
Free-Run refreshing
Synchronous I/O refreshing
Time stamp refreshing
Input refreshing with input
changed time
Output refreshing with
specified time stamp
Task period prioritized refreshing*1
Outline of operation
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX bus and the I/O
refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit on
more than one Slave Terminal.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC times when
inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC times. These times are
asynchronous to the NX bus refresh cycles.
Data exchange between the NX Units and EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Input Units record the DC times when
inputs changed.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Output Units refresh outputs at specified
DC times.
With this I/O refreshing method, shortening the task period is given priority
over synchronizing the I/O timing with other NX Units. With this I/O refreshing
method, the timing of I/O is not consistent with the timing of I/O for NX Units
that use synchronous I/O refreshing.
*1. Necessary to use an EtherCAT Coupler Unit NX-ECC203. Task period prioritized refreshing is not supported
by Digital I/O Units.
Since the EtherCAT Coupler Unit can execute all I/O refreshing methods at the same time, you can use NX Units
with different I/O refreshing methods together in the EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
5-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2-2
Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods
Setting Methods between the CPU Unit and the NX Units
How to set an I/O refreshing method between the CPU Unit and the NX Units is determined by the connected CPU Unit.
Refer to the software user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit for information on how to set an I/O
refreshing method between the CPU Unit and the NX Units.
NX Units that support
only Free-Run
refreshing
Free-Run refreshing
NX Units that support
both Free-Run
refreshing and
synchronous I/O
refreshing
NX Units that support
Free-Run refreshing,
synchronous I/O
refreshing, and task
period prioritized
refreshing
Synchronous I/O refreshing
NX Units that support
only time stamp
refreshing*1
Time stamp refreshing
*1. Two types of time stamp refreshing are available: one is input refreshing with input changed time and the other
is output refreshing with specified time stamp.
How to set an I/O refreshing method between the Communications Coupler Unit and the NX Units is
determined by the connected Communications Coupler Unit.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for information on how to
set an I/O refreshing method between the Communications Coupler and the NX Units.
An example when the EtherCAT Coupler Unit is connected to the built-in EtherCAT port on an
NJ/NX-series CPU or NY-series Industrial PC is shown below.
The I/O refreshing method between the EtherCAT Coupler Unit and each NX Unit depends on whether
the DC is enabled in the EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
DC enable setting
in the EtherCAT
Coupler Unit
Enabled (DC for
NX Units that
support only
Free-Run
refreshing
Free-Run refreshing
synchronization)*2
Enabled (DC with
priority in cycle
time)*2
Disabled
(FreeRun)*3
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
NX Units that
support Free-Run
refreshing,
synchronous I/O
refreshing, and
task period
prioritized
refreshing
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
NX Units that
support only time
stamp refreshing*1
Time stamp refreshing
Task period prioritized refreshing
Free-Run refreshing
Free-Run refreshing
Operation with time
stamp refreshing is
not possible.*4
5-7
5
5-2-2 Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods
Setting Methods between the Communications Coupler Unit and the
NX Units
NX Units that
support both
Free-Run
refreshing and
synchronous I/O
refreshing
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
An example of the setting operation for the NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit is shown below. For the NX1P2
CPU Unit, no setting operation is required, and the method is determined according to the following
table.
5 I/O Refreshing
*1. Two types of time stamp refreshing are available: one is input refreshing with input changed time and the other
is output refreshing with specified time stamp.
*2. The EtherCAT Slave Terminal operates in DC Mode.
*3. The EtherCAT Slave Terminal operates in Free-Run Mode.
*4. Refer to P. 5-26 and P. 5-32 for information on the operation when the DC is set to Disabled (FreeRun).
5-2-3
Selecting NX Units
The I/O refreshing methods that you can use depend on the model of the NX Unit. After you decide on
which I/O refreshing method to use, select the NX Units.
5-2-4
Free-Run Refreshing
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX bus and I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units
are asynchronous.
Digital I/O Units read inputs or refresh outputs at the time of I/O refreshing.
This method is used when it is not necessary to be aware of factors such as the I/O timing jitter and the
concurrency of the timing to read inputs and refresh outputs between the NX Units.
Description of Operation
z CPU Unit Operation
The following describes the operation of Free-Run refreshing between the NX-series NX1P2 CPU
Unit and the NX Units.
• The CPU Unit performs I/O refreshing for NX Units. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The NX Units read inputs or refresh outputs at the time of I/O refreshing. (Refer to (b) in the figure
below.)
• The CPU Unit can read the most recent input value at the time of I/O refreshing and the NX Units
can control the most recent output value at the time of I/O refreshing. However, timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs for each NX Unit does not occur at the same time. (Refer to (c) in the
figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the CPU Unit. Therefore, the
interval of the timing to read inputs or to refresh outputs for NX Unit is not always the same. (Refer
to (d) in the figure below.)
• In order to read input values correctly, you must set the inputs before the total of the ON/OFF
response time and the input filter time from the timing to read inputs for each NX Unit.
• The ON/OFF response time is needed from the timing to refresh outputs until setting the output
status of external terminals on the NX Units.
5-8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
Inputs
(a) I/O refreshing for NX Units
(d) Interval of the timing to read inputs is not constant.
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
ON/OFF response time
(b) Timing to
read inputs
Digital Input Unit A
Digital Input Unit B
Read inputs to the Unit
Input filter time
Set inputs
(c) Timing to read inputs for each Unit is not simultaneous.
Outputs
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
ON/OFF response time Input filter time
5
(a) I/O refreshing for NX Units
(d) Interval of the timing to refresh outputs is not constant.
5-2-4 Free-Run Refreshing
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
ON/OFF response time
Digital Output Unit A
(b) Timing to
refresh
outputs
ON/OFF response time
Digital Output Unit B
Refresh outputs
Set outputs
(c) Timing to refresh outputs for each Unit is not simultaneous.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-9
5 I/O Refreshing
z Slave Terminal Operation
The following describes the operation of Free-Run refreshing for Slave Terminals.
• The Communications Coupler Unit performs I/O refreshing for NX Units. (Refer to (a) in the figure
below.)
• The NX Units read inputs or refresh outputs at the time of I/O refreshing. (Refer to (b) in the figure
below.)
• The Communications Coupler Unit can read the most recent input value at the time of I/O refreshing and the NX Units can control the most recent output value at the time of I/O refreshing. However, the timing to read inputs or to refresh outputs for each NX Unit in the Slave Terminal does
not occur at the same time. (Refer to (c) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the Communications Coupler Unit or the host communications master. Therefore, the interval of the timing to read inputs or
to refresh outputs for NX Unit is not always the same. (Refer to (d) in the figure below.)
• In order to read input values correctly, you must set the inputs before the total of the ON/OFF
response time and the input filter time from the timing to read inputs for each NX Unit.
• The ON/OFF response time is required from when outputs are updated until the output status is
set on the external terminals of the NX Units.
5 - 10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
Inputs
(a) I/O refreshing for NX Units
(d) Interval of the timing to read inputs is not constant.
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
ON/OFF response time
(b) Timing to
read inputs
Digital Input Unit A
Digital Input Unit B
Read inputs to the Unit
Input filter time
Set inputs
(c) Timing to read inputs for each Unit is not simultaneous.
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
ON/OFF response time Input filter time
Outputs
5
(a) I/O refreshing for NX Units
(d) Interval of the timing to refresh outputs is not constant.
5-2-4 Free-Run Refreshing
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
ON/OFF response time
Digital Output Unit A
(b) Timing to
refresh
outputs
ON/OFF response time
Digital Output Unit B
Refresh outputs
Set outputs
(c) Timing to refresh outputs for each Unit is not simultaneous.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 11
5 I/O Refreshing
Settings
Add NX Units that support Free-Run refreshing to the CPU Unit configuration or Slave Terminal
configuration.
After you add the NX Units, set an I/O refreshing method depending on the connected CPU Unit or
Communications Coupler Unit so that these NX Units operate with Free-Run refreshing.
Refer to 5-2-2 Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods on page 5-7 for information on how to set an I/O
refreshing method.
5-2-5
Synchronous Input Refreshing
The I/O refreshing method described below. Among Slave Terminals, this refreshing method is supported only by EtherCAT Slave Terminals.
• The timing to read inputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
• The timing to read inputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit on more
than one Slave Terminal.
This method is used when the problem such as input timing jitter or offset of timing to read inputs
between more than one NX Unit happens.
Description of Operation
z CPU Unit Operation
The following describes the operation of synchronous input refreshing between the NX-series
NX1P2 CPU Unit and the NX Units.
• All Digital Input Units and Analog Input Units that are connected to the CPU Units and operate
with synchronous input refreshing read their inputs at the same time at a fixed interval based on
the synchronization timing. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The CPU Unit reads the input values, which are read by the Unit at the timing of reading inputs, at
immediate I/O refreshing. (Refer to (b) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the CPU Unit. (Refer to (c) in
the figure below.) The timing to read inputs will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d) and (e) in the
figure below.)
• The timing of reading inputs, the synchronization timing, and the maximum NX bus I/O refresh
cycle are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the input refresh cycles of
the NX Units on the CPU Unit when a Unit configuration in the CPU Unit is created and set up.
• In order to read input values correctly, you must determine the inputs before the total of the
ON/OFF response time and input filter time from the timing to read inputs for each NX Unit. (Refer
to (f) in the figure below.)
5 - 12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
I/O refreshing synchronization
The longest AD conversion time
is within one cycle.
Offset between
synchronization timing and
timing to read inputs
(c) Interval of I/O refreshing
is not constant.
(d) Interval of synchronization timing
is constant.
(b) The CPU Unit reads the data that is
read by the Unit at I/O refreshing.
Not constant.
Synchronization timing
Synchronization
timing
Synchronization timing
Constant
This time is automatically
calculated by the Sysmac
Studio.
Constant
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Constant
(e) Constant
Constant
Digital Input
Unit A
ON/OFF response
time
Input filter time
Digital Input
Unit B
ON/OFF response
time Input filter time
1 2 3 4
5
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5-2-5 Synchronous Input Refreshing
Analog Input
Unit A
(f) Set inputs
AD conversion
time for all Units.
Analog Input
Unit B
Input 1
Input 2
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
AD conversion
time for all Units.
(f)
Input 2
(f)
AD conversion starts
(a) All Input Units that support synchronous
input refreshing read their inputs simultaneously.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
5 - 13
5 I/O Refreshing
z Slave Terminal Operation
The following describes the operation of synchronous input refreshing of an EtherCAT Slave Terminal connected to the built-in EtherCAT port.
• All Digital Input Units and Analog Input Units that operate with synchronous input refreshing in the
Slave Terminal read their inputs at the same time at a fixed interval bases on Sync0. (Refer to (a)
in the figure below.)*1
• The Communications Coupler Unit reads the input values, which are read by the Unit at the timing
of reading inputs, at immediate I/O refreshing. (Refer to (b) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the Communications Coupler Unit or the host communications master. (Refer to (c) in the figure below.) The timing to read
inputs will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d) and (e) in the figure below.)
• The Sync0, the timing to read inputs and the maximum NX bus I/O refresh cycle of the Slave Terminals are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the input refresh cycle of
the NX Units in the Slave Terminals when the Slave Terminals are configured and set up.
• In order to read input values correctly, you must determine the inputs before the total of the
ON/OFF response time and the input filter time from the timing to read inputs for each NX Unit.
(Refer to (f) in the figure below.)
*1.If multiple Slave Terminals are present on the same EtherCAT network, refer to the NX-series EtherCAT
Coupler Unit User’s Manual (Cat. No. W519-E1-05 or later) for the range of available Slave Terminals that
operate at the same timing.
5 - 14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
I/O refreshing synchronization
The longest AD conversion time
is within one cycle.
Offset between
Sync0 and timing to
read inputs
(c) Interval of I/O refreshing
is not constant.
(b) The Communications Coupler Unit
reads the data that is read by the Unit
at I/O refreshing.
Sync0
(d) Interval of Sync0 is constant.
Not constant.
Sync0
Sync0
Constant
This time is automatically
calculated by the Sysmac
Studio.
Constant
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
(e) Constant
Constant
Digital Input
Unit A
ON/OFF response
time
Input filter time
Digital Input
Unit B
ON/OFF response
time Input filter time
Analog Input
Unit A
1 2 3 4
(f) Set inputs
5
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Input 1
Input 2
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
AD conversion
time for all Units.
(f)
5-2-5 Synchronous Input Refreshing
AD conversion
time for all Units.
Analog Input
Unit B
Input 2
(f)
AD conversion starts
(a) All Input Units that support synchronous
input refreshing read their inputs simultaneously.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
Constant
5 - 15
5 I/O Refreshing
Settings
Add NX Units that support synchronous I/O refreshing to the CPU Unit configuration or Slave Terminal
configuration.
After you add the NX Units, set an I/O refreshing method depending on the connected CPU Unit or
Communications Coupler Unit so that these NX Units operate with synchronous I/O refreshing.
Refer to 5-2-2 Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods on page 5-7 for information on how to set an I/O
refreshing method.
5-2-6
Synchronous Output Refreshing
The I/O refreshing method described below. Among Slave Terminals, this refreshing method is
supported only by EtherCAT Slave Terminals.
• The timing to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
• The timing to reresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between more than one NX Unit on
more than one Slave Terminal.
This method is used when the problem such as input timing jitter or offset of timing to refresh outputs
between more than one NX Unit happens.
Description of Operation
z CPU Unit Operation
The following describes the operation of synchronous output refreshing between the NX-series
NX1P2 CPU Unit and the NX Units.
• All Digital Output Units and Analog Output Units that are connected to the CPU Units and operate
with synchronous output refreshing refresh their outputs at the same time at a fixed interval based
on the synchronization timing. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The CPU Unit refreshes the output values at I/O refreshing. (Refer to (b) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the CPU Unit. (Refer to (c) in
the figure below.) The timing to refresh outputs will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d) and (e) in
the figure below.)
• The timing of refreshing outputs, the synchronization timing, and the maximum NX bus I/O refresh
cycle are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the output refresh cycles of
the NX Units on the CPU Unit when a Unit Configuration in the CPU Unit is created and set up.
• The ON/OFF response time is needed from the timing to refresh outputs until setting the output
status of external terminals on the NX Units. (Refer to (f) in the figure below.)
5 - 16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
Offset between synchronization timing and timing to refresh outputs
This time is automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio.
(b) The CPU Unit refreshes the output
values at I/O refreshing.
(c) Interval of I/O refreshing
is not constant.
I/O refreshing synchronization
The longest DA conversion time
is within one cycle.
(d) Interval of synchronization timing
is constant.
Synchronization
timing
Synchronization
timing
Constant
Synchronization timing
Constant
Not constant.
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
Constant
Constant
(e) Constant
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
Digital Output Unit A
Wait time
Digital Output Unit B
Wait time
Analog Output Unit A
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
ON/OFF
response
time
1 2 3 4
Timing to refresh
outputs
Analog Output Unit B
Output 1 Output 2
Output 1 Output 2
Output 1 Output 2
DA conversion
time
(f) Set outputs
z Slave Terminal Operation
The following describes the operation of synchronous output refreshing of an EtherCAT Slave Terminal connected to the built-in EtherCAT port.
• All Digital Output Units and Analog Output Units that operate with synchronous output refreshing
in the Slave Terminal refresh their outputs at the same time at a fixed interval based on Sync0.
(Refer to (a) in the figure below.)*1
• The Communication Coupler Unit refreshes the output values at I/O refreshing. Refer to (b) in the
figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the Communications Coupler Unit or the host communications master. (Refer to (c) in the figure below.) The timing to
refresh outputs will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d) and (e) in the figure below.)
• The Sync0, the timing to refresh outputs and the maximum NX bus I/O refresh cycle of the Slave
Terminals are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the output refresh cycle
of the NX Units in the Slave Terminals when the Slave Terminals are configured and set up.
• The ON/OFF response time is needed from the timing to refresh outputs until setting the output
status of external terminals on the NX Units. (Refer to (f) in the figure below.)
*1. If multiple Slave Terminals are present on the same EtherCAT network, refer to the NX-series EtherCAT
Coupler Unit User’s Manual (Cat. No. W519-E1-05 or later) for the range of available Slave Terminals that
operate at the same timing.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 17
5-2-6 Synchronous Output Refreshing
(a) All Outputs Units that support synchronous
output refreshing read their outputs simultaneously.
5
5 I/O Refreshing
Offset between Sync0 and timing to refresh outputs
This time is automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio.
(b) The Communication Coupler Unit refreshes
the output values at I/O refreshing.
I/O refreshing synchronization
The longest DA conversion time
is within one cycle.
(c) Interval of I/O refreshing
is not constant.
(d) Interval of Sync0 is constant.
Sync0
Sync0
Sync0
Constant
Constant
Not constant.
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
Constant
Constant
(e) Constant
Digital Output Unit A
Wait time
Digital Output Unit B
Wait time
Analog Output Unit A
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
ON/OFF
response
time
1 2 3 4
Timing to refresh
outputs
Analog Output Unit B
Output 1 Output 2
Output 1 Output 2
Output 1 Output 2
DA conversion
time
(f) Set outputs
(a) All Outputs Units that support synchronous
output refreshing read their outputs simultaneously.
Settings
Same as the settings for synchronous input refreshing. Refer to Settings in 5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on page 5-12 for details.
5 - 18
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2-7
Time Stamp Refreshing
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC times when inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC times. These times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh cycles. Among
Slave Terminals, only EtherCAT Slave Terminals support this refreshing method.
Data exchange between the NX Units and CPU Unit or EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically
on the NX bus refresh cycles.
There are the following two I/O refreshing methods.
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
• Input refreshing with input changed time
• Output refreshing with specified time stamp
Each of these I/O refreshing methods is described below.
5
5-2-7 Time Stamp Refreshing
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 19
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2-8
Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
With this I/O refreshing method, the Input Units record the DC times when the inputs changed. The DC
times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh cycles. Among Slave Terminals, only EtherCAT Slave
Terminals support this refreshing method.
The CPU Unit or EtherCAT Coupler Unit cyclically reads both the input values and the DC times when
the inputs changed on the NX bus refresh cycles.
In the descriptions below, the DC time when the input changed is called the input changed time.
You can use the Input Units that support input refreshing with input changed time with the Output Units
that support output refreshing with specified time stamp to control an output at a fixed interval after a
sensor input changes.
Description of Operation
z CPU Unit operation
The following describes the operation of input refreshing with input changed time between the
NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit and the NX Units.
• The NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time record the DC times when an
input changes for each input bit. The DC times that the Units record are the DC times for which
the status changes of the input terminals passed the ON/OFF response time and reached the
internal circuits.
• The CPU Unit reads the input values and the input changed times from the NX Units at I/O
refreshing. The input values that the CPU Unit reads are not the input values at the point when the
input change times were recorded, but the input values at I/O refreshing.
• All Digital Input Units that operate with input refreshing with input changed times and are connected to the CPU Unit read the input changed times at the same time at a fixed interval based on
synchronization timing. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The timing of reading input changed times is the same as the timing at which all Digital Input Units
and Analog Input Units that operate with synchronous input refreshing and are connected to the
CPU Unit read their inputs.
• The timing of reading input values is at I/O refreshing, which is different from the timing of reading
input changed times.
• The CPU Unit reads the input changed times and input values at immediate I/O refreshing after
the input changed times are read. (Refer to (b) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the CPU Unit. (Refer to (c) in
the figure below.) The timing to read input changed times will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d)
and (e) in the figure below.)
• The timing of reading input changed times, the synchronization timing, and the maximum NX bus
I/O refresh cycle are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the input refresh
cycles of the NX Units on the CPU Unit when a Unit Configuration in the CPU Unit is created and
set up.
5 - 20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
(b) The CPU Unit reads the input changed (c) Interval of I/O refreshing
I/O refreshing synchronization
times that are read by the Unit and the
is not constant.
The longest AD conversion time
input values at this point at I/O
is within one cycle.
refreshing.
Synchronization timing
Synchronization timing
Constant
(d) Interval of
synchronization
timing is constant.
Not constant.
Synchronization
timing
Constant
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T1
T2
DC time
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
Constant
Digital Input
Unit
Analog Input
Unit
Input 1
Input 2
Offset between
synchronization
timing and
timing to read
inputs
This time is
automatically
calculated by
the Sysmac
Studio.
T1
T2
(e) Constant
Constant
ON/OFF response
time
Input filter time
Input 1
Input 2
5
Input 1
Input 2
5-2-8 Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
AD conversion
time for all Units.
ON/OFF response
time
Input
terminals
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
Input
value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
T2
Records T1, which is
the DC time at the
point when the input
value changed.
(a) All Units that support input refreshing with input
changed time read their input changed times
simultaneously.
All Input Units that support synchronous input
refreshing read their inputs simultaneously.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
CPU Unit
5 - 21
5 I/O Refreshing
• You can select to either detect changes at the input rising edge, or at the input falling edge. Make
the setting in advance.
Synchronization timing
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Synchronization timing
Synchronization timing
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T1
T2
DC time
The trigger setting is
Rising Edge.
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
The trigger setting is
Falling Edge.
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
T2
Records the DC time
at the point when the
input value changes
from OFF to ON.
Records the DC time
at the point when the
input value changes
from ON to OFF.
• NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time do not have an input filter function.
• You can select at which point the input changed times are recorded when the inputs change more
than one time during the NX bus I/O refresh cycle. Make the setting in advance.
Synchronization timing
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Synchronization timing
Synchronization timing
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T2
T1
DC time
The mode setting is
Continuous.
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
The mode setting is
One-shot.
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
T2
Records the DC
time at the point
of the last trigger
during the cycle.
Records the DC
time at the point
of the first trigger
during the cycle.
• The input changed times are retained if the inputs do not change.
5 - 22
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
z Slave Terminal Operation
The following describes the operation of input refreshing with input changed time of an EtherCAT
Slave Terminal connected to the built-in EtherCAT port.
• The NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time record the DC times when an
input changes for each input bit. The DC times that the Units record are the DC times for which
the status changes of the input terminals passed the ON/OFF response time and reached the
internal circuits.
• The EtherCAT Coupler Unit reads the input values and the input changed times from the NX Units
at I/O refreshing. The input values that the EtherCAT Coupler Unit read are not the values at the
point when the input change times were recorded, but the values at I/O refreshing.
• The timing of reading input changed times is the same as the timing at which all Digital Input Units
and Analog Input Units that operate with synchronous input refreshing in the Slave Terminal read
their inputs.
• The timing of reading input values is at I/O refreshing, which is different from the timing of reading
input changed times.
• The EtherCAT Coupler Unit reads the input changed times and input values at immediate I/O
refreshing after the input changed times are read. (Refer to (b) in the figure below.)
• The interval of I/O refreshing varies with the processing conditions of the EtherCAT Coupler Unit
or the EtherCAT master. (Refer to (c) in the figure below.) The timing of reading input changed
times will be at a fixed interval. (Refer to (d) and (e) in the figure below.)
*1. If multiple Slave Terminals are present on the same EtherCAT network, refer to the NX-series EtherCAT
Coupler Unit User’s Manual (Cat. No. W519-E1-05 or later) for the range of available Slave Terminals that
operate at the same timing.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 23
5
5-2-8 Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
• Sync0, the timing of reading input changed times, and the maximum NX bus I/O refresh cycle for
multiple Slave Terminals are automatically calculated by the Sysmac Studio according to the input
refresh cycles of the NX Units in the Slave Terminals when the Slave Terminals are configured
and set up.
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
• All Digital Input Units that operate with input refreshing with input changed times in the Slave Terminal read the input changed times at the same time at a fixed interval based on Sync0.
(Refer to (a) in the figure below.)*1
5 I/O Refreshing
(b) The Communications Coupler Unit
I/O refreshing synchronization
(c) Interval of I/O refreshing
reads the input changed times that are
is not constant.
The longest AD conversion time
read by the Unit and the input values at
is within one cycle.
this point at I/O refreshing.
Sync0
Sync0
(d) Interval of Sync0
is constant.
Not constant.
Sync0
Constant
Constant
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T1
T2
DC time
Communications
Coupler Unit
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
Constant
Digital Input
Unit
Analog Input
Unit
Input 1
Input 2
Offset between
Sync0 and
timing to read
inputs
This time is
automatically
calculated by
the Sysmac
Studio.
T1
T2
(e) Constant
Constant
ON/OFF response
time
Input filter time
Input 1
Input 2
Input 1
Input 2
AD conversion
time for all Units.
ON/OFF response
time
Input
terminals
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
Input
value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
T2
Records T1, which is
the DC time at the
point when the input
value changed.
(a) All Units that support input refreshing with input
changed time read their input changed times
simultaneously.
All Input Units that support synchronous input
refreshing read their inputs simultaneously.
5 - 24
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
• You can select to either detect changes at the input rising edge, or at the input falling edge. Make
the setting in advance.
Sync0
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Sync0
Sync0
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T1
T2
DC time
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
The trigger setting is
Falling Edge.
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
The trigger setting is
Rising Edge.
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
T2
Records the DC time
at the point when the
input value changes
from OFF to ON.
Records the DC time
at the point when the
input value changes
from ON to OFF.
• NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time do not have an input filter function.
Sync0
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Sync0
Sync0
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
T1
T2
DC time
The mode setting is
Continuous.
Digital Input Unit
that supports input
refreshing with input
changed time
The mode setting is
One-shot.
Input value
Input
changed
time
T0
T1
Records the DC
time at the point
of the last trigger
during the cycle.
T2
Records the DC
time at the point
of the first trigger
during the cycle.
• The input changed times are retained if the inputs do not change.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 25
5-2-8 Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
• You can select at which point the input changed times are recorded when the inputs change more
than one time during the NX bus I/O refresh cycle. Make the setting in advance.
5
5 I/O Refreshing
Settings
Add NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time to the CPU Unit configuration or
Slave Terminal configuration.
After you add the NX Units, set an I/O refreshing method depending on the connected CPU Unit or
Communications Coupler Unit so that these NX Units operate with input refreshing with input changed
time.
Refer to 5-2-2 Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods on page 5-7 for information on how to set an I/O
refreshing method.
Also, using the NX Unit operation settings, set the edge to read the input changed time or operation
mode.
Refer to NX Units in Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time on page 6-12 in 6-3 List of Settings on
page 6-7 for details on the settings.
Additional Information
Do not set the DC enable setting to Disabled (FreeRun). If it is set to Disabled, the input
refreshing with input changed time will not operate correctly. However, an error does not occur
even if it is disabled.
If the DC enable setting is set to Disabled (FreeRun), the input values reflect the actual input
status, but the input changed times retain the default values and do not change.
5 - 26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2-9
Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
With this I/O refreshing method, the Output Units refresh outputs at the DC times specified by the user
program. The specified DC times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh cycles. Among Slave
Terminals, only EtherCAT Slave Terminals support this refreshing method.
The CPU Unit or EtherCAT Coupler Unit cyclically sets the output set values and the DC times to
refresh outputs to the Output Units on the NX bus refresh cycles.
In the descriptions below, the DC time to refresh the output is called the specified time.
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
You can use the Input Units that support input refreshing with input changed time with the Output Units
that support output refreshing with specified time stamp to control outputs at fixed intervals after the
sensor inputs change.
5
5-2-9 Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 27
5 I/O Refreshing
Description of Operation
z CPU Unit Operation
The following describes the operation of output refreshing with specified time stamp between the
NX-series NX1P2 CPU Unit and the NX Units.
• You can specify the specified time and the output set value for each output bit. You can also set
the same specified time for multiple output bits.
• The NX Bus Function Module of the CPU Unit sets the output set values and the specified times
to the NX Units and acquires the output status at I/O refreshing. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The output status is used when you determine that the output was refreshed normally at the specified time. Refer to 5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor
Inputs Change on page 5-33 for an example of determining that the output was refreshed.
• The NX Units turn ON the output status when the specified times are set.
• The NX Units refresh outputs and turn OFF the output status at the specified times. The values of
outputs that the NX Units refresh are the output set values at the specified times. (Refer to (b) in
the figure below.)
• The ON/OFF response time is needed from the specified time until setting the output status of
external terminals on the NX Units.
• If the next specified time is set before the current specified time is reached, the NX Units overwrite
the current specified time to the next specified time. The current specified time is ignored.
• If the value of the specified time is 0, the output is refreshed immediately. At this time, the Output
Units refresh outputs according to the output set values.
• When the specified time is set to the NX Units, if the specified time is a previous DC time, a Previous Time Specified event (event code: 7001000 hex) occurs.
• To make the specified time as a future DC time when it is set to the NX Units, set the specified
time to satisfy both the following conditions.
a) A future DC time at least twice the task period from the previous value of the Time Stamp of Synchronous Output (Refer to (c) in the figure below.)
b) A future DC time at least three times the task period from the input changed time read from the
Input Units that support input refreshing with input changed time (Refer to (d) in the figure below.)
• The Time Stamp of Synchronous Output is one of I/O data in the NX Bus Function Module of the
CPU Unit, and contains the DC time of synchronous outputs from the NX Unit. The I/O port name
for this I/O data is " Time Stamp of Synchronous Output"*1. This I/O data is allocated per NX
Unit to a CPU Unit.
*1. "" is a device name.
5 - 28
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
Sets the SpecifiedTime1 and the output set value
in the user program.
Tcycle
PLC Function
Module of the
CPU Unit
IO
Tcycle
UPG MC
IO
UPG MC
Tcycle
IO
Tcycle
UPG MC
ST0
ST1
UPG MC
IO
UPG MC
Tcycle
IO
UPG
InputChangedTime1
+Tcycle×3 (d)
SpecifiedTime1
ST1+Tcycle×2 (c)
ST4
ST5
ST3
InputChangedTime0
DC time
IO
Tcycle
ST2
Tcycle×2
Tcycle×3
Time Stamp of
Synchronous Output
ST0
ST1
ST4
ST3
ST2
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
NX Bus Function
Module of the
CPU Unit
Device variables
SyncOutTime
ST0
ST2
ST1
ST3
ST4
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
The Input Unit records the DC time
when input was changed.
Input Unit that supports
input refreshing with
input changed time
Input value
Input changed time
InputChangedTime0
5
InputChangedTime1
Device variables
InputTimeStamp
InputChangedTime0
InputChangedTime1
Output Unit that supports
output refreshing with
specified time stamp
Specified time
SpecifiedTime1
Output set value
Output set value
Sets the output set value and specified time
and acquires the output status.(a)
Output status
Refreshes output with the output set
value at the specified time.(b)
ON/OFF
response time
Device variables
SpecifiedTime1
OutputTimeStamp
OutputBit
OutputStatus
Tcycle: Task period
IO: I/O refreshing
UPG: User program execution
MC: Motion control
Additional Information
With the NX_DOutTimeStamp instruction, if you set a previous DC time unintentionally, a Previous Time Specified event will not occur and you can refresh the output immediately.
Refer to the NJ/NX-series Instructions Reference Manual (Cat. No. W502) for details on the
NX_DOutTimeStamp instruction.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 29
5-2-9 Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
InputBit
5 I/O Refreshing
z Slave Terminal Operation
The following describes the operation of output refreshing with specified time stamp of an EtherCAT
Slave Terminal connected to the built-in EtherCAT port.
• You can specify the specified time and the output set value for each output bit. You can also set
the same specified time for multiple output bits.
• The EtherCAT Coupler Unit sets the output set values and the specified times to the NX Units and
acquires the output status at I/O refreshing. (Refer to (a) in the figure below.)
• The output status is used when you determine that the output was refreshed normally at the specified time. Refer to 5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor
Inputs Change on page 5-33 for an example of determining that the output was refreshed.
• The NX Units turn ON the output status when the specified times are set.
• The NX Units refresh outputs and turn OFF the output status at the specified times. The values of
outputs that the NX Units refresh are the output set values at the specified times. (Refer to (b) in
the figure below.)
• The ON/OFF response time is needed from the specified time until setting the output status of
external terminals on the NX Units.
• If the next specified time is set before the current specified time is reached, the NX Units overwrite
the current specified time to the next specified time. The current specified time is ignored.
• If the value of the specified time is 0, the output is refreshed immediately. At this time, the Output
Units refresh outputs according to the output set values.
• When the specified time is set to the NX Units, if the specified time is a previous DC time, a Previous Time Specified event (event code: 70010000 hex) occurs.
• To make the specified time as a future DC time when it is set to the NX Units, set the specified
time to satisfy both the following conditions.
a) A future DC time at least twice the task period from the previous value of the Time Stamp of Synchronous Output (Refer to (c) in the figure below.)
b) A future DC time at least three times the task period from the input changed time read from the
Input Units that support input refreshing with input changed time (Refer to (d) in the figure below.)
• The Time Stamp of Synchronous Output is one of I/O data in the EtherCAT Coupler Unit, and contains the DC time of synchronous outputs from the NX Unit. By default, it is not assigned to the I/O
entry mapping, so edit the settings and assign it to the I/O entry mapping. The added I/O data is
0x200A: 02 (Time Stamp of Synchronous Output).
5 - 30
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
Sets the SpecifiedTime1 and the output set value
in the user program.
Tcycle
Tcycle
Tcycle
Tcycle
Tcycle
Tcycle
CPU Unit
IO
UPG MC
IO
UPG MC
IO
UPG MC
ST0
ST1
UPG MC
IO
UPG MC
IO
UPG
InputChangedTime1
+Tcycle×3 (d)
SpecifiedTime1
ST1+Tcycle×2 (c)
ST4
ST5
ST3
InputChangedTime0
DC time
IO
ST2
Tcycle×2
Tcycle×3
ST0
ST1
ST4
ST3
ST2
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
EtherCAT
Coupler Unit
Time Stamp of
Synchronous Output
Device variables
SyncOutTime
ST0
ST2
ST1
ST3
ST4
I/O refreshing
of the NX bus
Input refreshing
Output refreshing
The Input Unit records the DC time
when input was changed.
Input Unit that supports
input refreshing with
input changed time
Input value
Input changed time
InputChangedTime0
5
InputChangedTime1
Device variables
InputTimeStamp
InputChangedTime0
InputChangedTime1
Output Unit that supports
output refreshing with
specified time stamp
Specified time
SpecifiedTime1
Output set value
Output set value
Sets the output set value and specified time
and acquires the output status.(a)
Output status
Refreshes output with the output set
value at the specified time.(b)
ON/OFF
response time
Device variables
SpecifiedTime1
OutputTimeStamp
OutputBit
OutputStatus
Tcycle: Task period
IO: I/O refreshing
UPG: User program execution
MC: Motion control
Additional Information
With the NX_DOutTimeStamp instruction, if you set a previous DC time unintentionally, a Previous Time Specified event will not occur and you can refresh the output immediately.
Refer to the instructions reference manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC for
details on the NX_DOutTimeStamp instruction.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 31
5-2-9 Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
InputBit
5 I/O Refreshing
Settings
Add NX Units that support output refreshing with specified time stamp to the CPU Unit configuration or
Slave Terminal configuration.
After you add the NX Units, set an I/O refreshing method depending on the connected CPU Unit or
Communications Coupler Unit so that these NX Units operate with output refreshing with specified time
stamp.
Refer to 5-2-2 Setting the I/O Refreshing Methods on page 5-7 for information on how to set an I/O
refreshing method.
Additional Information
Do not set the DC enable setting to Disabled (FreeRun). If it is set to Disabled, the output
refreshing with specified time stamp will not operate correctly. However, an error does not occur
even if it is disabled.
If the DC enable setting is set to Disabled (FreeRun), outputs are not refreshed regardless of
the output set values and values of the specified time.
5 - 32
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the
Sensor Inputs Change
The following shows an example that uses an Input Unit NX-ID3344 that supports input refreshing with
input changed time and an Output Unit NX-OD2154 that supports output refreshing with specified time
stamp to turn ON the output to the external output device at a specific time after the input changed time
from the sensor. It is an example when using an EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
NJ/NX-series CPU Unit
Input Unit
NX-ID3344
Output Unit
NX-OD2154
External output device
(Output)
Workpiece
EtherCAT
Coupler Unit
5
Sensor
(Input)
Specifications of Sample Programming
• In this example, 500 ms after the sensor input that is connected to input bit 00 of an Input Unit
NX-ID3344 changes to ON, output bit 00 of an Output Unit NX-OD2154 changes to ON.
NX-ID3344
Input Bit 00
NX-OD2154
Output Bit 00
500 ms
• The following determinations are performed to normally operate the programming.
a) When the specified time is set to an Output Unit NX-OD2154, the validity of the specified time is
determined to make sure that the specified time is not a previous DC time.
b) With an Output Unit NX-OD2154, the output was normally refreshed at the specified time is
determined.
5 - 33
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change
For cases in which NX-ID3344 and NX-OD2154 are used for NX-series NX1P2 CPU Units, this section
explains only the points different from the case of using an EtherCAT Slave Terminal. Refer to When
Used by Connecting to the CPU Unit on page 5-40 for details.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
Built-in EtherCAT port
5 I/O Refreshing
Network Configuration
The network configuration is as follows.
A Slave Terminal with the following configuration is connected at EtherCAT node address 1. The
device names that are given in the following table are used.
Unit number
Model
0
NX-ECC201
1
NX-ID3344
2
NX-OD2154
Unit
EtherCAT Coupler Unit
Digital Input Unit that supports input refreshing
with input changed time
Digital Output Unit that supports output refreshing
with specified time stamp
Device name
E001
N1
N2
Task Settings
The task period of the primary periodic task is 1 ms.
Unit Operation Settings
The Unit operation settings of the Input Unit NX-ID3344 are as follows.
Item
Time Stamp (Trigger Setting) : Input
Bit 00 Trigger Setting
Time Stamp (mode Setting) : Input Bit
00 Mode Setting
5 - 34
Set
value
FALSE
FALSE
Meaning
Trigger to read the input changed time: Rising Edge
Operation mode to read the input changed time: Continuous
(Last changed time)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
I/O Map
The following I/O map settings are used.
However, add 0x200A: 02 (Time Stamp of Synchronous Output) to an I/O entry mapping of the EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
Position
Time Stamp of
Synchronous
Output
Unit1
Input Bit 00
Time Stamp
Output Bit 00
Time Stamp
Output Bit 00
Unit2
Unit2
R
R
ULINT
W
ULINT
W
BOOL
Output Bit 00
Output Status
Output status 00
R
BOOL
Description
R/W
Variable
type
E001_Time_Stamp_ Global
of_Synchronous_Ou variable
tput
N1_Input_Bit_00_Ti
me_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Time_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00
Variable
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Output_Status
Global
variable
Global
variable
Global
variable
Global
variable
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
Node1
Unit2
Contains the time stamp
for the timing of
synchronous outputs from
the connected NX Unit.
(Unit: ns)
Input changed time for
input bit 00
Specified time for output bit
00
Output bit 00
Data
type
ULINT
Port
5
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 35
5 I/O Refreshing
LD
Internal
Variables
Name
Default value
State
Error
ErrorCode
InputTimeStamp
UINT
BOOL
WORD
ULINT
0
FALSE
16#0000
0
SetOutputTimeStamp
ULINT
0
OffsetTimeStamp
ULINT
ULINT#500000000
OffsetErrorTaskExeCnt
ULINT
ULINT#3
TaskPeriod
TmpWork
ULINT
ULINT
ULINT#1000000
---
External
Variables
0
Data type
E001_Time_Stamp_of_Synchronous_Output
Data
type
ULINT
N1_Input_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00
N2_Output_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00_Output_Status
ULINT
BOOL
ULINT
BOOL
Name
Internal status of program
Error flag
Error code
Recorded input changed
time
DC time set for the
specified time
Time from the input
changed time until the
specified time (ms)
Error criteria for specified
time
Task period (ms)
Workpiece for determining
specified time error
Comment
DC time for the timing of synchronous
outputs from the NX Unit
Input changed time for input bit 00
Output bit 00
Specified time for output bit 00
Output status for output bit 00
State0: Wait for input bit 00 to change.
If the specified time is 3 task periods or less, error end.
Transit to set the specified time and to check the output.
State
UINT#0
=
EN
In1
In2
InputTimeStamp
N1_Input_Bit_00_
Time_Stamp
<>
EN
In1
In2
N1_Input_Bit_00_
Time_Stamp
OffsetErrorTaskExeCnt
TaskPeriod
OffsetTimeStamp
TmpWork
<=
EN
In1
In2
OffsetTimeStamp
TmpWork
>
EN
In1
In2
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
*
EN ENO
In1
Out
In2
UINT#0
InputTimeStamp
TmpWork
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
InputTimeStamp
OffsetTimeStamp
State WORD#16#1
+
EN ENO
In1
Out
In2
SetOutputTimeStamp
UINT#1
5 - 36
Comment
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
Error
S
ErrorCode
SetOutputTimeStamp
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
N2_Output_Bit_00
S
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Time_Stamp
State
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
1
State1: Check the output.
Check the output status after the specified time has passed.
Output error or output completion (Turn OFF the output.).
State
UINT#1
=
EN
In1
In2
E001_Time_Stamp_Synchronous_Output
SetOutputTimeStamp
>=
EN
In1
In2
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Output_Status
ULINT#0
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Output_Status
WORD#16#2
R
N2_Output_Bit_00_
Time_Stamp
Error
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out ErrorCode
S
State
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
UINT#0
MOVE
EN ENO
In
Out
N2_Output_Bit_00
5
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 37
5 I/O Refreshing
ST
Internal
Variables
External
Variables
5 - 38
Name
Data type
Default value
State
Error
ErrorCode
InputTimeStamp
UINT
BOOL
WORD
ULINT
0
FALSE
16#0000
0
SetOutputTimeStamp
ULINT
0
OffsetTimeStamp
ULINT
ULINT#500000000
OffsetErrorTaskExeCnt
ULINT
ULINT#3
TaskPeriod
ULINT
ULINT#1000000
E001_Time_Stamp_of_Synchronous_Output
Data
type
ULINT
N1_Input_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00
N2_Output_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N2_Output_Bit_00_Output_Status
ULINT
BOOL
ULINT
BOOL
Name
Comment
Internal status of program
Error flag
Error code
Recorded input changed
time
DC time set for the
specified time
Time from the input
changed time until the
specified time (ms)
Error criteria for specified
time
Task period (ms)
Comment
DC time for the timing of synchronous
outputs from the NX Unit
Input changed time for input bit 00
Output bit 00
Specified time for output bit 00
Output status for output bit 00
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
CASE State OF
0:
//Wait for input bit 00 to change.
IF( InputTimeStamp <> N1_Input_Bit_00_Time_Stamp )THEN
InputTimeStamp:=N1_Input_Bit_00_Time_Stamp;
//Save the input changed time for input bit 00.
1:
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
IF( OffsetTimeStamp <= (OffsetErrorTaskExeCnt * TaskPeriod) )THEN
//If the specified time is 3 task periods or less, error end.
State:=0;
//Transit to waiting for input bit 00 to change.
Error:=TRUE;
//Error registration
ErrorCode:=WORD#16#0001;
ELSE
//Set the specified time.
SetOutputTimeStamp:=InputTimeStamp+OffsetTimeStamp;
N2_Output_Bit_00_Time_Stamp:=SetOutputTimeStamp;
N2_Output_Bit_00:=TRUE;
State:=1;
//Transit to output check.
END_IF;
END_IF;
//Check the output.
IF( E001_Time_Stamp_of_Synchronous_Output < SetOutputTimeStamp )THEN
;
//Continue output check because the specified time has not been reached.
ELSE
//Check the output status because the specified time has passed.
IF( N2_Output_Bit_00_Output_Status=FALSE )THEN
//Output completion
N2_Output_Bit_00_Time_Stamp:=0;
N2_Output_Bit_00:=FALSE;
//Turn OFF the output.
State:=0;
//Transit to waiting for input bit 00 to change.
ELSE
//Output error
Error:=TRUE;
//Error registration
ErrorCode:=WORD#16#0002;
State:=0;
//Transit to waiting for input bit 00 to change.
END_IF;
END_IF;
5
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change
ELSE
;
END_CASE;
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 - 39
5 I/O Refreshing
When Used by Connecting to the CPU Unit
For cases in which NX-ID3344 and NX-OD2154 are used for NX-series NX1P2 CPU Units, this section
explains only the points different from the case of using an EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
The points of difference are shown below. To use by connecting to the CPU Unit, read a given example
with the points of difference in mind.
z Unit Configuration
The Unit configuration is given in the following figure.
To use an NX1P2 CPU Unit, you need to add an Additional I/O Power Supply Unit to the right of the
CPU Unit in order to supply I/O power to NX-ID3344 and NX-OD2154.
NX-series
NX1P2
CPU Unit
Input Unit
Output Unit
NX-ID3344 NX-OD2154
External output
device (Output)
Workpiece
Sensor
(Input)
Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit
NX-PF
By adding an Additional I/O Power Supply Unit, 1 is added to the unit number of the NX-ID3344 and
NX-OD2154 as well as the number in its device name, as shown below.
Unit number
1
2
3
5 - 40
Model
NX-PF
NX-ID3344
NX-OD2154
Unit
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit
Digital Input Unit that supports input refreshing
with input changed time
Digital Output Unit that supports output refreshing
with specified time stamp
Device
name
N1
N2
N3
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5 I/O Refreshing
z I/O Map
Because we added an Additional I/O Power Supply Unit, add 1 to the corresponding numbers that
represent the position and variable of the NX-ID3344 and NX-OD2154 in the example for an EtherCAT Slave Terminal, as shown below.
Position
Unit2
Unit3
Unit3
Unit3
Port
Variable
Input Bit 00 Time Stamp
Output Bit 00 Time Stamp
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 00 Output Status
N2_Input_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N3_Output_Bit_00_Time_Stamp
N3_Output_Bit_00
N3_Output_Bit_00_Output_Status
PosiPort
tion
NXBus- N3 Time Stamp
Master of Synchronous Output
Description
Contains the time stamp for
the timing of synchronous
outputs from the connected
NX Unit with the device
name "N3."
(Unit: ns)
R/W
R
Data
type
ULINT
Variable
NXBus_N3_Time_
Stamp_of_Synchronous_Output
Variable
type
Global
variable
5
z Task Period of the Primary Periodic Task
The minimum value for the task period of the primary periodic task in the NX1P2 CPU Unit is 2ms.
1ms in the EtherCAT Slave Terminal example cannot be set.
5 - 41
5-2-10 An Example of Turning ON Outputs at Specific Times After the Sensor Inputs Change
Use the above variable for the sample programming in the example for an EtherCAT Slave Terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2 I/O Refreshing Methods
When Units are connected to the CPU Unit, the Time Stamp of Synchronous Output uses the following data. It is I/O data for the NX Bus Function Module, which is allocated to the CPU Unit for each
NX Unit.
5 I/O Refreshing
5 - 42
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Digital Input Units
This section describes the types and functions of Digital Input Units.
6-1 Types of Digital Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-2 Specifications of I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-2-1
Allocable I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-3 List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6-4 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-4-1
6-4-2
List of Digital Input Unit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Input Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6-1
6
6 Digital Input Units
6-1
Types of Digital Input Units
Digital Input Units are parts of NX Units, and process inputs of digital signals (ON/OFF signals).
The Digital Input Unit types are described below.
DC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
NX-ID3317
Rated input
voltage
12 to 24 VDC
NX-ID3343
NPN
24 VDC
NX-ID3344
NX-ID3417
4
point
s
NX-ID3443
12 to 24 VDC
PNP
NX-ID3444
NX-ID4342
NX-ID4442
NX-ID5342
NX-ID5442
8
point
s
16
point
s
NPN
I/O refreshing
method
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-9
P. A-11
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
PNP
P. A-17
P. A-18
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
NPN
P. A-14
P. A-16
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
24 VDC
PNP
P. A-13
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-20
P. A-22
P. A-24
DC Input Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID5142-1
6-2
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
16
For both
point
NPN/PNP
s
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing
method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
DC Input Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID5142-5
NX-ID6142-5
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
16
point
s
32
point
s
Internal I/O
common
Rated input
voltage
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
I/O refreshing
method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
P. A-28
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-30
Model
NX-ID6142-6
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
32
For both
point
NPN/PNP
s
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing
method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-33
6
AC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
NX-IA3117
Num
ber
Rated input voltage
of
poin
ts
4
200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
point
(170 to 264 VAC, ±3 Hz)
s
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6-1 Types of Digital Input Units
DC Input Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
I/O refreshing
method
ON/OFF response
time
Reference
Free-Run refreshing
10 ms max./40 ms
max.
P. A-36
6-3
6 Digital Input Units
6-2
Specifications of I/O Data
This section describes I/O data for the Digital Input Units.
6-2-1
Allocable I/O Data
This section describes the allocable I/O data in the Digital Input Unit.
An I/O entry mapping is assigned to the I/O allocation settings for the Digital Input Unit.
A specific I/O entry is assigned to the I/O entry mapping for each NX Unit model. These allocations are
fixed, so you cannot add others or change them.
An I/O entry means the I/O data described in this section. An I/O entry mapping means a collection of
I/O entries.
To assign the I/O allocation information of the NX Unit or Slave Terminal to an NJ/NX-series CPU Unit
or NY-series Industrial PC, use the I/O ports for the allocated I/O data.
However, for Slave Terminals, I/O ports may not be used depending on the type of communications
master or Communications Coupler Unit.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for details on how to use
I/O data for Slave Terminals.
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
z Four-point Input Units
Data name
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
Input Bit 02
Input Bit 03
6-4
Description
The input value for input
bit 00.
The input value for input
bit 01.
The input value for input
bit 02.
The input value for input
bit 03.
Data
type
BOOL
Default
value
FALSE
I/O port
name
Input Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
02 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 02
03 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 03
04 hex
Index
6000 hex
Subindex
01 hex
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
z Eight-point Input Units
Data name
Input Bit 8 bits
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
Input Bit 02
Input Bit 03
Input Bit 05
Input Bit 06
Input Bit 07
The input values for 8
bits.
The following 8 BOOL
data are included.
The input value for input
bit 00.
The input value for input
bit 01.
The input value for input
bit 02.
The input value for input
bit 03.
The input value for input
bit 04.
The input value for input
bit 05.
The input value for input
bit 06.
The input value for input
bit 07.
Data
type
BYTE
Default
value
00 hex
I/O port
name
Input Bit 8
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 02
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 03
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 04
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 05
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 06
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 07
Index
6001 hex
Subindex
01 hex
6-2 Specifications of I/O Data
Input Bit 04
Description
6
z Sixteen-point Input Units
Input Bit 16 bits
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
Description
The input values for 16
bits.
The following 16 BOOL
data are included.
The input value for input
bit 00.
The input value for input
bit 01.
Data
type
WORD
Default
value
0000 hex
I/O port
name
Input Bit 16
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 15
Index
6002 hex
Subindex
01 hex
•
•
•
Input Bit 15
The input value for input
bit 15.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6-5
6-2-1 Allocable I/O Data
Data name
6 Digital Input Units
z Thirty-two-point Input Units
Data name
Input Bit 32 bits
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
Description
The input values for 32
bits.
The following 32 BOOL
data are included.
The input value for input
bit 00.
The input value for input
bit 01.
Data
type
DWORD
Default
value
00000000
hex
I/O port
name
Input Bit 32
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 31
Index
6003 hex
Subindex
01 hex
•
•
•
Input Bit 31
The input value for input
bit 31.
NX Units in Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
z Four-point Input Units
Data name
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
Input Bit 02
Input Bit 03
Input Bit 00 Time
Stamp
Input Bit 01 Time
Stamp
Input Bit 02 Time
Stamp
Input Bit 03 Time
Stamp
6-6
Description
The input value for
input bit 00.
The input value for
input bit 01.
The input value for
input bit 02.
The input value for
input bit 03.
The input changed
time for input bit
00.
The input changed
time for input bit
01.
The input changed
time for input bit
02.
The input changed
time for input bit
03.
Data
type
BOOL
Default
value
FALSE
I/O port
name
Input Bit 00
Subindex
01 hex
---
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
02 hex
---
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 02
03 hex
---
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 03
04 hex
---
ULINT
0
Input Bit 00
Time Stamp
01 hex
ns
ULINT
0
Input Bit 01
Time Stamp
02 hex
ns
ULINT
0
Input Bit 02
Time Stamp
03 hex
ns
ULINT
0
Input Bit 03
Time Stamp
04 hex
ns
Index
6000 hex
6010 hex
Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
6-3
List of Settings
The followings are the setting descriptions, setting ranges, and default values of the functions that can
be used in the Digital Input Units.
The settings are reflected after the Unit is restarted.
Precautions for Safe Use
The Unit is required to restart after the transfer of Unit operation settings on the Support Software is completed. Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you
transfer the Unit operation settings.
z Four-point Input Units
NX-ID3317/ID3417/IA3117
Setting name
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5000
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
for the filter.
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
*2
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Setting description
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default value
3
Setting range
0 to 11
6-7
6-3 List of Settings
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
6
6 Digital Input Units
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
Setting description
Default value
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
0
Setting range
0/1
NX-ID3343/ID3443
Setting name
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5001
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
for the filter.
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
*2
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Setting description
No Filter
1 μs
2 μs
4 μs
8 μs
16 μs
32 μs
64 μs
128 μs
256 μs
Default value
4
Setting range
0 to 9
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
6-8
Setting description
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
Default value
0
Setting range
0/1
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
z Eight-point Input Units
Setting name
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5000
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
for the filter.
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
*2
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
Set
value
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
Default value
3
Setting range
0 to 11
6-3 List of Settings
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Setting description
6
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
Setting description
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default value
0
Setting range
0/1
6-9
6 Digital Input Units
z Sixteen-point Input Units
Setting name
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5000
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
for the filter.
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
P. 6-14
*2
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Setting description
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
Default value
3
Setting range
0 to 11
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
6 - 10
Setting description
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
Default value
0
Setting range
0/1
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
z Thirty-two-point Input Units
Setting name
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5000
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
P. 6-14
for the filter. *2
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
Set
value
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
Default value
3
Setting range
0 to 11
6-3 List of Settings
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Setting description
6
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
Setting description
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default value
0
Setting range
0/1
6 - 11
6 Digital Input Units
NX Units in Input Refreshing with Input Changed Time
z Four-point Input Units
6 - 12
Setting name
Description
Input Bit 00 Trigger Setting
Input Bit 01 Trigger Setting
Input Bit 02 Trigger Setting
Input Bit 03 Trigger Setting
Input Bit 00 Mode Setting
Input Bit 01 Mode Setting
Input Bit 02 Mode Setting
Input Bit 03 Mode Setting
Set the trigger to read the
input changed time.
Default Setting
value
range
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
Unit
Index
---
5005
hex
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 5-22
02 hex
FALSE: Rising Edge
TRUE: Falling Edge
03 hex
04 hex
Set the operation mode to
read the input changed
time.
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
---
5006
hex
01 hex
P. 5-22
02 hex
FALSE: Continuous (Last
changed time)
03 hex
TRUE: One-shot (First
changed time)
04 hex
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
6-4
Function
This section describes the Digital Input Unit functions.
Refer to the specifications of each model in A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for details on the functions.
6-4-1
List of Digital Input Unit Functions
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Input Filter
Data exchange between the NX Units and the CPU Unit and
data exchange between the NX Units and the EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh
cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Input Units record the DC
times when inputs changed.
This function eliminates the chattering or the noises from input
signals. It is used to prevent the error reading due to the
noises. You can set the filter time constant.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on
page 5-12
5-2-7 Time Stamp
Refreshing on
page 5-19
6
5-2-8 Input
Refreshing with
Input Changed
Time on page 5-20
6-4-2 Input Filter
on page 6-14
6 - 13
6-4-1 List of Digital Input Unit Functions
Input refreshing
with input changed
time
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC
times when inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC
times. These times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh
cycles.
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
6-4 Function
Time Stamp Refreshing
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
6 Digital Input Units
6-4-2
Input Filter
Purpose
This function prevents data changes and unstable data caused by changes of input data and unstable
status of input bits due to chattering and noise.
You can also use this function to make the settings to easily read the pulses that ON time is short.
Details on the Function
z If Input Filter Mode Setting is Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Read the inputs at a 1/4 interval of the input filter time. When all inputs are ON or OFF, the input values turn ON or OFF.
This prevents data changes and unstable data.
This function works for all inputs of the NX Units at the same time.
Operation when the input turns from OFF to ON (ON filter)
Input filter time
1
Values of input
terminals
2
3
Input filter time
4
1
2
3
4
ON
OFF
ON OFF OFF ON
ON ON ON ON
Input value is OFF
because all inputs
are not ON during
four times of reading.
Input value is ON
because all inputs
are ON during
four times of reading.
ON
Input value
OFF
6 - 14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
Operation when the input turns from ON to OFF (OFF filter)
Input filter time
1
2
3
Input filter time
4
1
2
3
4
ON
Values of input
terminals
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF
Input value is ON
because all inputs
are not OFF during
four times of reading.
OFF OFF OFF OFF
Input value is OFF
because all inputs
are OFF during
four times of reading.
ON
Input value
OFF
6-4 Function
z If Input Filter Mode Setting is Enable Only OFF Filter
ON filter is disabled and OFF filter is enabled.
This makes easily to read the pulses that ON time is short.
Input filter time
6
Input filter time
Values of input
terminals
2
3
4
1
ON
OFF
OFF
2
3
4
6-4-2 Input Filter
1
ON
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Input value
When input is ON (ON filter disabled)
If the status of input terminals turns ON,
the input value will turn ON immediately.
When input is ON (ON filter disabled)
If the status of input terminals turns ON,
the input value will turn ON immediately.
When input is OFF (OFF filter enabled)
If the status of input terminals does not
turn ON again during the input filter
time, the input value will turn OFF after
the input filter time has passed.
When input is OFF (OFF filter enabled)
If the status of input terminals turns ON
again during the input filter time, the
input value stays ON from that time
during the input filter time.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 - 15
6 Digital Input Units
You can use this function to set the following parameters.
• Input Filter Value Setting
• Input Filter Mode Setting
The values you can set for the Input Filter Value Setting depend on the model of Digital Input Units.
Target Units
Setting name
Input Units and
Mixed I/O Units in
which input
ON/OFF response
time exceeds 1 μs.
Input Filter Value
Setting
Input Units and
Mixed I/O Units in
which input
ON/OFF response
time is 1 μs maximum.
All Units
Input Filter Mode
Setting
Default
Description
Set the filter time for input signals.
0: No Filter
1: 0.25 ms
2: 0.5 ms
3: 1 ms
4: 2 ms
5: 4 ms
6: 8 ms
7: 16 ms
8: 32 ms
9: 64 ms
10: 128 ms
11: 256 ms
Set the filter time for input signals.
0: No Filter
1: 1 μs
2: 2 μs
3: 4 μs
4: 8 μs
5: 16 μs
6: 32 μs
7: 64 μs
8: 128 μs
9: 256 μs
Set the operating mode for the filter.
0: Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
1: Enable Only OFF Filter
Unit
value *1
3
---
4
---
0
---
*1. If a value is set for the input filter time that is smaller than the default value, incorrect input caused by external
noises occurs more easily. If an incorrect input occurs, either change the setting to make a long input filter time
or take countermeasures, such as separate the Unit or signal lines and noise source, or protect the Unit or
signal lines.
6 - 16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 Digital Input Units
Target NX Units
The Digital Input Units that support switching Free-Run refreshing and Synchronous I/O refreshing.
You cannot use this function for the NX Units that support input refreshing with input changed time.
Setting Method
This section describes how to configure settings with the Sysmac Studio.
When you are using Support Software other than the Sysmac Studio, in the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page, set the parameters described in the procedure and transfer the settings to the target
NX Unit.
For details on how to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page and to transfer settings to an
NX Unit with Support Software other than the Sysmac Studio, refer to the operation manual for the Support Software that you are using.
Display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page.
For the display methods, refer to A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page on
page A-164.
2
Select the filter time you want to set from the upper list of Input Filter Setting.
6-4 Function
1
6
6-4-2 Input Filter
3
Select the input filter mode you want to set from the lower list of Input Filter Setting.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
6 - 17
6 Digital Input Units
Additional Information
• If you set a value different from the default value, the Value on the Sysmac Studio is displayed in a different color.
• You can click the Return to Default Value Button to return all set values on the Sysmac Studio to the default values.
• Help for the settings is displayed at the bottom of the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page.
4
Click the Transfer to Unit Button.
The settings are transferred from the Sysmac Studio to the NX Unit.
The settings are reflected after the Unit is restarted.
Precautions for Safe Use
The Unit is required to restart after the transfer of Unit operation settings on the Support Software is completed. Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you
transfer the Unit operation settings.
Precautions
Note that when you use this function, the time for which the input value actually turns ON or turns OFF
is delayed from the initial input to the input terminals until ON delay time or OFF delay time in the following table.
Delay time
ON delay time
OFF delay time
6 - 18
Description
ON response time + input filter time
OFF response time + input filter time
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Digital Output Units
This section describes the types and functions of Digital Output Units and points to consider when these Units are used.
7-1 Types of Digital Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-2 Specifications of I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-2-1
Allocable I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-3 List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7-4 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-4-1
7-4-2
7-4-3
List of Digital Output Unit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Load Rejection Output Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Load Short-circuit Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
7-5 Push-pull Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
7-6 Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7-1
7
7 Digital Output Units
7-1
Types of Digital Output Units
Digital Input Units are parts of NX Units, and process outputs of digital signals (ON/OFF signals).
The Digital Output Unit types are described below.
Transistor Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OD2154
NX-OD2258
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Internal I/O
common
NPN
2
point
PNP
s
Maximum
value of
load current
0.5 A/point,
1 A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
24 VDC
Output
refreshing
with specified time
stamp only
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
12 to 24
VDC
NX-OD3121
NPN
NX-OD3153
NX-OD3256
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
4
point
s
NX-OD3257
24 VDC
PNP
2 A/point, 8
A/Unit
NX-OD3268
NX-OD4121
NX-OD4256
8
point
s
12 to 24
VDC
NPN
PNP
24 VDC
0.5 A/point,
4 A/Unit
NX-OD5121
NX-OD5256
7-2
16
point
s
ON/OFF
response
time
Rated voltage
NPN
12 to 24
VDC
PNP
24 VDC
Reference
P. A-40
P. A-42
P. A-44
P. A-46
P. A-48
P. A-50
P. A-52
P. A-54
P. A-56
P. A-58
P. A-60
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
Transistor Output Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Model
Number of
points
NX-OD5121-1
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of
load current
12 to 24
VDC
NPN
16
points
NX-OD5256-1
Rated voltage
0.5 A/point,
5 A/Unit
PNP
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
P. A-62
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
P. A-64
I/O refreshing method
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
Model
Number of
points
NX-OD5121-5
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of
load current
NPN
16
points
NX-OD5256-5
NX-OD6121-5
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
24 VDC
NPN
12 to 24
VDC
PNP
0.5 A/point,
2 A/common, 4
A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
12 to 24
VDC
PNP
32
points
NX-OD6256-5
Rated voltage
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-66
P. A-68
7
P. A-70
P. A-72
Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-OD6121-6
Number of
points
32
points
Internal I/O
common
NPN
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Maximum
value of
load current
0.5 A/point,
2 A/common, 4
A/Unit
Rated voltage
I/O refreshing method
12 to 24
VDC
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
7-1 Types of Digital Output Units
Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
P. A-74
7-3
7 Digital Output Units
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OC2633
NX-OC2733
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Relay type
N.O.
2
point
N.O. + N.C.
s
Maximum switching
capacity
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1),
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 0.4),
24 VDC/2 A,
4 A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
15 ms
max./15 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-76
P. A-78
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 24 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OC4633
7-4
Num
ber
of
poin
ts
Relay type
8
point N.O.
s
Maximum switching
capacity
250 VAC/2A (cosφ=1),
250 VAC/2A (cosφ=0.4),
24 VDC/2A,
8 A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
15 ms
max./15 ms
P. A-80
max.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
7-2
Specifications of I/O Data
This section describes I/O data for the Digital Output Units.
7-2-1
Allocable I/O Data
This section describes the allocable I/O data in the Digital Output Unit.
An I/O entry mapping is assigned to the I/O allocation settings for the Digital Output Unit except the Unit
that supports output refreshing with specified time stamp.
In the Unit that supports output refreshing with specified time stamp, one I/O entry mapping for input
and one I/O entry mapping for output are assigned.
A specific I/O entry is assigned to the I/O entry mapping for each NX Unit model. These allocations are
fixed, so you cannot add others or change them.
To assign the I/O allocation information of the NX Unit or Slave Terminal to an NJ/NX-series CPU Unit
or NY-series Industrial PC, use the I/O ports for the allocated I/O data.
However, for Slave Terminals, I/O ports may not be used depending on the type of communications
master or Communications Coupler Unit.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for details on how to use
I/O data for Slave Terminals.
7-2 Specifications of I/O Data
An I/O entry means the I/O data described in this section. An I/O entry mapping means a collection of
I/O entries.
7
z Two-point Output Units
Data name
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Description
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Data
type
BOOL
Default
value
FALSE
I/O port
Index
name
Output Bit 00 7000 hex
Subindex
01 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
02 hex
7-5
7-2-1 Allocable I/O Data
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
7 Digital Output Units
z Four-point Output Units
Data name
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Output Bit 02
Output Bit 03
Description
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
The output set value for
output bit 02.
The output set value for
output bit 03.
Data
type
BOOL
Default
value
FALSE
I/O port
Index
name
Output Bit 00 7000 hex
Subindex
01 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
02 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 02
03 hex
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 03
04 hex
Data
type
BYTE
Default
value
00 hex
I/O port
name
Output Bit 8
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 02
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 03
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 04
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 05
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 06
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 07
z Eight-point Output Units
Data name
Output Bit 8 bits
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Output Bit 02
Output Bit 03
Output Bit 04
Output Bit 05
Output Bit 06
Output Bit 07
7-6
Description
The output values for 8
bits.
The following 8 BOOL
data are included.
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
The output set value for
output bit 02.
The output set value for
output bit 03.
The output set value for
output bit 04.
The output set value for
output bit 05.
The output set value for
output bit 06.
The output set value for
output bit 07.
Index
7001 hex
Subindex
01 hex
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
z Sixteen-point Output Units
Data name
Output Bit 16 bits
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Description
The output values for 16
bits.
The following 16 BOOL
data are included.
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
Data
type
WORD
Default
value
0000 hex
I/O port
name
Output Bit 16
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 15
Data
type
DWORD
Default
value
00000000
hex
I/O port
name
Output Bit 32
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 31
Index
7002 hex
Subindex
01 hex
•
•
•
Output Bit 15
The output set value for
output bit 15.
Data name
Output Bit 32 bits
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Description
The output values for 32
bits.
7003 hex
Subindex
01 hex
7
7-2-1 Allocable I/O Data
The following 32 BOOL
data are included.
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
Index
•
•
•
Output Bit 31
The output set value for
output bit 31.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7-2 Specifications of I/O Data
z Thirty-two-point Output Units
7-7
7 Digital Output Units
NX Units in Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
z Two-point Output Units
Data name
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
Output Bit 00 Time
Stamp
Output Bit 01 Time
Stamp
Output Bit 00 Output Status
Output Bit 01 Output Status
7-8
Description
The output set
value for output bit
00.
The output set
value for output bit
01.
The specified operation time for output bit 00. If the
value is 0, the output is refreshed
immediately.
The specified operation time for output bit 01. If the
value is 0, the output is refreshed
immediately.
The specified time
output status for
output bit 00.
The specified time
output status for
output bit 01.
Data
type
BOOL
Default
value
FALSE
I/O port
Index
name
Output Bit 00 7000 hex
Subindex
01 hex
---
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
02 hex
---
ULINT
0
Output Bit 00
Time Stamp
01 hex
ns
ULINT
0
Output Bit 01
Time Stamp
02 hex
ns
BOOL
FALSE
01 hex
---
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 00
Output Status
Output Bit 01
Output Status
02 hex
---
7010 hex
6011 hex
Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
7-3
List of Settings
The followings are the setting descriptions, setting ranges, and default values of the functions that can
be used in the Digital Output Units.
The settings are reflected after the Unit is restarted.
Precautions for Safe Use
The Unit is required to restart after the transfer of Unit operation settings on the Support Software is completed. Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you
transfer the Unit operation settings.
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 00
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 01
Description
Set the output at load
OFF.
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
Default Setting
value
range
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
Unit
Index
---
5010
hex
---
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
02 hex
7
z Four-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 00
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 01
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 02
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 03
Description
Set the output at load
OFF.
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default Setting
value
range
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
7-3 List of Settings
z Two-point Output Units
Unit
Index
---
5010
hex
Subindex
01 hex
---
02 hex
---
03 hex
---
04 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
7-9
7 Digital Output Units
z Eight-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit (8 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF
in units of 8 bits.
Default Setting
value
range
00 hex 00 to FF
hex
Unit
Index
---
5011
hex
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
Bit 0: Setting for output bit
00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit
01
Bit 2: Setting for output bit
02
Bit 3: Setting for output bit
03
Bit 4: Setting for output bit
04
Bit 5: Setting for output bit
05
Bit 6: Setting for output bit
06
Bit 7: Setting for output bit
07
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
z Sixteen-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit (16 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF
in units of 16 bits.
Default Setting
Unit
value
range
0000
0000 to
--hex
FFFF hex
Index
5012
hex
Bit 0: Setting for output bit
00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit
01
•
•
•
Bit 15: Setting for output
bit 15
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
7 - 10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
z Thirty-two-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit (32 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF
in units of 32 bits.
Bit 0: Setting for output bit
00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit
01
Default Setting
Unit
value
range
000000 0000000 --00 hex 0 to
FFFFFFF
F hex
Index
5013
hex
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
•
•
•
Bit 31: Setting for output
bit 31
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
7-3 List of Settings
NX Units in Output Refreshing with Specified Time Stamp
z Two-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 00
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit 01
Description
Set the output at load
OFF.
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default Setting
value
range
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
FALSE TRUE or
FALSE
Unit
Index
---
5010
hex
---
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
02 hex
7 - 11
7
7 Digital Output Units
7-4
Function
This section describes the Digital Output Unit functions.
Refer to the specifications of each model in A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for details on the functions.
7-4-1
List of Digital Output Unit Functions
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Time Stamp Refreshing
Output refreshing
with specified time
stamp
Load Rejection Output
Setting
Load Short-circuit Protection
7 - 12
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
With this I/O refreshing method, the NX Units record the DC
times when inputs change or perform outputs at specified DC
times. These times are not synchronized to the NX bus refresh
cycles.
Data exchange between the NX Units and the CPU Unit and
data exchange between the NX Units and the EtherCAT Coupler Unit are performed cyclically on the NX bus refresh
cycles.
With this I/O refreshing method, the Output Units refresh outputs at specified DC times.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to an NX
bus error or CPU Unit watchdog timer error, in the case of
Units connected to a CPU Unit.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to a host
error on the Communications Coupler Unit or an error on the
NX bus, in the case of Slave Terminals.
A function in which the output will turn OFF to protect the output circuit when an overload or load short-circuit occurs due to
a failure of the connected external devices.
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-6 Synchronous Output
Refreshing on
page 5-16
5-2-7 Time Stamp
Refreshing on
page 5-19
5-2-9 Output
Refreshing with
Specified Time
Stamp on page
5-27
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
on page 7-13
7-4-3 Load
Short-circuit Protection on page
7-17
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
7-4-2
Load Rejection Output Setting
Purpose
This function maintains a safe output status by performing the preset output operations when the Digital
Output Unit connected to the CPU Unit cannot receive output data from the CPU Unit due to an NX bus
error or CPU Unit watchdog timer error.
For Slave Terminals, this function maintains a safe output status by performing the preset output
operations when Digital Output Units cannot receive the output data from the Communications Coupler
Unit due to a host error on the Communications Coupler Unit or an error on the NX bus.
Details on the Function
Sets whether to hold the output or turn it OFF when an error occurred.
Each output bit can be set independently.
z Two-point Output Units
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 00
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 01
---
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present value.
FALSE
---
Description
7-4 Function
Set the output at load OFF.
Default
value
FALSE
Setting name
Unit
7
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
z Four-point Output Units
Set the output at load OFF.
Default
value
FALSE
---
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present value.
FALSE
---
FALSE
---
FALSE
---
Setting name
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 00
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 01
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 02
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 03
Description
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Unit
7 - 13
7 Digital Output Units
z Eight-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (8 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF in units of 8 bits.
Default
value
00 hex
Unit
---
Bit 0: Setting for output bit 00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit 01
Bit 2: Setting for output bit 02
Bit 3: Setting for output bit 03
Bit 4: Setting for output bit 04
Bit 5: Setting for output bit 05
Bit 6: Setting for output bit 06
Bit 7: Setting for output bit 07
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present value.
z Sixteen-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (16 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF in units of 16 bits.
Default
value
0000 hex
Unit
---
Bit 0: Setting for output bit 00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit 01
•
•
•
Bit 15: Setting for output bit 15
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present value.
z Thirty-two-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (32 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF in units of 32 bits.
Bit 0: Setting for output bit 00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit 01
Default
value
00000000
hex
Unit
---
•
•
•
Bit 31: Setting for output bit 31
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present value.
Target NX Units
All Digital Output Units
7 - 14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
Setting Method
This section describes how to configure settings with the Sysmac Studio.
When you are using Support Software other than the Sysmac Studio, in the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page, set the parameters described in the procedure and transfer the settings to the target
NX Unit.
For details on how to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page and to transfer settings to an
NX Unit with Support Software other than the Sysmac Studio, refer to the operation manual for the Support Software that you are using.
1
Display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page.
For the display methods, refer to A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page on
page A-164.
2
Make the following settings according to the type of NX Unit you want to set.
Two-point or Four-point Output Unit (Data type: BOOL)
Select False (OFF) or True (Hold the present value) from the list of Load Rejection Output
Setting for which the output bit you want to set.
7-4 Function
7
Enter a set value in the Value text box. The data type of the set values and the range of the
values that you can set vary depending on the number of output points.
Number of output points
8 points
16 points
32 points
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Data type
USINT
UINT
UDINT
Set value
0 to 255
0 to 65535
0 to 4294967295
7 - 15
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
Eight-point, Sixteen-point, and Thirty-two-point Output Units
7 Digital Output Units
Additional Information
• If you set a value different from the default value, the Value on the Sysmac Studio is displayed in a different color.
• You can click the Return to Default Value Button to return all set values on the Sysmac Studio to the default values.
• Help for the settings is displayed at the bottom of the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page.
3
Click the Transfer to Unit Button.
The settings are transferred from the Sysmac Studio to the NX Unit.
The settings are reflected after the Unit is restarted.
Precautions for Safe Use
The Unit is required to restart after the transfer of Unit operation settings on the Support Software is completed. Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you
transfer the Unit operation settings.
7 - 16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
7-4-3
Load Short-circuit Protection
Purpose
This function is used to protect the output circuits of the Digital Output Units when an external connection load short-circuit occurs.
Details on the Function
As shown in the figure below, normally when the output bit (OUT) turns ON, the transistor turns ON and
then output current (Iout) will flow.
The transistor of the Transistor Output Units generates heat when output current (Iout) flows.
ON
OUT
OFF
Maximum load
current
7-4 Function
ON
OUT : Output bit
Iout : Output current
Iout
OFF
When the junction temperature (Tj) of the transistor drops down to the reset temperature (Tr), the output OFF will be automatically reset and the output current will start flowing.
ON
OUT
Tj = Tr
Tj = Tstd
OFF
ON
Tj = Tstd
Maximum load
current
Iout
OFF
OUT : Output bit
Iout : Output current
Tj : Junction temperature of transistor
Tstd : Thermal shutdown temperature
Tr : Reset temperature
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 - 17
7
7-4-3 Load Short-circuit Protection
If an overload or short-circuit occurs, causing the output current (lout) to exceed the maximum value of
load current as shown in the figure below and the junction temperature (Tj) of the transistor to reach the
thermal shutdown temperature (Tstd) in which a load short-circuit protection operates, the output will
turn OFF to protect the transistor from being damaged.
7 Digital Output Units
z Restrictions on Use
The load short-circuit protection function only protects internal circuits for a short period.
As shown in the figure above, the load short-circuit protection of this NX Unit is automatically
released when the Tj equals to Tr.
Therefore, unless the cause of short-circuit is removed, ON/OFF operations are repeated in the output.
If the short-circuit is not corrected, output elements deteriorate. If any external load is short-circuited,
immediately turn OFF the applicable output and remove the cause of the short-circuit.
Target NX Units
Digital Output Units of PNP outputs
Setting Method
No setting is required.
7 - 18
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
7-5
Push-pull Output
The Digital Output Units with the ON/OFF response time of 1 μs or less use a push-pull output to
increase the speed of the output ON/OFF response.
For this type of the Output Units, use the single load power supply for the I/O power and connected
external devices.
If multiple power supplies are used, the current may flow into the output bits via the diodes built in the
I/O circuit and cause the Output Units to malfunction.
z Good Example
Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit
Transistor
Output Unit
A1
0
IOV
IOG
2
IOV
IOG
IOG IOG
24 VDC
IOV
B1
IOV
1
IOV
IOG
3
IOV
IOG
Three-wire
sensor
IOV
24 VDC
IOG IOG
A8
28.8V DC
Three-wire
device
IOG
B8
A8
B8
7-5 Push-pull Output
Additional I/O
Power Supply
Unit
A1
B1
IOV IOV
Transistor Output Unit
7
z Bad Example
Additional I/O Power
Supply Unit
Additional I/O
Power Supply
Unit
A1
B1
A1
B1
0
V
IOV
IOG
2
OV
IOV
IOG
IOG IOG
24 VDC
IOV
Three-wire
sensor
Transistor
Output Unit
IOV IOV
IOV
1
IO
IOV
IOG
3
IOV
IOG
IOV
28.8V DC
24 VDC
Three-wire
device
OG
IOG IOG
A8
Transistor Output Unit
IOG
B8
A8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
B8
7 - 19
7 Digital Output Units
7-6
Precautions when Using the Relay
Output Units
This section describes precautions when using the Relay Output Units.
Relay Service Life
The service life of Relay Output Units depends on the type of load, contact current and ambient temperature.
Use the following diagrams to calculate the relay service life based on the operating conditions, and
replace the NX Unit before the end of its service life.
z Contact Current vs. Service Life Characteristic
Service life curve
4
Service life (×10 times)
500
300
200
24 VDC/250 VAC
Resistance loads
100
24
50
30
20
10
5
VAC
3
2
1
0.1
0.2 0.3 0.5
1
2 3
5
10
Contact current (A)
Switching frequency: 20 operations/minute
Precautions for Correct Use
The above chart shows the life characteristics for individual relays. Do not exceed the specifications of the Relay Output Units. If a switching capacity exceeding the specifications is used,
the reliability and life expectancy of other parts will be reduced and the NX Unit may malfunction.
7 - 20
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
Inductive Load
The life of the Relay varies with the load inductance.
If any inductive load is used, we recommend that you use a contact protection circuit. (Contact Protection Circuit on page 7-21).
Be sure to connect a contact protection circuit in parallel with every DC inductive load that is connected
to the Contact Output Unit because the usage of a contact protection circuit has a significant effect on
the service life of the contact.
Contact protection circuits are used with the Contact Output Unit in order to prolong the life of each
relay mounted to the Contact Output Unit, prevent noise, and reduce the generation of carbide and
nitrate deposits caused by arcs. However, if contact protection circuits are used incorrectly, they can
reduce relay service life. Using a contact protection circuit can also cause a delay in the resetting time
(shut-off time).
Contact protection circuit examples are listed in the following table.
Current
Feature
AC DC
Yes Yes If the load is a relay or
solenoid, there is a delay
in the resetting time.
Circuit
Power
supply
C
R
Inductive
load
CR
method
If the power supply voltage is 24 or 48 V, connect the contact
protection circuit in parallel with the load. If the
supply voltage is 100 to
200 V, connect the contact protection circuit
between the contacts.
Required element
The capacitance of the capacitor should be approx. 1 to 0.5
μF per contact current of 1 A
and resistance of the resistor
should be approx. 0.5 to 1 Ω
per contact voltage of 1 V.
C: The capacitance of the
capacitor should be approx. 0.5
to 1 μF per contact current of 1
A.
R: The resistance of the resistor should be approx. 0.5 to 1 Ω
per contact voltage of 1 V.
These values, however, vary
depending on the load and the
characteristics of the relay.
Decide these values from
experiments, and take into consideration that the capacitance
suppresses spark discharge
when the contacts are separated and the resistance
restricts the current that flows
into the load when the circuit is
closed again.
The dielectric strength of the
capacitor must be 200 to 300 V.
If the circuit is an AC circuit,
use a capacitor with no polarity.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 - 21
7-6 Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units
Contact Protection Circuit
7
7 Digital Output Units
Circuit
Power
supply
Inductive
load
Diode
method
Power
supply
Inductive
load
Varistor
method
Current
Feature
AC DC
×
Yes The diode connected in
parallel with the load
changes energy accumulated by the coil into a
current, which then flows
into the coil so that the
current will be converted
into Joule heat by the
resistance of the inductive load.
The delay in resetting
time caused by this
method is longer than
that caused by the CR
method.
Yes Yes The varistor method prevents the imposition of
high voltage between the
contacts by using the
constant voltage characteristic of the varistor.
There is a delay in the
resetting time.
Required element
The reversed dielectric strength
value of the diode must be at
least 10 times as large as the
circuit voltage value. The forward current of the diode must
be the same as or larger than
the load current.
The reversed dielectric strength
value of the diode may be two
to three times larger than the
power supply voltage if the contact protection circuit is applied
to electronic circuits with low
circuit voltages.
-
If the power supply voltage is 24 to 48 V, insert
the varistor in parallel
with the load. If the supply voltage is 100 to 200
V, insert the varistor
between the contacts.
7 - 22
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 Digital Output Units
Precautions for Correct Use
Power
supply
Inductive
load
Do not connect a contact protection circuit with an inductive load as shown in the diagram
below.
7-6 Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units
This contact protection circuit is very effective for preventing spark discharge when the circuit is
opened. However, when the contacts are closed, the contacts may be welded due to the current charged in the capacitor. DC inductive loads can be more difficult to switch than resistive
loads. If an appropriate contact protection circuit is used, however, DC inductive loads are as
easy to switch as resistive loads.
7
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
7 - 23
7 Digital Output Units
7 - 24
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Digital Mixed I/O Units
This section describes the types and functions of Digital Mixed I/O Units and points to
consider when these Units are used.
8-1 Types of Digital Mixed I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-2 Specifications of I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-2-1
Allocable I/O Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-3 List of Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8-3-1
8-3-2
Input Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8-4 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8-4-1
8-4-2
Input Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Output Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
8-1
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-1
Types of Digital Mixed I/O Units
Digital Mixed I/O Units are parts of NX Units, and process both inputs and outputs of digital signals
(ON/OFF signals).
The Digital Mixed I/O Unit types are described below.
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
Number of
points
Internal
I/O common
Maximum
value of
load current
Outputs:
NPN
NX-MD6121-5
NX-MD6256-5
Outputs: 16
points
Inputs:
16
points
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Outputs:
PNP
Rated voltage
Outputs: 12
to 24 VDC
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
Inputs: 24
VDC
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
Outputs: 24
VDC
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
I/O refreshing method
Inputs: 24
VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Outputs: 0.5
ms max./1.0
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-84
P. A-88
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-MD6121-6
8-2
Number of
points
Outputs: 16
points
Inputs:
16
points
Internal I/O
common
Outputs:
NPN
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Maximum
value of
load current
0.5 A/point,
2 A/Unit
Rated voltage
Outputs: 12
to 24 VDC
Inputs: 24
VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching
Synchronous I/O
refreshing
and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-92
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-2
Specifications of I/O Data
This section describes I/O data for the Digital Mixed I/O Units.
8-2-1
Allocable I/O Data
This section describes the allocable I/O data in the Digital Mixed I/O Units.
An I/O entry mapping is assigned to the I/O allocation settings for the Digital Mixed I/O Units.
A specific I/O entry is assigned to the I/O entry mapping for each NX Unit model. These allocations are
fixed, so you cannot add others or change them.
An I/O entry means the I/O data described in this section. An I/O entry mapping means a collection of
I/O entries.
To assign the I/O allocation information of the NX Unit or Slave Terminal to an NJ/NX-series CPU Unit
or NY-series Industrial PC, use the I/O ports for the allocated I/O data.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for details on how to use
I/O data for Slave Terminals.
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
z Thirty-two-point Mixed I/O Units
Input section
Data name
Input Bit 00
Input Bit 01
8
Description
The input values for 16
bits.
The following 16 BOOL
data are included.
The input value for input
bit 00.
The input value for input
bit 01.
Data
type
WORD
Default
value
0000 hex
I/O port
name
Input Bit 16
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Input Bit 15
Index
6002 hex
Subindex
01 hex
•
•
•
Input Bit 15
The input value for input
bit 15.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
8-3
8-2-1 Allocable I/O Data
Input Bit 16 bits
8-2 Specifications of I/O Data
However, for Slave Terminals, I/O ports may not be used depending on the type of communications
master or Communications Coupler Unit.
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
Output section
Data name
Description
Output Bit 16 bits
The output values for 16
bits.
Output Bit 00
Output Bit 01
The following 16 BOOL
data are included.
The output set value for
output bit 00.
The output set value for
output bit 01.
Data
type
WORD
Default
value
0000 hex
I/O port
name
Output Bit 16
bits
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 00
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 01
BOOL
FALSE
Output Bit 15
Index
7002 hex
Subindex
01 hex
•
•
•
Output Bit 15
8-4
The output set value for
output bit 15.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-3
List of Settings
The following are the setting descriptions, setting ranges, and default values of the functions that can
be used in the Digital Mixed I/O Units.
The settings are reflected after the Unit is restarted.
Precautions for Safe Use
The Unit is required to restart after the transfer of Unit operation settings on the Support Software is completed. Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you
transfer the Unit operation settings.
8-3-1
Input Settings
This section describes the allocable I/O data in the Digital Mixed I/O Units.
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
z Sixteen-point Input Units
Input Filter Value Setting
Description
Set the filter time of input
Default
value
Setting
range
Unit
Index
5000
hex
*1
*1
---
*2
*2
---
*1
Input Filter Mode Setting
signal.
Set the operating mode
for the filter.
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 6-14
02 hex
P. 6-14
*2
8
*1. The descriptions of Input Filter Value Setting are as follows.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Setting description
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Default value
3
8-3-1 Input Settings
Set
value
8-3 List of Settings
Setting name
Setting range
0 to 11
8-5
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
*2. The descriptions of Input Filter Mode Setting are as follows.
Set
value
0
1
8-3-2
Setting description
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
Default value
0
Setting range
0/1
Output Settings
NX Units in Free-Run Refreshing or Synchronous I/O Refreshing
z Sixteen-point Output Units
Setting name
Load Rejection Output
for Output Bit (16 bits)
Description
Set the output at load OFF
in units of 16 bits.
Default Setting
Unit
value
range
0000
0000 to
--hex
FFFF hex
Index
5012
hex
Subindex
01 hex
Reference
P. 7-13
Bit 0: Setting for output bit
00
Bit 1: Setting for output bit
01
•
•
•
Bit 15: Setting for output
bit 15
FALSE: OFF
TRUE: Hold the present
value.
8-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-4
Function
This section describes the Digital Mixed I/O Unit functions.
Refer to the specifications of each model in A-1 Data Sheet on page A-2 for details on the functions.
8-4-1
Input Functions
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Input Filter
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
This function eliminates the chattering or the noises from input
signals.
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on
page 5-12
6-4-2 Input Filter
on page 6-14
It is used to prevent the error reading due to the noises. You
can set the filter time constant.
8-4 Function
8-4-2
Output Functions
Function name
Free-Run Refreshing
Load Rejection Output
Setting
Load Short-circuit Protection
In addition, with this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read
inputs or to refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval
between more than one NX Unit on more than one Slave Terminal.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to an NX
bus error or CPU Unit watchdog timer error, in the case of
Units connected to a CPU Unit.
A function that performs the preset output operation when the
Digital Output Unit cannot receive output data due to a host
error on the Communications Coupler Unit or an error on the
NX bus, in the case of Slave Terminals.
A function in which the output will turn OFF to protect the output circuit when an overload or load short-circuit occurs due to
a failure of the connected external devices.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Reference
5-2-4 Free-Run
Refreshing on
page 5-8
5-2-5 Synchronous Input
Refreshing on
page 5-12
7-4-2 Load Rejection Output Setting
on page 7-13
7-4-3 Load
Short-circuit Protection on page
7-17
8-7
8
8-4-1 Input Functions
Synchronous I/O Refreshing
Description
With this I/O refreshing method, the refresh cycle of the NX
bus and the I/O refresh cycles of the NX Units are asynchronous.
With this I/O refreshing method, the timing to read inputs or to
refresh outputs is synchronized on a fixed interval between
more than one NX Unit connected to a CPU Unit.
8 Digital Mixed I/O Units
8-8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Troubleshooting
This section describes the error information and corrections for errors that can occur
when the Digital I/O Units are used.
9-1 How to Check for Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9-2 Checking for Errors with the Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software . . . . 9-5
9-3-1
9-3-2
9-3-3
9-3-4
Checking for Errors from the Sysmac Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Checking for Errors from Support Software Other Than the Sysmac Studio . . 9-6
Event Codes and Corrections for Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Meaning of Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9-4 Resetting Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
9-5 Troubles Specific To Each Type of NX Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
9-5-1
9-5-2
Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
9-6 Troubleshooting Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
9
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-1
9 Troubleshooting
9-1
How to Check for Errors
Use one of the following error checking methods.
• Checking the indicators
• Troubleshooting with the Support Software
Refer to the user’s manual for the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit that the NX Units are
connected to for information on checking errors with the troubleshooting functions of the Support
Software.
9-2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
9-2
Checking for Errors with the Indicators
You can use the TS indicators on the NX Units to check the NX Unit status and level of errors.
This section describes the meanings of errors that the TS indicator shows and the troubleshooting procedures for them.
In this section, the status of the indicator is indicated with the following abbreviations.
Abbreviation
Lit
Not Lit
FS ( )
---
Indicator status
Lit
Not lit
Flashing. The numeric value in parentheses is the flashing interval.
Undefined
Main Errors and Corrections
Lit
Not Lit
Lit
Not Lit
Cause
--• Initializing
Correction
--- (This is the normal status.)
--- (Normal. Wait until the processing is completed.)
• Downloading
This status is not present.
The Unit power supply is not sup- Check the following items and supply the Unit
plied.
power supply correctly.
[Check items for power supply]
• Make sure that the power supply cable is
wired correctly.
• Make sure that the power supply cable is not
disconnected.
• Make sure that power supply voltage is within
the specified range.
• Make sure that the power supply has enough
capacity.
• Waiting for initialization to start
Not Lit
Lit
Not Lit
Lit
Not Lit
Lit
Not Lit
FS (1 s)
• Make sure that power supply has not failed.
--- (Normal. Wait until the processing is completed.)
• Restarting
If you cannot resolve the problem after you check the above items and cycle the
Unit power supply, the Unit may have a hardware failure. If this happens, replace the
Unit.
Hardware failure
If this error occurs after you cycle the Unit power
supply, replace the Unit.
Non-volatile Memory Hardware
Refer to Event Non-volatile Memory Hardware
Error
Error on page 9-11.
Control Parameter Error in MasRefer to Event Control Parameter Error in Master
ter on page 9-12.
NX Unit I/O Communications
Refer to Event NX Unit I/O Communications
Error
Error on page 9-13.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-3
9-2 Checking for Errors with the Indicators
TS indicator
Green
Red
Lit
Not Lit
FS (2 s)
Not Lit
9
9 Troubleshooting
TS indicator
Green
Red
Not Lit
FS (1 s)
Not Lit
9-4
Lit
Cause
Correction
NX Unit Output Synchronization
Error
NX Unit Clock Not Synchronized
Error
Refer to Event NX Unit Output Synchronization
Error on page 9-15.
Refer to Event NX Unit Clock Not Synchronized
Error on page 9-16.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
9-3
Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
Error management on the NX Series is based on the methods used for the NJ/NX/NY-series Controllers.
This allows you to use the Support Software to check the meanings of errors and troubleshooting procedures. The confirmation method depends on the Support Software that is used.
9-3-1
Checking for Errors from the Sysmac Studio
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit for details on
how to check errors.
Current Errors
Open the Sysmac Studio's Controller Error Tab Page to check the current error's level, source,
source details, event name, event codes, details, attached information 1 to 4, and correction.
Errors in the observation level are not displayed.
Additional Information
Number of Current Errors
The following table gives the number of errors that are reported simultaneously as current
errors in each Unit.
Unit
Digital I/O Unit
For Slave Terminals, since current errors are managed in the
Communications Coupler Unit, the number of current errors is limited by the number of errors for the Communications Coupler Unit.
If the number of errors exceeds the maximum number of reportable current errors, errors are
reported with a priority given to the oldest and highest-level errors. Errors that exceed the limit
on simultaneous error notifications are not reported.
Errors that are not reported are still reflected in the error status.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-5
9
9-3-1 Checking for Errors from the Sysmac Studio
Number of simultaneous error notifications
When these Units are connected to the CPU Unit, since current
errors are managed in the CPU Unit, the number of current errors
is limited by the number of errors for the CPU Units.
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
When an error occurs, you can place the Sysmac Studio online to the Controller or the Communications
Coupler Unit to check current Controller errors and the log of past Controller errors.
9 Troubleshooting
Log of Past Errors
Open the Sysmac Studio's Controller Event Log Tab Page to check the times, levels, sources, source
details, event names, event codes, details, attached information 1 to 4, and corrections for previous
errors.
Additional Information
Number of Logs of Past Errors
Event logs in the Digital I/O Units are stored in the CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit
to which they are connected.
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit for
details on the amount of event logs that are stored in the Unit.
Refer to the troubleshooting manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC and the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual (Cat. No. W504) for the items that you can check and the procedures
to check for errors.
Refer to 9-3-3 Event Codes and Corrections for Errors on page 9-7 for details on event codes.
9-3-2
Checking for Errors from Support Software Other Than the Sysmac Studio
You can check the error descriptions and logs with Support Software other than the Sysmac Studio. For
the error checking methods, refer to the user’s manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit
and the operation manual for the Support Software.
Refer to 9-3-3 Event Codes and Corrections for Errors on page 9-7 for details on event codes.
The number of current errors and the number of error log errors that occurred in the past in the Digital
I/O Units are the same as for the Sysmac Studio.
9-6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
9-3-3
Event Codes and Corrections for Errors
The errors (i.e.,events) that occur in the Digital I/O Unit is shown below.
The following abbreviations are used in the event level column.
Abbreviation
Maj
Prt
Min
Obs
Info
Name
Major fault level
Partial fault level
Minor fault level
Observation
Information
Event code
Event name
Meaning
Assumed cause
Level
Maj
Prt
Min
Obs
Info
Reference
00200000 hex
Non-volatile
Memory
Hardware
Error
An error occurred in
non-volatile memory.
• Non-volatile memory failure
√
P. 9-11
10410000 hex
Control
Parameter
Error in Master
An error occurred in
the control parameters that are saved
in the master.
For the NX bus of CPU Units
√
P. 9-12
• The power supply to the CPU
Unit was turned OFF while writing the Unit operation settings
was in progress. Or there is an
error in the area of the non-volatile memory in the CPU Unit in
which the Unit operation settings for the relevant NX Unit
are saved.
For Communications Coupler
Units
• The power supply to the Communications Coupler Unit was
turned OFF while writing the
Unit operation settings was in
progress. Or there is an error in
the area of the non-volatile
memory in the Communications
Coupler Unit in which the Unit
operation settings for the relevant NX Unit are saved.
9
9-3-3 Event Codes and Corrections for Errors
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
Refer to the troubleshooting manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC for information on
NJ/NX/NY-series event codes.
9-7
9 Troubleshooting
Event code
Event name
Meaning
80200000 hex
NX Unit I/O
Communications Error
An I/O communications error occurred
in an NX Unit.
Level
Assumed cause
Maj
For the NX bus of CPU Units
Prt
Min
Obs
Info
Reference
√
P. 9-13
√
P. 9-15
• An error that prevents normal
NX bus communications
occurred in a CPU Unit.
• An NX Unit is not mounted
properly.
• The power cable for the Unit
power supply is disconnected,
or the wiring from the Unit
power supply to the NX Units is
incorrect.
• The power cable for the Unit
power supply is broken.
• The voltage of the Unit power
supply is outside the specified
range, or the capacity of the
Unit power supply is insufficient.
• There is a hardware error in an
NX Unit.
For Communications Coupler
Units
• An error that prevents normal
NX bus communications
occurred in a Communications
Coupler Unit.
• The NX Unit is not mounted
properly.
• The power cable for the Unit
power supply is disconnected.
Or, the wiring from the Unit
power supply to the NX Units is
incorrect.
• The power cable for the Unit
power supply is broken.
• The voltage of the Unit power
supply is outside the specified
range. Or, the capacity of the
Unit power supply is insufficient.
• There is a hardware error in the
NX Unit.
80210000 hex
NX Unit Output Synchronization Error
An output synchronization error
occurred in the NX
Unit.
For the NX bus of CPU Units
• I/O refreshing on the NX bus is
not performed normally due to
an error in the CPU Unit.
For Communications Coupler
Units
• The communications cable connected to the Communications
Coupler Unit is broken or the
connection is faulty.
• The communications cable is
affected by noise.
9-8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
Event code
80240000 hex
Event name
NX Unit
Clock Not
Synchronized Error
Meaning
A time information
error occurred in an
NX Unit.
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
Level
Maj
Prt
Min
Obs
Info
√
Reference
P. 9-16
• There is a hardware error in an
NX Unit.
• There is a hardware error in a
CPU Unit.
For Communications Coupler
Units
• There is a hardware error in an
NX Unit.
• There is a hardware error in an
EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
70010000 hex
A previous time
was specified for
output refreshing
with a specified
time stamp.
For the NX bus of CPU Units
√
P. 9-17
• A past time is specified due to
an error in the user program.
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
Previous
Time Specified
• A Task Period Exceeded error
occurred in a CPU Unit.
For Communications Coupler
Units
• A past time is specified due to
an error in the user program.
• A Task Period Exceeded error
occurred in a CPU Unit.
• The arrival of I/O data at an NX
Unit was delayed due to a
Communications Synchronization Error or other communications error.
90400000 hex
Event Log
Cleared
The event log was
cleared.
• The event log was cleared by
the user.
√
P. 9-18
9
9-3-3 Event Codes and Corrections for Errors
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-9
9 Troubleshooting
9-3-4
Meaning of Error
This section describes the information that is given for individual errors.
Error Descriptions
The items that are used to describe individual errors (events) are described in the following copy of an
error table.
Event name
Gives the name of the error.
Meaning
Gives a short description of the error.
Source
Gives the source of the error.
Error
attributes
Level
Effects
Source
details
Tells the level of influence on
Event code
Gives the code of the error.
Gives details
on the source
of the error.
Detection
timing
Log category
Tells which log the error is saved
control.*1
Tells when the
error is
detected.
in.*2
Recovery
Gives the recovery method.*3
User program
Tells what will
happen to execution of the
Operation
Provides special information on the operation that
results from the error.
user program.*4
Indicators
Gives the status of the built-in EtherNet/IP port and built-in EtherCAT port indicators. Indicator status is
given only for errors in the EtherCAT Master Function Module and the EtherNet/IP Function Module.
System-defined
variables
Variable
Data type
Name
Lists the variable names, data types, and meanings for system-defined variables that provide direct
error notification, that are directly affected by the error, or that contain settings that cause the error.
Cause and
correction
Assumed cause
Correction
Prevention
Attached
information
This is the attached information that is displayed by the Support Software or an HMI.*5,*6
Precautions/
Remarks
Provides precautions, restrictions, and supplemental information. If the user can set the event level, the event levels that can be set, the recovery method, operational information, and other information are also provided.
Lists the possible causes, corrections, and preventive measures for the error.
*1. One of the following:
Major fault: Major fault level
Partial fault: Partial fault level
Minor fault: Minor fault level
Observation
Information
*2. One of the following:
System: System event log
Access: Access event log
*3. One of the following:
Automatic recovery: Normal status is restored automatically when the cause of the error is removed.
Error reset: Normal status is restored when the error is reset after the cause of the error is removed.
Cycle the power supply: Normal status is restored when the power supply to the Controller is turned OFF and then back
ON after the cause of the error is removed.
Controller reset: Normal status is restored when the Controller is reset after the cause of the error is removed.
Depends on cause: The recovery method depends on the cause of the error.
*4. One of the following:
Continues: Execution of the user program will continue.
Stops: Execution of the user program stops.
Starts: Execution of the user program starts.
*5. “System information” indicates internal system information that is used by OMRON.
*6. Refer to the appendices of the troubleshooting manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC for the applicable
range of the HMI Troubleshooter.
9 - 10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
Non-volatile Memory Hardware Error
An error occurred in non-volatile memory.
Depends on where the Support
Source details
Software is connected and the
system configuration.
Level
Minor fault
Recovery
For the NX bus of CPU Units
Event code
00200000 hex
NX Unit
Detection
timing
Log category
System
When power is
turned ON to
the NX Unit
Cycle the power supply to the Unit or restart the NX bus.
For Communications Coupler Units
Cycle the power supply to the Unit or restart the Slave Terminal.
User program
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
Variable
None
If the errors are detected in the Controller, reset all of the errors in the Controller.
Continues.
Operation
I/O refreshing for the NX Unit stops. Messages cannot be sent to the NX Unit.
Data type
Name
-----
Assumed cause
Non-volatile memory failure.
Correction
For the NX bus of CPU Units
Prevention
None
Cycle the power supply to the Unit
or restart the NX bus. If the error
persists even after you make the
above correction, replace the relevant NX Unit.
For Communications Coupler
Units
Cycle the power supply to the Unit
or restart the Slave Terminal. If the
error persists even after you make
the above correction, replace the
relevant NX Unit.
Attached
None
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
Effects
9
9-3-4 Meaning of Error
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 - 11
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
Control Parameter Error in Master
Event code
10410000 hex
An error occurred in the control parameters that are saved in the master.
Depends on where the Support
Source details NX Unit
Detection
Software is connected and the
timing
system configuration.
Level
Minor fault
Log category
System
Recovery
For the NX bus of CPU Units
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Stop
When power is
turned ON to
the NX Unit
Restart the NX Unit and then reset the error in the NX Bus Function
Module.
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Fail-soft
Restart the NX Unit and then reset the error in the NX Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Stop
If the errors are detected in the Controller, restart the NX Unit and then
reset all of the errors in the Controller.
If the errors are not detected in the Controller, restart the NX Unit and
then reset the error in the Communications Coupler Unit.
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Fail-soft
Effects
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
User program
Variable
None
Continues.
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
The power supply to the CPU Unit
was turned OFF while writing the
Unit operation settings was in
progress. Or there is an error in
the area of the non-volatile memory in the CPU Unit in which the
Unit operation settings for the relevant NX Unit are saved.
For Communications Coupler Units
The power supply to the Communications Coupler Unit was turned
OFF while writing the Unit operation settings was in progress. Or
there is an error in the area of the
non-volatile memory in the Communications Coupler Unit in which
the Unit operation settings for the
relevant NX Unit are saved.
None
Restart the NX Unit and then reset the error in the Communications
Coupler Unit.
Operation
I/O refreshing for the NX Unit stops.
Data type
Name
----Correction
Prevention
Download the Unit operation settings of the NX Unit again. If the
error persists even after you make
the above correction, replace the
CPU Unit.
Do not turn OFF the power supply
to the CPU Unit while transfer of
the Unit operation settings for the
NX Unit or save of NX Unit parameters by a message is in progress.
Download the Unit operation settings of the NX Unit again. If the
error occurs again even after you
make the above correction,
replace the Communications Coupler Unit.
Do not turn OFF the power supply
to the Communications Coupler
Unit while transfer of the Unit
operation settings for the NX Unit
by the Support Software or save
of NX Unit parameters by a message is in progress.
Attached
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
9 - 12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
NX Unit I/O Communications Error
Event code
80200000 hex
An I/O communications error occurred in an NX Unit.
Depends on where the Support
Source details NX Unit
Detection
Software is connected and the
timing
system configuration.
Level
Minor fault
Log category
System
Recovery
For the NX bus of CPU Units
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Stop
Continuously
Reset the error in the NX Bus Function Module.
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Fail-soft
Reset the error in the NX Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Stop
If the errors are not detected in the Controller, reset errors in the Communications Coupler Unit and NX Unit.
When Fail-soft Operation Is Set to Fail-soft
Effects
User program
Continues.
Reset errors in the Communications Coupler Unit and NX Unit.
Operation
The NX Unit will continue to operate.
Input data: Updating input values stops.
System-defined
variables
Variable
None
Data type
---
Output data: The output values depend on the Load
Rejection Output Setting.
Name
---
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
If the errors are detected in the Controller, reset all of the errors in the
Controller.
9
9-3-4 Meaning of Error
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 - 13
9 Troubleshooting
Cause and
correction
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
An error that prevents normal NX
bus communications occurred in a
CPU Unit.
An NX Unit is not mounted properly.
Correction
Prevention
Check the error that occurred in
the CPU Unit and perform the
required corrections.
Mount the NX Units and End
Cover securely and secure them
with End Plates.
Wire the Unit power supply to the
NX Units securely.
Take preventive measures against
the error that occurred in the CPU
Unit.
Mount the NX Units and End
Cover securely and secure them
with End Plates.
Wire the Unit power supply to the
NX Units securely.
The power cable for the Unit
power supply is disconnected, or
the wiring from the Unit power
supply to the NX Units is incorrect.
The power cable for the Unit
If the power cable between the
power supply is broken.
Unit power supply and the NX
Units is broken, replace it.
The voltage of the Unit power sup- Configure the power supply sysply is outside the specified range, tem configuration correctly
according to the power supply
or the capacity of the Unit power
design method.
supply is insufficient.
There is a hardware error in an
If the error persists even after you
NX Unit.
make the above correction,
replace the NX Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
An error that prevents normal NX Check the error that occurred in
bus communications occurred in a the Communications Coupler Unit
and perform the required correcCommunications Coupler Unit.
tions.
The NX Unit is not mounted prop- Mount the NX Units and End
erly.
Cover securely and secure them
with End Plates.
Correctly wire the Unit power supThe power cable for the Unit
power supply is disconnected. Or, ply to the NX Units.
the wiring from the Unit power
supply to the NX Units is incorrect.
The power cable for the Unit
If the power cable between the
power supply is broken.
Unit power supply and the NX
Units is broken, replace it.
The voltage of the Unit power sup- Correctly configure the power supply is outside the specified range. ply system according to the power
Or, the capacity of the Unit power supply design methods.
supply is insufficient.
There is a hardware error in the
NX Unit.
If the error occurs again even after
you make the above correction,
replace the NX Unit.
None
Configure the power supply system configuration correctly
according to the power supply
design method.
None
Take preventive measures against
the error that occurred in the Communications Coupler Unit.
Mount the NX Units and End
Cover securely and secure them
with End Plates.
Correctly wire the Unit power supply to the NX Units.
None
Correctly configure the power supply system according to the power
supply design methods.
None
Attached
None
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
9 - 14
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
NX Unit Output Synchronization Error
Event code
An output synchronization error occurred in the NX Unit.
Depends on where the Support
Source details NX Unit
Software is connected and the
system configuration.
Level
Minor fault
Log category
Recovery
For the NX bus of CPU Units
80210000 hex
Detection
timing
Continuously
System
Reset the error in the NX Bus Function Module.
For Communications Coupler Units
Effects
User program
Reset all of the errors in the Controller.
Continues.
Operation
The NX Unit will continue to operate.
Input data: Updating input values stops.
Variable
None
Data type
---
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
I/O refreshing on the NX bus is
not performed normally due to an
error in the CPU Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
The communications cable connected to the Communications
Coupler Unit is broken or the connection is faulty.
The communications cable is
affected by noise.
Correction
Prevention
Check the error that occurred in
the CPU Unit and perform the
required corrections.
Take preventive measures against
the error that occurred in the CPU
Unit.
Replace the communications
cable or wire the cable correctly.
Wire the communications cable
correctly.
Set the Consecutive
Communications Error Detection
Count parameter for the
Communications Coupler Unit to a
suitable value that will not cause
problems in operation.
Implement noise
countermeasures. Refer to the
operation manuals for the specific
Units for noise countermeasures.
Implement noise
countermeasures if there is
excessive noise.
9
9-3-4 Meaning of Error
Attached
None
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
Output data: The output values depend on the Load
Rejection Output Setting.
Name
---
9 - 15
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
NX Unit Clock Not Synchronized Error
A time information error occurred in an NX Unit.
Depends on where the Support
Source details
Software is connected and the
system configuration.
Level
Minor fault
Recovery
For the NX bus of CPU Units
Event code
80240000 hex
NX Unit
Detection
timing
Log category
System
Continuously
Cycle the power supply to the Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
Effects
User program
Cycle the power supply to the Unit and then reset all of the errors in the Controller.
Continues.
Operation
The NX Unit will continue to operate.
Input data: Updating input values stops.
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
Output data: The output values depend on the Load
Rejection Output Setting.
Name
---
Variable
None
Data type
---
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
There is a hardware error in an
NX Unit.
Correction
Prevention
If the error occurs only in a specific NX Unit, replace the relevant
NX Unit.
If the error occurs in all of the NX
Units mounted on a CPU Unit,
replace the CPU Unit.
None
There is a hardware error in a
CPU Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
There is a hardware error in an
If the error occurs only in a speNX Unit.
cific NX Unit, replace the relevant
NX Unit.
There is a hardware error in an
If the error occurs in all of the NX
EtherCAT Coupler Unit.
Units mounted on a Communications Coupler Unit, replace the
Communications Coupler Unit.
None
None
None
None
Attached
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
9 - 16
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
Effects
Assumed cause
For the NX bus of CPU Units
A past time is specified due to an
error in the user program.
A Task Period Exceeded error
occurred in a CPU Unit.
Correction
Prevention
Correct the user program so that it
does not specify a past time.
Check in the user program to
make sure that it does not specify
a past time.
Take preventive measures against
the Task Period Exceeded error
that occurred in the CPU Unit.
Perform the required corrections
for the Task Period Exceeded
error that occurred in the CPU
Unit.
For Communications Coupler Units
A past time is specified due to an Correct the user program so that it
error in the user program.
does not specify a past time. If the
error persists even though the program does not specify a past time,
change the specified time to a
later time.
A Task Period Exceeded error
Perform the required corrections
occurred in a CPU Unit.
for the Task Period Exceeded
error that occurred in the CPU
Unit.
Refer to the corrections for the
The arrival of I/O data at an NX
Communications Synchronization
Unit was delayed due to a Communications Synchronization Error Error that occurred in a Communications Coupler Unit to prevent
or other communications error.
the error.
None
Check in the user program to
make sure that it does not specify
a past time. If the error persists
even though the program does not
specify a past time, change the
specified time to a later time.
Take preventive measures against
the Task Period Exceeded error
that occurred in the CPU Unit.
Take preventive measures against
the Communications Synchronization Error that occurred in the
Communications Coupler Unit.
9
9-3-4 Meaning of Error
Attached
information
Precautions/ None
Remarks
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9-3 Checking for Errors and Troubleshooting on the Support Software
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
Previous Time Specified
Event code
70010000 hex
A previous time was specified for output refreshing with a specified time stamp.
Depends on where the Support
Source details NX Unit
Detection
Continuously
Software is connected and the
timing
system configuration.
Level
Observation
Log category
System
Recovery
Reset error in the NX Unit.
User program Continues.
Operation
The output value that is specified for the previous
time is not output.
Variable
Data type
Name
None
-----
9 - 17
9 Troubleshooting
Event name
Meaning
Source
Error
attributes
Effects
System-defined
variables
Cause and
correction
Attached
information
Event Log Cleared
The event log was cleared.
Depends on where the Support
Software is connected and the
system configuration.
Level
Information
Recovery
User program
Variable
None
--Continues.
Source details
Operation
Data type
---
Assumed cause
Correction
The event log was cleared by the --user.
Attached information: Events that were cleared
Event code
90400000 hex
NX Unit
Detection
timing
Log category
Access
When
commanded
from user
Not affected.
Name
--Prevention
---
1: The system event log was cleared.
2: The access event log was cleared.
Precautions/ None
Remarks
9 - 18
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
9-4
Resetting Errors
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler for information on
how to reset errors.
9-4 Resetting Errors
9
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 - 19
9 Troubleshooting
9-5
9-5-1
Troubles Specific To Each Type of NX
Units
Digital Inputs
Problem
Although a connected
external device is ON,
nothing is input and the
input indicator is not lit
either.
A connected external
device is ON and the input
indicator is lit, but nothing
is input.
There is a delay in the ON
and OFF timing for input
values.
9 - 20
Assumed cause
The I/O power is not supplied.
The I/O power supply voltage
is outside the rated range.
The Unit is not wired correctly
with the connected external
device.
The wiring to the connected
external device is disconnected.
A connected external device
is defective.
An NX bus error or a communications error occurred.
An input filter may be set.
Correction
Check that the I/O power is supplied.
Set the I/O power supply voltage within the rated
range.
Check the wiring with the connected external
device.
Check the wiring with the connected external
device.
Replace the connected external device.
When the Unit is connected to the CPU Unit, check
if a NX bus error occurred.
In the case of a Slave Terminal, check if a NX bus
or host communication error occurred.
Set the input filter value to 0. Alternatively, change
the input filter to an appropriate value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 Troubleshooting
9-5-2
Digital Outputs
Problem
When the output is ON,
nothing is output although
the output indicator is lit.
Correction
Check that the I/O power is supplied.
Set the I/O power supply voltage within the rated
range.
Check the wiring with the connected external
device.
The load rejection output setting is set to "OFF".
Set the load rejection output setting to "Hold the
present value".
The load rejection output setting is set to "Hold the present
value".
Set the load rejection output setting to "OFF".
Check the wiring with the connected external
device.
Replace the connected external device.
Refer to 7-4-3 Load Short-circuit Protection on page
7-17 and correct the problem.
Check if a communications (NX bus) error
occurred.
9-5 Troubles Specific To Each Type of NX Units
Although the output is ON,
nothing is output and the
output indicator is not lit
either.
Cannot hold outputs when
NX bus errors or communications errors occur.
Cannot clear outputs NX
bus errors or when communications errors occur.
Assumed cause
The I/O power is not supplied.
The I/O power supply voltage
is outside the rated range.
The Unit is not wired correctly
with the connected external
device.
The wiring to the connected
external device is disconnected.
A connected external device
is defective.
Load short-circuit protection is
in progress.
A communications error
occurred.
9
9-5-2 Digital Outputs
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
9 - 21
9 Troubleshooting
9-6
Troubleshooting Flowchart
Refer to the user’s manual for the connected CPU Unit or Communications Coupler Unit for details on
the standard troubleshooting process when an error occurs.
9 - 22
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10
Inspection and Maintenance
This section describes how to clean, inspect, and maintain the system.
10-1 Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10-1-1 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10-1-2 Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10-2 Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10 - 1
10 Inspection and Maintenance
10-1 Cleaning and Inspection
This section describes daily device maintenance such as cleaning and inspection.
Make sure to perform daily or periodic inspections in order to maintain the Digital I/O Unit's functions in
the best operating condition.
10-1-1 Cleaning
Perform the following cleaning procedures periodically to ensure Digital I/O Units are maintained in the
best operating condition.
• Wipe the equipment over with a soft, dry cloth when performing daily cleaning.
• If dirt remains even after wiping with a soft, dry cloth, wipe with a cloth that has been wet with a sufficiently diluted detergent (2%) and wrung dry.
• Units will become stained if items such as rubber, vinyl products, or adhesive tape are left on the NX
Unit for a long period. Remove such items during regular cleaning.
Precautions for Correct Use
• Never use benzene, thinners, other volatile solvents, or chemical cloths.
• Do not touch the NX bus connectors.
10-1-2 Periodic Inspection
NX Units do not have parts with a specific life. However, its elements can deteriorate under improper
environmental conditions. Periodic inspections are thus required to ensure that the required conditions
are being maintained.
Inspection is recommended at least once every six months to a year, but more frequent inspections
may be necessary depending on the severe environments.
Take immediate steps to correct the situation if any of the conditions in the following table are not met.
10 - 2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10 Inspection and Maintenance
Inspection details
1
External
power supply
Is the power supply voltage measured at the terminal block within
standards?
Within the power supply
voltage range
Use a voltage tester to check the power
supply at the terminals. Take necessary
steps to bring the power supply within the
power supply voltage range.
2
I/O power
supply
Is the power supply voltage measured at the I/O terminal block
within standards?
Voltages must be within
I/O specifications of each
NX Unit.
Use a voltage tester to check the power
voltage at the terminals. Take necessary
steps to bring the I/O power supply within
NX Unit standards.
3
Ambient
environment
Is the ambient operating temperature within standards?
0 to 55°C
Use a thermometer to check the temperature and ensure that the ambient
operating temperature remains within the
allowed range of 0 to 55°C.
Is the ambient operating humidity within standards?
Relative humidity must be
10% to 95% with no condensation.
Use a hygrometer to check the humidity
and ensure that the ambient operating
humidity remains between 10% and
95%.
4
Installation
and wiring
Criteria
Correction
Make sure that condensation does not
occur due to rapid changes in temperature.
Protect the Controller if necessary.
Is it subject to direct sunlight?
Is there an accumulation of dirt,
dust, salt, metal powder, etc.?
Not in direct sunlight
No accumulation
Clean and protect the Controller if necessary.
Is there water, oil, or chemical
sprays hitting the Controller?
No spray
Clean and protect the Controller if necessary.
Are there corrosive or flammable
gases in the area of the Controller?
No spray
Check by smell or use a sensor.
Is the Unit subject to shock or
vibration?
Vibration resistance and
shock resistance must be
within specifications.
Install cushioning or other vibration and
shock absorbing equipment if necessary.
Are there noise sources near the
Controller?
No significant noise
sources
Either separate the Controller and noise
source, or protect the Controller.
Are the DIN track mounting
hooks for each NX Unit securely
locked?
No looseness
Securely lock the DIN track mounting
hooks.
Are the cable connectors fully
inserted and locked?
No looseness
Correct any improperly installed connectors.
Are there any loose screws on
the End Plates (PFP-M)?
No looseness
Tighten loose screws with a Phillips-head
screwdriver.
Are the NX Units connected to
each other along the hookup
guides and inserted until they
touch the DIN track?
You must connect and fix
the NX Units to the DIN
track.
Connect the NX Units to each other
along the hookup guides and insert them
until they touch the DIN track.
Are there any damaged external
wiring cables?
No visible damage
Check visually and replace cables if necessary.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10 - 3
10
10-1-2 Periodic Inspection
Inspection item
No.
10-1 Cleaning and Inspection
Periodic Inspection Items
10 Inspection and Maintenance
Tools Required for Inspections
z Required Tools
• Phillips screwdriver
• Flat-blade screwdriver
• Voltage tester or digital voltmeter
• Industrial alcohol and pure cotton cloth
z Tools Required Occasionally
• Oscilloscope
• Thermometer and hygrometer
10 - 4
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10 Inspection and Maintenance
When you replace a Digital I/O Unit, follow the procedure in the user’s manual for the connected CPU
Unit or Communications Coupler Unit.
10-2 Maintenance Procedures
10-2 Maintenance Procedures
10
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10 - 5
10 Inspection and Maintenance
10 - 6
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A
Appendices
This section describes the data sheets of the Digital I/O Units and their dimensions.
A-1 Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-1-1
A-1-2
A-1-3
A-1-4
Model List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Digital Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Digital Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-38
Digital Mixed I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-82
A-2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-96
A-2-1
A-2-2
A-2-3
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-96
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-98
Connector Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-99
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units
and I/O Relay Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-102
A-3-1
A-3-2
A-3-3
A-3-4
Patterns for Combining Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units
and I/O Relay Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combinations of Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams . . . . . . . .
Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-102
A-104
A-110
A-127
A-4 EMC Directive Measures for Relay Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-133
A-5 List of NX Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-134
A-5-1
A-5-2
A-5-3
A-5-4
Format of Object Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Input Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Output Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Mixed I/O Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-134
A-135
A-143
A-152
A-6 List of Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-157
A-6-1
A-6-2
Model Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-157
List of Terminal Block Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-157
A-7 Version Information with CPU Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-158
A-7-1
Relationship between Unit Versions of Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-158
A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units . . . . . . . . . . . A-160
A-8-1
A-8-2
Connection to an EtherCAT Coupler Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-160
Connection to an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-162
A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-164
A-9-1
A-9-2
Connection to the CPU Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-164
Slave Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-166
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A-1
Appendices
A-1 Data Sheet
The specifications of individual Digital I/O Unit are shown below.
A-1-1
Model List
DC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
Num
ber
of
point
s
Internal I/O
common
Rated input
voltage
12 to 24 VDC
NX-ID3317
NX-ID3343
NPN
24 VDC
NX-ID3344
NX-ID3417
4
point
s
NX-ID3443
12 to 24 VDC
PNP
NX-ID3444
NX-ID4342
NX-ID4442
NX-ID5342
NX-ID5442
8
point
s
16
point
s
NPN
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run refreshing
Input refreshing with
input changed time
only
ON/OFF response
time
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
PNP
P. A-13
P. A-14
P. A-16
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
P. A-17
P. A-18
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run refreshing
NPN
P. A-9
P. A-11
100 ns max./100 ns
max.
24 VDC
PNP
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
P. A-20
P. A-22
P. A-24
DC Input Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID5142-1
A-2
Num
ber
of
point
s
16
point
s
Internal I/O
common
For both
NPN/PNP
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-26
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
DC Input Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
NX-ID5142-5
NX-ID6142-5
Internal I/O
common
Rated input
voltage
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
For both
NPN/PNP
24 VDC
ON/OFF response
time
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and
Free-Run refreshing
P. A-28
A-1 Data Sheet
Model
Num
ber
of
point
s
16
point
s
32
point
s
P. A-30
A
Reference
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
A-1-1 Model List
DC Input Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-ID6142-6
Num
ber
of
point
s
32
point
s
Internal I/O
common
For both
NPN/PNP
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing
and Free-Run refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
20 μs max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-33
AC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Model
NX-IA3117
Num
ber
of
point
s
4
point
s
Rated input voltage
200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (170
to 264 VAC, ±3 Hz)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing
ON/OFF response
time
10 ms max./40 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-36
A-3
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OD2154
NX-OD2258
Num
ber
of
point
s
2
point
s
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of load
current
Rated voltage
NPN
PNP
0.5 A/point, 1
A/Unit
NX-OD3121
24 VDC
I/O refreshing method
Output
refreshing with
specified time
stamp only
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
300 ns
max./300 ns
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
12 to 24 VDC
NPN
NX-OD3153
NX-OD3256
0.5 A/point, 2
A/Unit
4
point
s
NX-OD3257
24 VDC
PNP
2 A/point, 8
A/Unit
NX-OD3268
NX-OD4121
NX-OD4256
8
point
s
12 to 24 VDC
NPN
PNP
24 VDC
0.5 A/point, 4
A/Unit
NX-OD5121
NX-OD5256
16
point
s
NPN
12 to 24 VDC
PNP
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
Reference
P. A-40
P. A-42
P. A-44
P. A-46
P. A-48
P. A-50
P. A-52
P. A-54
P. A-56
P. A-58
P. A-60
Transistor Output Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-OD5121-1
NX-OD5256-1
A-4
Num
ber
of
point
s
16
point
s
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of load
current
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
0.5 A/point, 5
A/Unit
PNP
24 VDC
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-62
P. A-64
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Number
of points
NX-OD5121-5
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of load
current
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
0.5 A/point, 2
A/Unit
16 points
NX-OD5256-5
PNP
NX-OD6121-5
NPN
24 VDC
PNP
12 to 24 VDC
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
24 VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
0.5 ms
max./1.0 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-66
P. A-68
P. A-70
P. A-72
Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-OD6121-6
Number
of points
32 points
Internal I/O
common
NPN
Maximum
value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2
A/common, 4
A/Unit
Rated voltage
I/O refreshing method
12 to 24 VDC
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
0.1 ms
max./0.8 ms
max.
Reference
P. A-74
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OC2633
NX-OC2733
Num
ber
of
point
s
2
point
s
Relay type
N.O.
N.O. + N.C.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Maximum switching capacity
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1), 250
VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 0.4), 24
VDC/2 A, 4 A/Unit
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
15 ms max./15
ms max.
Reference
P. A-76
P. A-78
A-5
A
A-1-1 Model List
0.5 A/point, 2
A/common, 4
A/Unit
32 points
NX-OD6256-5
I/O refreshing method
A-1 Data Sheet
Model
Appendices
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 24 mm
Width)
Model
NX-OC4633
Num
ber
of
point
s
8
point
s
Relay type
250 VAC/2A(cosφ=1),
250 VAC/2A(cosφ=0.4),
24 VDC/2A,
8 A/Unit
N.O.
ON/OFF
response
time
I/O refreshing method
Maximum switching capacity
Free-Run
refreshing
Reference
15 ms
max./15 ms
P. A-80
max.
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
Number
of points
Internal I/O
common
Maximum
value of load
current
Outputs: NPN
NX-MD6121-5
Outputs:
16 points
Inputs: 16
points
I/O refreshing method
Outputs: 12 to
24 VDC
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Inputs: 24
VDC
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
0.5 A/point, 2
A/Unit
Outputs: PNP
Outputs: 24
VDC
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
NX-MD6256-5
Rated voltage
Inputs: 24
VDC
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Outputs: 0.5
ms max./1.0
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-84
P. A-88
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Model
NX-MD6121-6
A-6
Number
of points
Outputs:
16 points
Inputs:
16 points
Internal I/O
common
Outputs:
NPN
Inputs: For
both
NPN/PNP
Maximum
value of load
current
Rated voltage
I/O refreshing method
0.5 A/point, 2
A/Unit
Outputs: 12 to
24 VDC
Inputs: 24
VDC
Switching Synchronous I/O
refreshing and
Free-Run
refreshing
ON/OFF
response
time
Outputs: 0.1
ms max./0.8
ms max.
Inputs: 20 μs
max./400 μs
max.
Reference
P. A-92
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-1-2
Digital Input Units
The meanings of the items on the data sheet of the DC Input Unit are explained in the table below.
Item
Description
Unit name
The name of the Unit.
Model
The model of the Unit.
Number of points
The number of input points provided by the Unit.
External connection
terminals
The type of terminal block and connector that is used for connecting the Unit. The number of terminals on the terminal block is also described when a screwless clamping terminal block is used.
I/O refreshing method
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing, synchronous I/O
refreshing and input refreshing with input changed time are available.
Indicators
The type of indicators on the Unit and the layout of those indicators.
Internal I/O common
The polarity of the input devices that are connected to the Unit. NPN connection and PNP connection are available.
Rated input voltage
The rated input voltage and range of the Unit.
Input current
The input current at the rated voltage of the Unit.
ON voltage/ON current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns ON, and corresponding input current.
OFF voltage/OFF current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns OFF, and corresponding input current.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which the status change of the input terminals reaches the internal circuit of the
Unit. The input filter time below is not included. It is described according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Input filter time
The filter time when the status of the internal circuit is read as the data to the internal of the Unit. It
is same for both ON/OFF. The filter time to be set by the Support Software is described.
Dimensions
The dimensions of the Unit. They are described as W x H x D. The unit is "mm".
Isolation method
The isolation method between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
I/O power supply
method
The method for supplying I/O power to the Unit. The supply method is determined for each Unit.
The power is supplied from the NX bus or the external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
The current capacity of the power supply terminals (IOV/IOG) of the Unit. Do not exceed this value
when supplying the I/O power to the connected external devices.
NX Unit power consumption
The power consumption of the NX Unit power supply of the Unit. The power consumption when NX
Units are connected to a CPU Unit and the power consumption when NX Units are connected to a
Communications Coupler Unit.
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
The current consumption from I/O power supply of the Unit. The above input current and current
consumption of any connected external devices are excluded.
Weight
The weight of the Unit.
Circuit layout
The input circuit layout of the Unit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
The installation orientation of a CPU Unit containing the Unit and the installation orientation of a
Slave Terminal containing the Unit. Any restrictions to specifications that result from the installation
orientation are also given.
Terminal connection
diagram
A diagram of the connection between the Unit and connected external devices. When an I/O
Power Supply Connection Unit or a Shield Connection Unit is required to be connected to the connected external devices, the description for such is included.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
The function of the Unit to detect a disconnection/short-circuit.
Protective function
The protective function that the Unit has.
A
A-7
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A-1 Data Sheet
Description of Items on Data Sheet of the DC Input Units
Appendices
Description of Items on Data Sheet of the AC Input Units
The meanings of the items on the data sheet of the AC Input Units are explained in the table below.
Item
A-8
Description
Unit name
The name of the Unit.
Model
The model of the Unit.
Number of points
The number of input points provided by the Unit.
External connection
terminals
The type of terminal block and connector that is used for connecting the Unit. The number of terminals on the terminal block is also described when a screwless clamping terminal block is used.
I/O refreshing method
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing, synchronous I/O
refreshing and input refreshing with input changed time are available.
Indicators
The type of indicators on the Unit and the layout of those indicators.
Internal I/O common
The polarity of the input devices that are connected to the Unit. NPN connection and PNP connection are available.
Rated input voltage
The rated input voltage and range of the Unit.
Input current
The input current at the rated voltage of the Unit.
ON voltage/ON current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns ON, and corresponding input current.
OFF voltage/OFF current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns OFF, and corresponding input current.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which the status change of the input terminals reaches the internal circuit of the
Unit. The input filter time below is not included. It is described according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Input filter time
The filter time when the status of the internal circuit is read as the data to the internal of the Unit. It
is same for both ON/OFF. The filter time to be set by the Support Software is described.
Dimensions
The dimensions of the Unit. They are described as W x H x D. The unit is "mm".
Isolation method
The isolation method between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength between the input circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
I/O power supply
method
The method for supplying I/O power to the Unit. The supply method is determined for each Unit.
The power is supplied from the NX bus or the external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
The current capacity of the power supply terminals of the Unit. Do not exceed this value when
supplying the I/O power to the connected external devices.
NX Unit power consumption
The power consumption of the NX Unit power supply of the Unit. The power consumption when NX
Units are connected to a CPU Unit and the power consumption when NX Units are connected to a
Communications Coupler Unit.
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
The current consumption from I/O power supply of the Unit. The above input current and current
consumption of any connected external devices are excluded.
Weight
The weight of the Unit.
Circuit layout
The input circuit layout of the Unit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
The installation orientation of a CPU Unit containing the Unit and the installation orientation of a
Slave Terminal containing the Unit. Any restrictions to specifications that result from the installation
orientation are also given.
Terminal connection
diagram
A diagram of the connection between the Unit and connected external devices. When an I/O
Power Supply Connection Unit or a Shield Connection Unit is required to be connected to the connected external devices, the description for such is included.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
The function of the Unit to detect a disconnection/short-circuit.
Protective function
The protective function that the Unit has.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
DC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3317
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
NPN
Rated input voltage
12 to 24 VDC (9 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
6 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
9 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOV and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
2 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOV and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
IOV0 to 3
Terminal block
IN0 to IN3
Current control
circuit
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
IOG0 to 3
NX bus
connector
(left)
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A-9
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Internal I/O common
A-1 Data Sheet
Unit name
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3317
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
IN1
IOV0
IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
IN2
12 to 24 VDC
Two-wire
sensor
Three-wire
sensor
IN3
IOG2 IOG3
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A - 10
Not supported.
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3343
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
NPN
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOV and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOV and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
100 ns max./100 ns max.
Input filter time
No filter, 1 μs, 2 μs, 4 μs, 8 μs (default), 16
μs, 32 μs, 64 μs, 128 μs, 256 μs
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
Isolation circuit
Current control
circuit
Terminal block IN0 to IN3
IOG0 to 3
Internal circuits
Power
supply
IOV0 to 3
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3343
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
IN1
IOV0
IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
24 VDC
IN2
Two-wire
sensor
Three-wire
sensor
IN3
IOG3 IOG3
A8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
B8
A8
B8
A - 11
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Dimensions
A-1 Data Sheet
Internal I/O common
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A - 12
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3344
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Input refreshing with input changed time
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOV and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOV and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
100 ns max./100 ns max.
Input filter time
No filter
A
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
Current control
circuit
IN0 to IN3
Isolation circuit
Terminal block
IOG0 to 3
Internal circuits
Power
supply
IOV0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3344
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
IN1
IOV0
IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
24 VDC
IN2
Two-wire
sensor
Three-wire
sensor
IN3
IOG3 IOG3
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 13
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Dimensions
0.90 W max.
A-1 Data Sheet
Unit name
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3417
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated input voltage
12 to 24 VDC (9 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
6 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
9 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOG and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
2 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOG and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
IOV0 to 3
Internal circuits
Current control
circuit
IN0 to IN3
Terminal block
IOG0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3417
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
IN1
IOV0 IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
12 to 24 VDC
IN2
Two-wire
sensor
Three-wire
sensor
IN3
IOG2 IOG3
A8
A - 14
B8
A8
B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1 Data Sheet
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 15
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3443
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOG and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOG and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
100 ns max./100 ns max.
Input filter time
No filter, 1 μs, 2 μs, 4 μs, 8 μs (default), 16
μs, 32 μs, 64 μs, 128 μs, 256 μs
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
Current control
circuit
Terminal block IN0 to IN3
IOG0 to 3
Internal circuits
Isolation circuit
Power
supply
IOV0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3443
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
Two-wire
sensor
IN1
IOV0 IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0
IOG1
IN2
IN3
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
24 VDC
Three-wire
sensor
IOG2 IOG3
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A - 16
Not supported.
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID3444
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Input refreshing with input changed time
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOG and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOG and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
100 ns max./100 ns max.
Input filter time
No filter
A
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
Current control
circuit
Terminal block IN0 to IN3
IOG0 to 3
Internal circuits
Isolation circuit
Power
supply
IOV0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
DC Input Unit
NX-ID3444
A1
IOV
B1
IN0
Two-wire
sensor
IN1
IOV0 IOV1
IOG
IOG
IOG0
IOG1
IN2
IN3
IOV
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOG
IOG
24 VDC
Three-wire
sensor
IOG2 IOG3
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 17
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Dimensions
0.90 W max.
A-1 Data Sheet
Unit name
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID4342
Number of points
8 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOV and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOV and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOG: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
Current control
circuit
IN0 to IN7
Terminal block
IOG0 to 7
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit
A1
IOV
IOG
24 VDC
IOV
IOG
A8
A - 18
IOV
IOG
B8
A8
B1
DC Input Unit
NX-ID4342
A1
B1
IN0
IN1
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG2 IOG3
IN4
IN5
IOV
IOV
IOG4 IOG5
IOV
IOV
IN6
IN7
IOV
IOV
IOG6
IOG7
Three-wire
sensor
IOG0 IOG1
IN2
B8
A8
Two-wire
sensor
IN3
B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1 Data Sheet
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 19
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID4442
Number of points
8 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
3.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between IOG and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between IOG and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.1 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
IOV0 to 7
Terminal block
Internal circuits
Current control
circuit
IN0 to IN7
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit
A1
IOV
IOG
24 VDC
IOV
IOG
A8
A - 20
IOV
IOG
B8
A8
B1
DC Input Unit
NX-ID4442
A1
B1
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOV2 IOV3
IN4
IN5
IOG
IOG
IOV4
IOG
IOG
IN6
IN7
IOG
IOG
IOV6
IOV7
IN0
IN1
Three-wire
sensor
IOV0 IOV1
IN2
B8
A8
Two-wire
sensor
IN3
IOV5
B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1 Data Sheet
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 21
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID5342
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
2.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./2 mA min. (between IOV and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./0.5 mA max. (between IOV and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
Current control
circuit
Terminal block IN0 to IN15
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
I/O Power Supply I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit Connection Unit
A1
IOV
IOG
24 VDC
IOV
IOG
A8
A - 22
IOV
IOG
B8
A8
B1 A1
B1
DC Input Unit
NX-ID5342
A1
B1
IN1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN0
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN2
IN3
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IN4
IN6
IN5
IN7
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN8
IN10
IN9
IN11
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN12
IN13
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN14
IN15
B8 A8
B8
A8
Two-wire sensor
Three-wire sensor
B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1 Data Sheet
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 23
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID5442
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
2.5 mA typical (at 24 VDC), rated current
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./2 mA min. (between IOG and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./0.5 mA max. (between IOG and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
65 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
Current control
circuit
Terminal block IN0 to IN15
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
I/O Power Supply I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit Connection Unit
A1
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
24 VDC
IOV
IOG
A8
A - 24
IOV
IOG
B8
A8
B1 A1
B1
DC Input Unit
NX-ID5442
B1 Two-wire sensor
A1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN0
IN1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN2
IN3
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN4
IN5
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN6
IN7
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN8
IN10
IN9
IN11
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN12
IN13
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IN14
IN15
B8 A8
B8
A8
Three-wire sensor
B8
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1 Data Sheet
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 25
Appendices
DC Input Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID5142-1
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
M3 screw terminal block (18 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM and
each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM and
each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
125 g max.
Circuit layout
Terminal block
IN0
to
IN15
COM
COM
I/O
power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
A - 26
3.3 kΩ
Internal circuits
Input indicator
I/O power NX bus
supply + connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
A-1 Data Sheet
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 45°C
A
16
12 points at 55°C
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
12
8
I/O power supply voltage
28.8 V
4
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 40°C
16 points at 45°C
16
12
12 points at 55°C
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
8
4
7 points at 55°C
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Terminal connection
diagram
Signal Name
IN0
IN2
IN4
IN6
IN8
IN10
IN12
IN14
COM
Terminal
A
B
A0
B0
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
Signal Name
IN1
IN3
IN5
IN7
IN9
IN11
IN13
IN15
COM
24 VDC
• The polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.
• Terminal numbers in the terminal connection diagram are used in this
manual, but they are not printed on all Units.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 27
Appendices
DC Input Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID5142-5
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (20 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
85 g max.
Circuit layout
Connector
IN0
to
IN15
COM
COM
I/O power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
A - 28
3.3 kΩ
Internal circuits
Input indicator
I/O power NX bus
supply + connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
A-1 Data Sheet
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 45°C
A
16
12 points at 55°C
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
12
8
I/O power supply voltage
28.8 V
4
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 40°C
16 points at 45°C
16
12
12 points at 55°C
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
8
4
7 points at 55°C
28.8 V
0
0
Terminal connection
diagram
24 VDC
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
NC 1
2 NC
COM 3
4 COM
IN15 5
6 IN07
IN14 7
8 IN06
IN13 9
10 IN05
IN12 11
12 IN04
IN11 13
14 IN03
IN10 15
16 IN02
IN09 17
18 IN01
IN08 19
20 IN00
• The polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM), and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 29
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID6142-5
Number of points
32 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (40 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (19 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
4.1 mA typical (24 VDC)
ON voltage/ON current
19 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.60 W max.
Weight
90 g max.
Circuit layout
Input indicator
IN0
to
IN15
COM0
COM0
Connector
3.3 kΩ
IN16
to
IN31
COM1
COM1
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
A - 30
Internal circuits
3.3 kΩ
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
A-1 Data Sheet
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
32 points at 45°C
35
30
32 points at 40°C
A
13 points/common at 55°C
25
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
20
10 points/common at 55°C
15
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
10
5
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
32 points at 35°C
35
32 points at 50°C
30
13 points/common at 55°C
32 points at 30°C
25
20
8 points/common at 55°C
15
I/O power supply voltage
19 V
24 V
28.8 V
10
5
0
0
10
20
30
5 points/common at 55°C
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
(°C)
A - 31
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Signal Connector
24 VDC name
pin
NC 1
2
COM1 3
4
IN31 5
6
IN30 7
8
IN29 9 10
IN28 11 12
IN27 13 14
IN26 15 16
IN25 17 18
IN24 19 20
NC 21 22
COM0 23 24
IN15 25 26
IN14 27 28
IN13 29 30
IN12 31 32
IN11 33 34
IN10 35 36
IN09 37 38
IN08 39 40
Signal
name
NC
COM1
IN23
IN22
IN21
IN20
IN19
IN18
IN17
IN16
NC
COM0
IN07
IN06
IN05
IN04
IN03
IN02
IN01
IN00
24 VDC
• The polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins 23 and 24 (COM0), and set the same polarity for both pins.
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM1), and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A - 32
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
DC Input Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
DC Input Unit
Model
NX-ID6142-6
Number of points
32 points
External connection
terminals
Fujitsu connector (40 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
A-1 Data Sheet
Unit name
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input voltage
24 VDC (19 to 28.8 VDC)
Input current
4.1 mA typical (24 VDC)
ON voltage/ON current
19 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
ON/OFF response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default), 2
ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms, 128
ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.95 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
90 g max.
Circuit layout
Connector
COM1
COM1
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Internal circuits
Input indicator
3.3 kΩ
IN0
to
IN15
COM0
COM0
3.3 kΩ
IN16
to
IN31
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
A - 33
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
Internal I/O common
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
32 points at 45°C
35
30
32 points at 40°C
13 points/common at 55°C
25
20
10 points/common at 55°C
15
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
10
5
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
32 points at 35°C
35
32 points at 50°C
30
13 points/common at 55°C
32 points at 30°C
25
20
8 points/common at 55°C
15
I/O power supply voltage
19 V
24 V
28.8 V
10
5
0
0
10
20
30
5 points/common at 55°C
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
A - 34
(°C)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Connector Signal name
pin
IN0 A1 B1 IN16
IN1 A2 B2 IN17
IN2 A3 B3 IN18
IN3 A4 B4 IN19
IN4 A5 B5 IN20
IN5 A6 B6 IN21
IN6 A7 B7 IN22
IN7 A8 B8 IN23
COM0 A9 B9 COM1
IN8 A10 B10 IN24
IN9 A11 B11 IN25
IN10 A12 B12 IN26
IN11 A13 B13 IN27
IN12 A14 B14 IN28
IN13 A15 B15 IN29
IN14 A16 B16 IN30
IN15 A17 B17 IN31
COM0 A18 B18 COM1
NC A19 B19 NC
NC A20 B20 NC
Signal name
24 V
DC
A-1 Data Sheet
24 V
DC
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
• The polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins A9 and A18 (COM0), and set the same polarity for both pins.
• Be sure to wire both pins B9 and B18 (COM1), and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 35
Appendices
AC Input Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm Width)
Unit name
AC Input Unit
Model
NX-IA3117
Number of points
4 points, independent contacts
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, input indicators
Internal I/O common
No polarity
Rated input voltage
200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (170 to 264
VAC, ±3 Hz)
Input current
9 mA typical (at 200 VAC, 50 Hz)
11 mA typical (at 200 VAC, 60 Hz)
ON voltage/ON current
120 VAC min./4 mA min.
OFF voltage/OFF current
40 VAC max./2 mA max.
ON/OFF response time
10 ms max./40 ms max.
Input filter time
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default),
2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms,
128 ms, 256 ms
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
Between each AC input circuit: 20 MΩ
min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
Between each AC input circuit: 3700
VAC for 1 min at a leakage current of 5
mA max.
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min.
(at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and functional ground terminal: 2300 VAC for 1
min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and internal circuits: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and internal circuits: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at
100 VDC)
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 510 VAC for 1 min
at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supplied from external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power
consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
0.80 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
60 g max.
IN0 to IN3
Terminal block
C0 to C3
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
A - 36
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
A-1 Data Sheet
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
AC Input Unit
NX-IA3117
A1
200 to 240 VAC
Disconnection/
Short-circuit detection
A8
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
C0
IN1
C1
IN2
C2
IN3
C3
A
A-1-2 Digital Input Units
200 to 240 VAC
B1
IN0
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 37
Appendices
A-1-3
Digital Output Units
Description of Items on the Data Sheet of the Transistor Output Unit
The meanings of the items on the data sheet of the Transistor Output Units are explained in the table
below.
Item
Description
Unit name
The name of the Unit.
Model
The model of the Unit.
Number of points
The number of output points provided by the Unit.
External connection
terminals
The type of terminal block and connector that is used for connecting the Unit. The number of terminals on the terminal block is also described when a screwless clamping terminal block is used.
I/O refreshing method
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing and synchronous I/O
refreshing are available.
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing, synchronous I/O
refreshing and output refreshing with specified time stamp are available.
A - 38
Indicators
The type of indicators on the Unit and the layout of those indicators.
Internal I/O common
The polarity of the output devices that are connected to the Unit. NPN connection and PNP connection are available.
Rated voltage
The rated output voltage of the Unit.
Operating load voltage range
The output load voltage range of the Unit.
Maximum value of
load current
The maximum output load current of the Unit. The specifications for each output point and for the
Unit are described. The specifications for each common are described depending on model.
Maximum inrush current
The maximum allowable inrush current of the Unit. Any inrush current from an external connection
load must be kept to or below this value.
Leakage current
The leakage current when the output of the Unit is OFF.
Residual voltage
The residual voltage when the output of the Unit is ON.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which data in the internal circuit is reflected in the state of output elements of the
Unit. It is described according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Dimensions
The dimensions of the Unit. They are described as W x H x D. The unit is "mm".
Isolation method
The isolation method of the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength between the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
I/O power supply
method
The method for supplying I/O power to the Unit. The supply method is determined for each Unit.
The power is supplied from the NX bus or the external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
The current capacity of the I/O power supply terminals (IOV/IOG) of the Unit. Do not exceed this
value when supplying the I/O power to the connected external devices.
NX Unit power consumption
The power consumption of the NX Unit power supply of the Unit. The power consumption when NX
Units are connected to a CPU Unit and the power consumption when NX Units are connected to a
Communications Coupler Unit.
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
The current consumption from I/O power supply of the Unit. The load current of any external connection load and current consumption of any connected external devices are not included.
Weight
The weight of the Unit.
Circuit layout
The output circuit layout of the Unit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
The installation orientation of a CPU Unit containing the Unit and the installation orientation of a
Slave Terminal containing the Unit. Any restrictions to specifications that result from the installation
orientation are also given.
Terminal connection
diagram
A diagram of the connection between the Unit and connected external devices. When an I/O
Power Supply Connection Unit or a Shield Connection Unit is required to be connected to the connected external devices, the description for such is included.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
The function of the Unit to detect a disconnection/short-circuit.
Protective function
The protective function that the Unit has.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Description of Items on the Data Sheet of the Relay Output Unit
The meanings of the items on the data sheet of the Relay Output Unit are explained in the table below.
Description
Model
The model of the Unit.
Number of points
The number of output points provided by the Unit.
External connection
terminals
The type of terminal block and connector that is used for connecting the Unit. The number of terminals on the terminal block is also described when a screwless clamping terminal block is used.
I/O refreshing method
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing and synchronous I/O
refreshing are available.
Indicators
The type of indicators on the Unit and the layout of those indicators.
Relay type
The type of relay that is connected to the Unit. There are N.O. and N.O. + N.C..
Maximum switching
capacity
The maximum value of switchable current of the connected relay.
Minimum switching
capacity
The minimum value of switchable current of the connected relay.
Relay service life
The service life of the connected relay.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which data in the internal circuit is reflected in the state of output elements of the
Unit. It is described according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Dimensions
The dimensions of the Unit. They are described as W x H x D. The unit is "mm".
Isolation method
The isolation method of the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength between the output circuit and internal circuit of the Unit.
Vibration resistance
The vibration-resistance specifications of the Unit. Some are different from the general specifications.
Shock resistance
These are the shock-resistance specifications of the Unit. Some are different from the general
specifications.
I/O power supply
method
The method for supplying I/O power to the Unit. The supply method is determined for each Unit.
The power is supplied from the NX bus or the external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
The current capacity of the I/O power supply terminals (IOV/IOG) of the Unit. Do not exceed this
value when supplying the I/O power to the connected external devices.
NX Unit power consumption
The power consumption of the NX Unit power supply of the Unit. The power consumption when NX
Units are connected to a CPU Unit and the power consumption when NX Units are connected to a
Communications Coupler Unit.
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
The current consumption from I/O power supply of the Unit. The load current of any external connection load and current consumption of any connected external devices are not included.
Weight
The weight of the Unit.
Circuit layout
The output circuit layout of the Unit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
The installation orientation of a CPU Unit containing the Unit and the installation orientation of a
Slave Terminal containing the Unit. Any restrictions to specifications that result from the installation
orientation are also given.
Terminal connection
diagram
A diagram of the connection between the Unit and connected external devices. When an I/O
Power Supply Connection Unit or a Shield Connection Unit is required to be connected to the connected external devices, the description for such is included.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
The function of the Unit to detect a disconnection/short-circuit.
Protective function
The protective function that the Unit has.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 39
A
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
The name of the Unit.
A-1 Data Sheet
Item
Unit name
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD2154
Number of points
2 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Output refreshing with specified time stamp
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 1 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
300 ns max./300 ns max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.45 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Drive circuit
Isolation circuit
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 1
OUT0 to OUT1 Terminal block
IOG0 to 1
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
This Unit uses a push-pull output circuit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 40
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD2154
A1
B1
Two-wire type
OUT0 OUT1
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
NC
NC
Three-wire type
A-1 Data Sheet
IOV
24 VDC
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
Not supported.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 41
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD2258
Number of points
2 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Output refreshing with specified time stamp
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 1 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
300 ns max./300 ns max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
40 mA max.
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Drive circuit
Isolation circuit
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 1
OUT0 to OUT1 Terminal block
IOG0 to 1
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
This Unit uses a push-pull output circuit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 42
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD2258
A1
B1
Two-wire type
OUT0 OUT1
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
NC
NC
24 VDC
Three-wire type
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A-1 Data Sheet
IOV
Not supported.
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
With load short-circuit protection.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 43
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD3121
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
10 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 3
OUT0 to OUT3
Terminal block
IOG0 to 3
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 44
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD3121
A1
B1
Two-wire type
OUT0 OUT1
IOV0 IOV1
Three-wire type
IOG1
A-1 Data Sheet
IOG0
12 to 24 VDC
OUT2 OUT3
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOV
IOG2 IOG3
IOG
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
IOG
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
Not supported.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 45
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD3153
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
300 ns max./300 ns max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Drive circuit
Isolation circuit
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 3
OUT0 to OUT3
Terminal block
IOG0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
This Unit uses a push-pull output circuit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 46
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD3153
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
OUT0 OUT1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
Two-wire type
IOV0 IOV1
Three-wire type
A-1 Data Sheet
24 VDC
OUT2 OUT3
IOV2 IOV3
IOG2 IOG3
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
Not supported.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 47
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD3256
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
20 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Short-circuit protection
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 3
Terminal block
OUT0 to OUT3
IOG0 to 3
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 48
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD3256
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
OUT0 OUT1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV0
Two-wire type
IOV1
A-1 Data Sheet
Three-wire type
OUT2 OUT3
24 VDC
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOV
IOG2 IOG3
IOG
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
IOG
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
With load short-circuit protection.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 49
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD3257
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (12 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
300 ns max./300 ns max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Digital isolator isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max., IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
40 mA max.
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Short-circuit
protection
Terminal block
Drive circuit
Isolation circuit
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 3
OUT0 to OUT3
IOG0 to 3
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
This Unit uses a push-pull output circuit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 50
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD3257
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
OUT0 OUT1
IOG
IOG
IOG0 IOG1
IOV0
IOV1
Three-wire type
A-1 Data Sheet
24 VDC
Two-wire type
OUT2 OUT3
IOV
IOV2 IOV3
IOV
IOG2 IOG3
IOG
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
IOG
B8
A8
B8
Protective function
A
With load short-circuit protection.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 51
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD3268
Number of points
4 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
2 A/point, 8 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 2 A/terminal max., IOG: 2 A/terminal
max., COM (+V): 4 A/terminal max., 0V: 4
A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
20 mA max.
0.85 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.50 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
IOV 0 to IOV 3
COM (+V)
Terminal block
OUT 0 to OUT 3
IOG 0 to IOG 3
0V
I/O power NX bus
supply +
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 52
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Transistor Output Unit
NX-OD3268
A1
B1
OUT1
IOV1
IOG1
OUT3
IOV3
IOG3
Two-wire type
A-1 Data Sheet
OUT0
IOV0
IOG0
OUT2
IOV2
IOG2
Three-wire type
COM (+V) COM (+V)
0V
0V
24 V
DC
A8
A
B8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
• 0V has 2 terminals, so be sure to wire both terminals.
• COM (+V) has 2 terminals, so be sure to wire both terminals.
With load short-circuit protection.
A - 53
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD4121
Number of points
8 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOV: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
10 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.55 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
IOV0 to 7
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
Terminal block
OUT0 to OUT7
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 54
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
A1
12 to 24 VDC
IOG
IOG
B1
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B8
A8
B1 Two-wire type
A1
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOV0 IOV1
IOG
IOG
OUT2 OUT3
IOG
IOG
IOV2
IOG
IOG
OUT4 OUT5
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOV4 IOV5
OUT6 OUT7
IOG
A8
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD4121
OUT0 OUT1
IOV6
B8
A8
Protective function
A-1 Data Sheet
IOV
I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit
IOV3
Three-wire type
IOV7
B8
Not supported.
A
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 55
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD4256
Number of points
8 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
IOG: 0.5 A/terminal max.
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.65 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Short-circuit protection
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
OUT0 to OUT7
Terminal block
IOG0 to 7
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 56
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOV
IOV
A1
24 VDC
IOG
IOG
B1
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B8
A8
A1
B1
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG0 IOG1
IOV
IOV
OUT2 OUT3
IOV
IOV
IOG2 IOG3
IOV
IOV
OUT4 OUT5
IOV
IOV
IOG4 IOG5
IOV
IOV
IOV
OUT6 OUT7
IOV
A8
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD4256
Two-wire type
OUT0 OUT1
A-1 Data Sheet
IOV
I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit
Three-wire type
IOG6 IOG7
B8
A8
Protective function
B8
With load short-circuit protection.
A
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 57
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5121
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
20 mA max.
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.65 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
OUT0 to OUT15 Terminal block
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 58
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
A1
B1
IOV
A1
IOV
IOG
12 to 24 VDC
IOV
IOG
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
IOV
IOG
B8
A8
B1 A1
B1
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD5121
B1 Two-wire type
A1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT0 OUT1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT2 OUT3
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT4 OUT5
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT6 OUT7
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
OUT8 OUT9
OUT10 OUT11
IOV
IOV
IOG
OUT12 OUT13
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
B8 A8
A-1 Data Sheet
IOG
I/O Power Supply I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit Connection Unit
Three-wire typ
OUT14 OUT15
B8
Protective function
A8
B8
A
Not supported.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 59
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5256
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (16 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
15 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the NX bus
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
40 mA max.
1.10 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.70 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
Short-circuit protection
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
OUT0 to OUT15 Terminal block
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 60
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Additional I/O
Power Supply Unit
I/O Power Supply I/O Power Supply
Connection Unit Connection Unit
A1
A1
B1
IOV
IOG
24 VDC
IOV
IOG
IOV
IOG
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B8
A8
B1 A1
B1
B1 Two-wire type
A1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT0 OUT1
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT2
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT4 OUT5
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
OUT6 OUT7
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
IOG
OUT8 OUT9
OUT10 OUT11
IOV
IOV
IOG
OUT12 OUT13
IOV
IOV
IOG
IOG
IOG
B8 A8
OUT3
A-1 Data Sheet
IOG
IOV
Transistor Output
Unit
NX-OD5256
Three-wire type
OUT14 OUT15
B8
A8
Protective function
B8
A
With load short-circuit protection.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 61
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (M3 Screw Terminal Block, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5121-1
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
M3 screw terminal block (18 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 5 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from the external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.90 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.60 W max.
Weight
125 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
+V
OUT0 to OUT15
Terminal block
COM
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 62
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Terminal
A
B
A0
B0
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
Signal name
OUT1
OUT3
OUT5
OUT7
OUT9
OUT11
OUT13
OUT15
+V
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
A-1 Data Sheet
Signal name
OUT0
L
OUT2
L
OUT4
L
OUT6
L
OUT8
L
OUT10
L
OUT12
L
OUT14
L
COM
A
12 to 24 VDC
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
• The terminal number in the terminal connection diagram is the specifications
for this manual. They are not printed on the Units.
Not supported.
A - 63
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5256-1
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
M3 screw terminal block (18 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 5 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.95 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.65 W max.
Weight
125 g max.
Circuit layout
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
COM (+V)
Terminal
block
OUT0 to OUT15
0V
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 64
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Terminal
A
B
A0
B0
A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
Signal name
OUT1
L
OUT3
L
OUT5
L
OUT7
L
OUT9
L
OUT11
L
OUT13
L
OUT15
L
COM (+V)
24 VDC
A-1 Data Sheet
Signal name
OUT0
L
OUT2
L
OUT4
L
OUT6
L
OUT8
L
OUT10
L
OUT12
L
OUT14
L
0V
A
• The terminal number in the terminal connection diagram is the specifications
for this manual. They are not printed on the Units.
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
With load short-circuit protection.
A - 65
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5121-5
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (20 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
0.95 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.60 W max.
Weight
80 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
+V
+V
OUT0 to OUT15
Connector
COM
COM
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 66
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
12 to
24 VDC
A-1 Data Sheet
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
+V 1
2 +V
COM 3
4 COM
OUT15 5
6 OUT07
OUT14 7
8 OUT06
OUT13 9
10 OUT05
OUT12 11
12 OUT04
OUT11 13
14 OUT03
OUT10 15
16 OUT02
OUT09 17
18 OUT01
OUT08 19
20 OUT00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
A
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM).
• Be sure to wire both pins 1 and 2 (+V).
Not supported.
A - 67
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD5256-5
Number of points
16 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (20 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supplied from external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
40 mA max.
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.70 W max.
Weight
85 g max.
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
COM (+V)
COM (+V)
Connector
OUT0 to OUT15
0V
0V
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 68
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
24 VDC
Connector
pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal
name
COM (+V)
0V
OUT07
OUT06
OUT05
OUT04
OUT03
OUT02
OUT01
OUT00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
• Be sure to wire both pins 1 and 2 (COM (+V)).
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (0V).
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Protective function
A
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
A-1 Data Sheet
Signal
name
COM (+V)
0V
OUT15
OUT14
OUT13
OUT12
OUT11
OUT10
OUT09
OUT08
With load short-circuit protection.
A - 69
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD6121-5
Number of points
32 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (40 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/common, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
50 mA max.
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.80 W max.
Weight
90 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
+V0
+V0
OUT0
to OUT15
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
COM0
COM0
+V1
+V1
OUT16
to OUT31
COM1
COM1
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
Connector
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 70
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
12 to
24 V
DC
Signal
name
+V1
COM1
OUT23
OUT22
OUT21
OUT20
OUT19
OUT18
OUT17
OUT16
+V0
COM0
OUT07
OUT06
OUT05
OUT04
OUT03
OUT02
OUT01
OUT00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
A
• Be sure to wire both pins 21
and 22 (+V0).
• Be sure to wire both pins 23
and 24 (COM0).
• Be sure to wire both pins 1
and 2 (+V1).
• Be sure to wire both pins 3
and 4 (COM1).
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Connector
pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
37 38
39 40
A-1 Data Sheet
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Signal
name
+V1
COM1
OUT31
OUT30
OUT29
OUT28
OUT27
OUT26
OUT25
OUT24
+V0
COM0
OUT15
OUT14
OUT13
OUT12
OUT11
OUT10
OUT09
OUT08
12 to 24 VDC
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 71
Appendices
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD6256-5
Number of points
32 points
External connection
terminals
MIL connector (40 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/common, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
80 mA max.
1.30 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
1.00 W max.
Weight
95 g max.
Short-circuit
protection
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector
I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
COM0 (+V)
COM0 (+V)
OUT0
to OUT15
0V0
0V0
Connector
COM1 (+V)
COM1 (+V)
OUT16
to OUT31
0V1
0V1
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 72
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
24 VDC
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
24 VDC
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Protective function
• Be sure to wire both pins 21
and 22 (COM0 (+V)).
• Be sure to wire both pins 1
and 2 (COM1 (+V)).
• Be sure to wire both pins 23
and 24 (0V0).
• Be sure to wire both pins 3
and 4 (0V1).
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Signal
name
COM1 (+V)
0V1
OUT23
OUT22
OUT21
OUT20
OUT19
OUT18
OUT17
OUT16
COM0 (+V)
0V0
OUT07
OUT06
OUT05
OUT04
OUT03
OUT02
OUT01
OUT00
A-1 Data Sheet
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Signal Connector
name
pin
COM1 (+V) 1
2
0V1 3
4
OUT31 5
6
OUT30 7
8
OUT29 9 10
OUT28 11 12
OUT27 13 14
OUT26 15 16
OUT25 17 18
OUT24 19 20
COM0 (+V) 21 22
0V0 23 24
OUT15 25 26
OUT14 27 28
OUT13 29 30
OUT12 31 32
OUT11 33 34
OUT10 35 36
OUT09 37 38
OUT08 39 40
With load short-circuit protection.
A - 73
Appendices
Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-OD6121-6
Number of points
32 points
External connection
terminals
Fujitsu connector (40 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Internal I/O common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating load voltage
range
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Maximum value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/common, 4 A/Unit
Maximum inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
ON/OFF response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
50 mA max.
1.10 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.80 W max.
Weight
90 g max.
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
+V0
+V0
OUT0
to OUT15
I/O power
NX bus
supply +
connector I/O power
(left)
supply −
Installation orientation and restrictions
COM0
COM0
+V1
+V1
OUT16
to OUT31
COM1
COM1
I/O power
supply +
I/O power
supply −
Connector
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 74
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
12 to 24 VDC
A
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
12 to 24 VDC
A-1 Data Sheet
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Signal Connector Signal
pin
name
name
OUT0 A1 B1 OUT16
OUT1 A2 B2 OUT17
OUT2 A3 B3 OUT18
OUT3 A4 B4 OUT19
OUT4 A5 B5 OUT20
OUT5 A6 B6 OUT21
OUT6 A7 B7 OUT22
OUT7 A8 B8 OUT23
COM0 A9 B9 COM1
+V0 A10 B10 +V1
OUT8 A11 B11 OUT24
OUT9 A12 B12 OUT25
OUT10 A13 B13 OUT26
OUT11 A14 B14 OUT27
OUT12 A15 B15 OUT28
OUT13 A16 B16 OUT29
OUT14 A17 B17 OUT30
OUT15 A18 B18 OUT31
COM0 A19 B19 COM1
+V0 A20 B20 +V1
• Be sure to wire both pins A9 and A19 (COM0).
• Be sure to wire both pins B9 and B19 (COM1).
• Be sure to wire both pins A10 and A20 (+V0).
• Be sure to wire both pins B10 and B20 (+V1).
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 75
Appendices
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 12 mm
Width)
Unit name
Relay Output Unit
Model
NX-OC2633
Number of points
2 points, independent contacts
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Relay type
N.O. contact
Maximum switching
capacity
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1), 250 VAC/2 A
(cosΦ = 0.4), 24 VDC/2 A,
4 A/Unit
Relay service life
Electrical: 100,000 operations *1
Minimum switching
capacity
5 VDC, 1 mA
ON/OFF response time
15 ms max./15 ms max.
Mechanical: 20,000,000 operations
Dimensions
12 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Relay isolation
Insulation resistance
Between A1/B1 terminals and A3/B3 terminals: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Dielectric strength
Between A1/B1 terminals and A3/B3 terminals: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at
500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 2300 VAC for 1
min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and internal
circuits: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and internal
circuits: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a leakage
current of 5 mA max.
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at 100
VDC)
Vibration resistance
Conforms to IEC 60068-2-6.
5 to 8.4 Hz with amplitude of 3.5 mm, 8.4
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 510 VAC for 1 min
at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Shock resistance
100 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
to 150 Hz, acceleration of 9.8 m/s2
100 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
(10 sweeps of 10 min each = 100 min
total)
I/O power supply
method
Supplied from external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
1.20 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.80 W max.
Weight
A - 76
65 g max.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Circuit layout
Internal circuits
0 to 1
Terminal block
A-1 Data Sheet
C0 to C1
Internal power
supply
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
Installation orientation and restrictions
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
You cannot replace the relay.
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
Terminal connection
diagram
A1
Relay Output
Unit
NX-OC2633
Load
0
C0
Load
1
C1
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
B1
B8
Protective function
Not supported.
*1. Electrical service life will vary depending on the current value. Refer to Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units on page 7-20
for details.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A
A - 77
Appendices
Unit name
Relay Output Unit
Model
NX-OC2733
Number of points
2 points, independent contacts
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Relay type
N.O. + N.C. contact
Maximum switching
capacity
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1),
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 0.4),
24 VDC/2 A,
4 A/Unit
Relay service life
Electrical: 100,000 operations*1
Minimum switching
capacity
5 VDC, 10 mA
ON/OFF response time
15 ms max./15 ms max.
Isolation method
Relay isolation
Mechanical: 20,000,000 operations
Dimensions
12 (W) ×100 (H) ×71 (D)
Insulation resistance
Between A1/3, B1/3 terminals and A5/7, Dielectric strength
B5/7 terminals: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at
500 VDC)
Between A1/3, B1/3 terminals and A5/7,
B5/7 terminals: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a
leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 2300 VAC for
1 min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and internal circuits: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and internal circuits: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at
100 VDC)
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 510 VAC for 1 min
at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 Hz with amplitude of 0.5 mm
Shock resistance
50 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z
directions
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
1.30 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
0.95 W max.
Weight
70 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
NO0 to NO1
C0 to C1
NC0 to NC1
Terminal block
Internal power
supply
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
NO0 and NO1 are normally open contacts, and NC0 and NC1 are normally close contacts.
You cannot replace the relay.
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: No restrictions
A - 78
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
A1
Load
Relay Output
Unit
NX-OC2733
NC0
C0
C0
NO1
NC1
C1
C1
A8
B1
Load
A-1 Data Sheet
NO0
B8
A
Not supported.
Protective function
Not supported.
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
*1. Electrical service life will vary depending on the current value. Refer to Relay Service Life on page 7-20 for details.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 79
Appendices
Relay Output Units (Screwless Clamping Terminal Block, 24 mm
Width)
Unit name
Relay Output Unit
Model
NX-OC4633
Number of points
8 points, independent contacts
External connection
terminals
Screwless clamping terminal block (8 terminals × 2)
I/O refreshing method
Free-Run refreshing
Indicators
TS indicator, output indicator
Relay type
N.O. contact
Maximum switching
capacity
250 VAC/2 A (cosΦ = 1), 250 VAC/2 A
(cosΦ = 0.4), 24 VDC/2 A,
8 A/Unit
Relay service life
Electrical: 100,000 operations *1
Minimum switching
capacity
5 VDC, 1 mA
ON/OFF response time
15 ms max./15 ms max.
Mechanical: 20,000,000 operations
Dimensions
24 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Relay isolation
Insulation resistance
Between output bits: 20 MΩ min. (at 500
VDC)
Dielectric strength
Between output bits: 2300 VAC for 1 min at
a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at
500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and the
functional ground terminal: 2300 VAC for 1
min at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Between the external terminals and internal
circuits: 20 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC)
Between the external terminals and internal
circuits: 2300 VAC for 1 min at a leakage
current of 5 mA max.
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 20 MΩ min. (at 100
VDC)
Vibration resistance
Conforms to IEC 60068-2-6.
5 to 8.4 Hz with amplitude of 3.5 mm, 8.4
Between the internal circuit and the functional ground terminal: 510 VAC for 1 min
at a leakage current of 5 mA max.
Shock resistance
100 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
to 150 Hz, acceleration of 9.8 m/s2
100 min each in X, Y, and Z directions
(10 sweeps of 10 min each = 100 min
total)
I/O power supply
method
Supplied from external source.
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
No consumption
2.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
1.65 W max.
Weight
140 g max.
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
0 to 7
Terminal block
C0 to C7
Internal power
supply
NX bus
connector
(left)
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply +
I/O power supply −
I/O power supply −
NX bus
connector
(right)
You cannot replace the relay.
A - 80
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation orientation and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
A-1 Data Sheet
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Output current/Unit Ambient temperature characteristics
10
(8A, 45°C)
A
8
6
(4A, 55°C)
4
A-1-3 Digital Output Units
Output current/Unit
(A)
12
2
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
Terminal connection
diagram
Relay Output Unit NX-OC4633
A1
B1 C1
D1
Load
0
C0
4
C4
Load
1
C1
5
C5
2
C2
6
C6
3
C3
7
C7
A8
B8 C8
D8
*1. Electrical service life will vary depending on the current value. Refer to Precautions when Using the Relay Output Units on page 7-20
for details.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 81
Appendices
A-1-4
Digital Mixed I/O Units
Description of Items on the Data Sheet of the DC Input/Transistor
Output Units
Item
The name of the Unit.
Model
The model of the Unit.
Number of points
The number of input and output points provided by the Unit.
External connection terminals
The type of terminal block and connector that is used for connecting the Unit.
I/O refreshing method
The I/O refreshing methods that are used by the Unit. Free-Run refreshing and synchronous I/O refreshing are available.
Output section (CN1)
Internal I/O common
The polarity of the output devices that are connected to the Unit. NPN connection
and PNP connection are available.
Rated voltage
The rated output voltage of the Unit.
Operating load voltage range
The output load voltage range of the Unit.
Maximum value of
load current
The maximum output load current of the Unit. The specifications for each output
point and for the Unit are described.
Maximum inrush current
The maximum allowable inrush current of the Unit. Any inrush current from an external connection load must be kept to or below this value.
Leakage current
The leakage current when the output of the Unit is OFF.
Residual voltage
The residual voltage when the output of the Unit is ON.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which data in the internal circuit is reflected in the state of output
elements of the Unit. It is described according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Internal I/O common
The polarity of the input devices that are connected to the Unit. NPN connection and
PNP connection are available.
Rated input voltage
The rated input voltage and range of the Unit.
Input current
The input current at the rated voltage of the Unit.
ON voltage/ON current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns ON, and corresponding input current.
OFF voltage/OFF current
The input voltage in which the Unit input turns OFF, and corresponding input current.
ON/OFF response
time
The delay time for which the status change of the input terminals reaches the internal circuit of the Unit. The input filter time below is not included. It is described
according to the ON/OFF sequence.
Input filter time
The filter time when the status of the internal circuit is read as the data to the internal
of the Unit. It is same for both ON/OFF. The filter time to be set by the Support Software is described.
Input section (CN2)
A - 82
Description
Unit name
Indicators
The type of indicators on the Unit and the layout of those indicators.
Dimensions
The dimensions of the Unit. They are described as W x H x D. The unit is "mm".
Isolation method
The isolation method of the I/O circuits and internal circuit of the Unit.
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between the I/O circuits and internal circuit of the Unit.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength between the I/O circuits and internal circuit of the Unit.
I/O power supply method
The method for supplying I/O power to the Unit. The supply method is determined
for each Unit. The power is supplied from the NX bus or the external source.
Current capacity of I/O power supply
terminal
The current capacity of the I/O power supply terminals (IOV/IOG) of the Unit. Do not
exceed this value when supplying the I/O power to the connected external devices.
NX Unit power consumption
The power consumption of the NX Unit power supply of the Unit. The power consumption when NX Units are connected to a CPU Unit and the power consumption
when NX Units are connected to a Communications Coupler Unit.
Current consumption from I/O power
supply
The current consumption from I/O power supply of the Unit. The load current of any
external connection load, input current, and current consumption of any connected
external devices are not included.
Weight
The weight of the Unit.
Circuit layout
The circuit layout of the I/O circuits of the Unit.
Installation orientation and restrictions
The installation orientation of a CPU Unit containing the Unit and the installation orientation of a Slave Terminal containing the Unit. Any restrictions to specifications
that result from the installation orientation are also given.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Item
Description
A diagram of the connection between the Unit and connected external devices.
When an I/O Power Supply Connection Unit or a Shield Connection Unit is required
to be connected to the connected external devices, the description for such is
included.
Disconnection/Short-circuit detection
The function of the Unit to detect a disconnection/short-circuit.
Protective function
The protective function that the Unit has.
A-1 Data Sheet
Terminal connection diagram
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 83
Appendices
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (MIL Connector, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-MD6121-5
Number of points
16 inputs/16 outputs
External connection
terminals
2 MIL connectors (20 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Output
section
(CN1)
Internal I/O
common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating
load voltage
range
Internal I/O
common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Input current
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)
Maximum
value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
Maximum
inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
ON/OFF
response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
Input filter
time
ON/OFF
response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default),
2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms,
128 ms, 256 ms
Indicators
TS indicator, I/O indicators
Input
section
(CN2)
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA
max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications
Coupler Unit
0.70 W max.
A - 84
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
Weight
105 g max.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
CN1 (left) output circuit
+V0
+V0
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
A-1 Data Sheet
OUT0
to OUT15
Connector
COM0
COM0
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
I/O power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
CN2 (right) input circuit
Connector
IN0
to
IN15
COM1
COM1
I/O
power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3.3 kΩ
Internal circuits
Input indicator
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
A - 85
Appendices
Installation orientation
and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 35°C
16
16 points at 45°C
13 points at 55°C
12
9 points at 55°C
8
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
4
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
A - 86
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 40°C
16 points at 25°C
16
12
8
4
0
0
I/O power supply
voltage
24 V
5 points at 55°C
28.8 V
3 points at 55°C
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
A-1 Data Sheet
CN1 (left) output terminal
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
OUT8
OUT0
20
19
L
OUT1 18 17 OUT9
L
OUT2 16 15 OUT10
L
OUT3 14 13 OUT11
L
OUT4 12 11 OUT12
L
OUT5 10 9 OUT13
L
OUT6 8 7 OUT14
L
OUT7 6 5 OUT15
L
COM0 4 3 COM0
+V0 2 1 +V0
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
12 to 24 VDC
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM0) of CN1.
• Be sure to wire both pins 1 and 2 (+V0) of CN1.
CN2 (right) input terminal
24 VDC
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
NC 1 2 NC
COM1 3 4 COM1
IN15 5 6 IN07
IN14 7 8 IN06
IN13 9 10 IN05
IN12 11 12 IN04
IN11 13 14 IN03
IN10 15 16 IN02
IN09 17 18 IN01
IN08 19 20 IN00
• The polarity of the input power supply of CN2 can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM1) of CN2, and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 87
Appendices
Unit name
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-MD6256-5
Number of points
16 inputs/16 outputs
External connection
terminals
2 MIL connectors (20 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Output
section
(CN1)
Internal I/O
common
PNP
Rated voltage
24 VDC
Operating
load voltage
range
Internal I/O
common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Input current
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)
Maximum
value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
Maximum
inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
ON/OFF
response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
Input filter
time
ON/OFF
response time
0.5 ms max./1.0 ms max.
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default),
2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms,
128 ms, 256 ms
Indicators
TS indicator, I/O indicators
Input
section
(CN2)
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA
max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
1.10 W max.
• Connected to a Communications
Coupler Unit
0.75 W max.
A - 88
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
40 mA max.
Weight
110 g max.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Circuit layout
Short-circuit
protection
COM0 (+V)
COM0 (+V)
A-1 Data Sheet
Internal circuits
CN1 (left) output circuit
Connector
OUT0
to OUT15
0V0
0V0
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
I/O power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
CN2 (right) input circuit
Connector
IN0
to
IN15
COM1
COM1
I/O
power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3.3 kΩ
Internal circuits
Input indicator
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
A - 89
Appendices
Installation orientation
and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 35°C
16
16 points at 45°C
13 points at 55°C
12
9 points at 55°C
8
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
4
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
A - 90
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 40°C
16 points at 25°C
16
12
8
4
0
0
I/O power supply
voltage
24 V
5 points at 55°C
28.8 V
3 points at 55°C
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
A-1 Data Sheet
CN1 (left) output terminal
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
OUT0 20 19 OUT8
L
OUT1 18 17 OUT9
L
OUT2 16 15 OUT10
L
OUT3 14 13 OUT11
L
OUT4 12 11 OUT12
L
OUT5 10 9 OUT13
L
OUT6 8 7 OUT14
L
OUT7 6 5 OUT15
L
COM0 (+V) 4 3 COM0 (+V)
0V0 2 1 0V0
A
24 VDC
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM0 (+V)) of CN1.
• Be sure to wire both pins 1 and 2 (0V0) of CN1.
CN2 (right) input terminal
24
VDC
Signal Connector Signal
name
pin
name
NC 1 2
NC
COM1 3 4
COM1
IN15 5 6
IN07
IN14 7 8
IN06
IN13 9 10 IN05
IN12 11 12 IN04
IN11 13 14 IN03
IN10 15 16 IN02
IN09 17 18 IN01
IN08 19 20 IN00
• The polarity of the input power supply of CN2 can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins 3 and 4 (COM1) of CN2, and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
With load short-circuit protection.
A - 91
Appendices
DC Input/Transistor Output Units (Fujitsu Connector, 30 mm Width)
Unit name
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit
Model
NX-MD6121-6
Number of points
16 inputs/16 outputs
External connection
terminals
2 Fujitsu connectors (24 terminals)
I/O refreshing method
Switching Synchronous I/O refreshing and Free-Run refreshing
Output
section
(CN1)
Internal I/O
common
NPN
Rated voltage
12 to 24 VDC
Operating
load voltage
range
Internal I/O
common
For both NPN/PNP
Rated input
voltage
24 VDC (15 to 28.8 VDC)
10.2 to 28.8 VDC
Input current
7 mA typical (at 24 VDC)
Maximum
value of load
current
0.5 A/point, 2 A/Unit
ON voltage/ON current
15 VDC min./3 mA min. (between COM
and each signal)
Maximum
inrush current
4.0 A/point, 10 ms max.
OFF voltage/OFF current
5 VDC max./1 mA max. (between COM
and each signal)
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
ON/OFF
response time
20 μs max./400 μs max.
Residual voltage
1.5 V max.
Input filter
time
ON/OFF
response time
0.1 ms max./0.8 ms max.
No filter, 0.25 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms (default),
2 ms, 4 ms, 8 ms, 16 ms, 32 ms, 64 ms,
128 ms, 256 ms
Indicators
TS indicator, I/O indicators
Input
section
(CN2)
Dimensions
30 (W) x 100 (H) x 71 (D)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. between isolated circuits (at
100 VDC)
Dielectric strength
510 VAC between isolated circuits for 1
minute at a leakage current of 5 mA
max.
I/O power supply
method
Supply from external source
Current capacity of I/O
power supply terminal
Without I/O power supply terminals
NX Unit power consumption
• Connected to a CPU Unit
1.00 W max.
• Connected to a Communications
Coupler Unit
0.70 W max.
A - 92
Current consumption
from I/O power supply
30 mA max.
Weight
95 g max.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
CN1 (left) output circuit
+V0
+V0
Internal circuits
Circuit layout
A-1 Data Sheet
OUT0
to OUT15
Connector
COM0
COM0
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
I/O power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
CN2 (right) input circuit
IN0
to
IN15
Connector
COM1
COM1
I/O
power
NX bus
connector supply +
I/O power
(left)
supply −
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
3.3 kΩ
Internal circuits
Input indicator
I/O power
supply + NX bus
connector
I/O power (right)
supply −
A - 93
Appendices
Installation orientation
and restrictions
Installation orientation:
• Connected to a CPU Unit
Possible in upright installation.
• Connected to a Communications Coupler Unit
Possible in 6 orientations.
Restrictions: As shown in the following.
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For upright installation
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 35°C
16
16 points at 45°C
13 points at 55°C
12
9 points at 55°C
8
I/O power supply voltage
24 V
4
28.8 V
0
0
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
(°C)
Ambient temperature
Number of simultaneously ON input points
• For any installation other than upright
A - 94
Number of simultaneously ON input points vs.
Ambient temperature characteristic
16 points at 40°C
16 points at 25°C
16
12
8
4
0
0
I/O power supply
voltage
24 V
5 points at 55°C
28.8 V
3 points at 55°C
10
20
30
40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature
(°C)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Terminal connection
diagram
A-1 Data Sheet
CN1 (left) output terminal
Signal name Connector
Signal name
pin
B
A
NC B12 A12 NC
NC B11 A11 NC
+V0 B10 A10 +V0
COM0 B9 A9 COM0
OUT15
B8 A8 OUT7
L
L
OUT14
B7 A7 OUT6
L
L
L OUT13 B6 A6 OUT5
L
L OUT12 B5 A5 OUT4
L
L OUT11 B4 A4 OUT3
L
L OUT10 B3 A3 OUT2
L
OUT9 B2 A2 OUT1
L
L
OUT8 B1 A1 OUT0
L
L
A
A-1-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
12 to 24 VDC
• Be sure to wire both pins A9 and B9 (COM0) of CN1.
• Be sure to wire both pins A10 and B10 (+V0) of CN1.
CN2 (right) input terminal
Signal name Connector Signal name
pin
A
B
IN0 A1 B1 IN8
IN1 A2 B2 IN9
IN2 A3 B3 IN10
IN3 A4 B4 IN11
IN4 A5 B5 IN12
IN5 A6 B6 IN13
IN6 A7 B7 IN14
IN7 A8 B8 IN15
COM1 A9 B9 COM1
NC A10 B10 NC
NC A11 B11 NC
NC A12 B12 NC
24 VDC
• The polarity of the input power supply of CN2 can be connected in either direction.
• Be sure to wire both pins A9 and B9 (COM1) of CN2, and set the same polarity for both pins.
Disconnection/Short-circuit
detection
Not supported.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Protective function
Not supported.
A - 95
Appendices
A-2 Dimensions
A-2-1
Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type
12 mm Width
0.55*1
1.5
100
104.5
1.5
14.1
12.0
65.2
71
80.1
(Unit: mm)
*1. The dimension is 1.35 mm for Units with lot numbers through December 2014.
24 mm Width
0.55
D
C
D
1.5
100
C
104.5
1.5
26.1
24.0
65.2
71
80.1
A - 96
(Unit: mm)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Installation Height
100
A-2 Dimensions
71
A
A-2-1 Screwless Clamping Terminal Block Type
(Unit: mm)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 97
Appendices
A-2-2
M3 Screw Terminal Block Type
30 mm Width
100
104.5
1.5
16.1
30
32.1
A - 98
1.5
65.2
71
95
(Unit: mm)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-2-3
Connector Types
A-2 Dimensions
30 mm Width
z Units with MIL Connectors (1 Connector with 20 Terminals)
1.5
16.1
A
27.85
58.3
100
104.5
A-2-3 Connector Types
65.2
1.5
19.1
30
71
89.52
32.1
(Unit: mm)
z Units with MIL Connectors (1 Connector with 40 Terminals)
19.1
30
32.1
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
1.5
104.5
83.7
38
100
1.5
16.1
65.2
71
89.52
(Unit: mm)
A - 99
Appendices
z Units with MIL Connectors (2 Connectors with 20 Terminals)
27.85
58.3
100
104.5
1.5
16.1
1.5
8.9
19.1
30
65.2
71
32.1
89.52
(Unit: mm)
z Units with Fujitsu Connectors (1 Connector with 40 Terminals)
38
100
104.5
1.5
16.1
1.5
19.4
65.2
30
71
32.1
72.5
(118.5)
(Unit:mm)
A - 100
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
z Units with Fujitsu Connectors (2 Connectors with 24 Terminals)
A-2 Dimensions
100
104.5
1.5
16.1
65.2
8.6
1.5
A-2-3 Connector Types
27.85
A
71
19.4
72.5
30
32.1
(118.5)
(Unit: mm)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 101
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Units and I/O Relay
Terminals
A-3-1
Patterns for Combining Connector-Terminal Block Conversion
Units and I/O Relay Terminals
The following patterns can be used to connect Digital I/O Units with connectors to OMRON Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals using OMRON Connecting Cables.
Connection Patterns for Connector-Terminal Block Conversion
Units
Pattern
Number of
connectors
Configuration
Branching
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
A
None
20 or 40 terminals
1
B
Connecting Cable with two branches
Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
20 terminals
2 branches
20 terminals
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
C
20 terminals
A - 102
2
None
20 terminals
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Connection Patterns for I/O Relay Terminals
Pattern
Configuration
Connecting Cable
I/O Relay Terminal
A
A
I/O Relay Terminal
A-3-1 Patterns for Combining Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
E
I/O Relay Terminal
Connecting Cable
Connecting Cable
F
I/O Relay Terminal
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 103
Appendices
A-3-2
Combinations of Connections
Combinations of OMRON Connecting Cables with Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units and I/O
Relay Terminals are shown below.
Connections to Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units
Unit
NX-ID5142-5
NX-ID6142-5
I/O
capacity
16
inputs
32
inputs
Number of
connectors
1 MIL
connector
1 MIL
connector
Polarity
NPN/P
NP
NPN/P
NP
Connection
pattern
Num
ber
of
bran
ches
A
None
XW2Z-X
A
None
XW2Z-X
A
None
A
None
Common
terminal
Connection
diagram
XW2B-20G4
None
---
XW2B-20G5
None
---
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-110
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-110
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G4
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G5
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2D-40G6
None
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2D-40G6-RM*1
None
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2R-J40G-T
None
P. A-111
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G4 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G5 (2 Units)
None
---
Yes
---
XW2C-20G5-IN16 (2
P. A-111
B
2
XW2Z-N
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2
Units)
Yes
P. A-112
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2D-20G6 (2 Units)
None
---
Yes
---
Yes
---
Yes
---
None
P. A-112
B
2
XW2Z-N
B
2
XW2Z-N
B
2
XW2Z-N
B
2
XW2Z-N
Units) *2
XW2E-20G5-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2F-20G7-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2N-20G8-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
*1. Bleeder resistor (5.6 kΩ) is built in.
*2. The inputs are NPN. For PNP inputs, reverse the polarity of the external power supply connections to the power supply
terminals on the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 104
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
1 Fujitsu
connector
Polarity
NPN/P
NP
Connection
pattern
Num
ber
of
bran
ches
A
None
XW2Z-B
A
None
XW2Z-B
A
None
A
Common
terminal
Connection
diagram
XW2B-40G4
None
---
XW2B-40G5
None
---
XW2Z-B
XW2D-40G6
None
None
XW2Z-B
XW2D-40G6-RF*1
None
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
P. A-113
A
None
XW2Z-B
XW2R-J40G-T
None
P. A-113
A
None
XW2Z-BU
XW2D-40C6
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-D
XW2B-20G4 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-D
XW2B-20G5 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-D
Yes
---
B
2
XW2Z-D
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2
Units)
Yes
P. A-114
B
2
XW2Z-D
XW2D-20G6 (2 Units)
None
---
Yes
---
Yes
---
Yes
---
None
P. A-114
B
2
XW2Z-D
B
2
XW2Z-D
B
2
XW2Z-D
B
2
XW2Z-D
XW2C-20G5-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2E-20G5-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2F-20G7-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2N-20G8-IN16 (2
Units) *2
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
*1. Bleeder resistor (5.6 kΩ) is built in.
*2. The inputs are NPN. For PNP inputs, reverse the polarity of the external power supply connections to the power supply
terminals on the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 105
A
A-3-2 Combinations of Connections
NX-ID6142-6
32
inputs
Number of
connectors
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Unit
I/O
capacity
Appendices
Unit
NX-OD5121-5
NX-OD5256-5
NX-OD6121-5
I/O
capacity
16 outputs
16 outputs
32 outputs
Number of
connectors
1 MIL
connector
1 MIL
connector
1 MIL
connector
Polarity
NPN
PNP
NPN
Connection
pattern
Num
ber
of
bran
ches
A
None
XW2Z-X
A
None
XW2Z-X
A
None
A
A
Common
terminal
Connection
diagram
XW2B-20G4
None
---
XW2B-20G5
None
---
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-115
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-115
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G4
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G5
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-116
A
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-116
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G4
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G5
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2D-40G6
None
P. A-117
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2R-J40G-T
None
P. A-117
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G4 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G5 (2 Units)
None
---
Yes
P. A-118
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2
Units)
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2D-20G6 (2 Units)
None
---
XW2Z-N
XW2F-20G7-OUT16 (2
Units)
Yes
---
B
NX-OD6121-6
32 outputs
1 Fujitsu
connector
NPN
NX-OD6256-5
A - 106
1 MIL
connector
PNP
2
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
None
P. A-118
A
None
XW2Z-B
XW2B-40G4
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-B
XW2B-40G5
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-B
XW2D-40G6
None
P. A-119
A
None
XW2Z-B
XW2R-J40G-T
None
P. A-119
A
None
XW2Z-BU
XW2D-40C6
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-L
XW2B-20G4 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-L
XW2B-20G5 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-L
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2
Units)
Yes
P. A-120
B
2
XW2Z-L
XW2D-20G6 (2 Units)
None
---
XW2Z-L
XW2F-20G7-OUT16 (2
Units)
Yes
---
B
32 outputs
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
2
B
2
XW2Z-L
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
None
P. A-120
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G4
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2B-40G5
None
---
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2D-40G6
None
P. A-121
A
None
XW2Z-K
XW2R-J40G-T
None
P. A-121
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G4 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2B-20G5 (2 Units)
None
---
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2
Units)
Yes
P. A-122
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2D-20G6 (2 Units)
None
---
Yes
---
None
P. A-122
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2F-20G7-OUT16 (2
Units)
B
2
XW2Z-N
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
16
inputs
Number of
connectors
Polarity
1 MIL
connector
NPN/P
NP
NX-MD6121-5
16 outputs
1 Fujitsu
connector
NPN
NPN/P
NP
NX-MD6121-6
16 outputs
16
inputs
1 Fujitsu
connector
1 MIL
connector
NPN
NPN/P
NP
NX-MD6256-5
16 outputs
1 MIL
connector
PNP
Num
ber
of
bran
ches
Connecting Cable
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Common
terminal
Connection
diagram
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G4
None
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G5
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-123
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-123
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G4
None
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G5
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-123
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-123
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2B-20G4
None
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2B-20G5
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2C-20G5-IN16 *1
Yes
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2C-20G6-IO16
Yes
P. A-124
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-124
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2E-20G5-IN16 *1
Yes
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2F-20G7-IN16
*1
Yes
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2N-20G8-IN16 *1
Yes
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-125
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2B-20G4
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2B-20G5
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2C-20G6-IO16
Yes
P. A-124
None
P. A-124
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2D-20G6
C
None
XW2Z-A
XW2F-20G7-OUT16
C
None
XW2Z-A
C
None
C
C
Yes
---
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-125
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G4
None
---
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G5
None
---
None
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-126
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-126
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G4
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2B-20G5
None
---
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2D-20G6
None
P. A-126
C
None
XW2Z-X
XW2R-J20G-T
None
P. A-126
*1. The inputs are NPN. For PNP inputs, reverse the polarity of the external power supply connections to the power supply
terminals on the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 107
A
A-3-2 Combinations of Connections
16
inputs
1 MIL
connector
Connection
pattern
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Unit
I/O
capacity
Appendices
Connections to I/O Relay Terminals
Unit
NX-ID5142-5
I/O
capacity
Number of
connectors
Polarity
16 inputs
1 MIL connector
NPN
NX-ID6142-5
32 inputs
1 MIL connector
NPN
NX-ID6142-6
32 inputs
1 Fujitsu
connector
NPN
NX-OD5121-5
NX-OD5256-5
NX-OD6121-5
NX-OD6121-6
NX-OD6256-5
16 outputs
16 outputs
32 outputs
32 outputs
32 outputs
1 MIL connector
1 MIL connector
1 MIL connector
1 Fujitsu
connector
1 MIL connector
NPN
PNP
NPN
NPN
PNP
Connection pattern
Connecting Cable
I/O Relay Terminal
Connection
diagram
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-IA16
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G7TC-ID16
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G7TC-IA16
A
2
XW2Z-RIC-
G7TC-ID16
A
2
XW2Z-RIC-
G7TC-IA16
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-OC08
P. A-131
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-SOC08
P. A-129
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70R-SOC08
P. A-130
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-OC16
P. A-131
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-SOC16
P. A-129
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-VSOC16
P. A-128
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-FOM16
---
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-VFOM16
---
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70A-ZOC16-3
---
F
None
XW2Z-RIC
G7TC-OC16-1
P. A-131
P. A-130
G7TC-ID16
P. A-127
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-SOC16-1
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-FOM16-1
---
F
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70A-ZOC16-4
---
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G7TC-OC16
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G7TC-OC08
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-SOC16
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-FOM16
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-VSOC16
P. A-128
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-VFOM16
--P. A-132
P. A-131
P. A-129
---
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70A-ZOC16-3 and
Relay
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70R-SOC08
P. A-130
P. A-129
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-SOC08
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G7TC-OC16
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G7TC-OC08
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70D-SOC16
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70D-FOM16
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70D-VSOC16
P. A-128
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70D-VFOM16
--P. A-132
P. A-131
P. A-129
---
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70A-ZOC16-3 and
Relay
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70R-SOC08
P. A-130
A
2
XW2Z-ROC-
G70D-SOC08
P. A-129
A
2
XW2Z-RI--D1
G7TC-OC16-1
P. A-131
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-SOC16-1
P. A-130
A
2
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70D-FOM16-1
---
XW2Z-RO--D1
G70A-ZOC16-4 and
Relay
---
A
A - 108
Number
of
branches
2
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-MD6121-5
I/O
capacity
Number of
connectors
Polarity
16 inputs
1 MIL connector
NPN
16 outputs
NX-MD6121-6
NX-MD6256-5
16 outputs
16 outputs
1 Fujitsu
connector
1 Fujitsu
connector
1 MIL connector
NPN
NPN
NPN
PNP
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Number
of
branches
Connecting Cable
I/O Relay Terminal
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-ID16
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-IA16
Connection
diagram
P. A-127
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-OC16
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-OC08
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-SOC16
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-FOM16
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-VSOC16
P. A-128
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-VFOM16
--P. A-132
P. A-131
P. A-129
---
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70A-ZOC16-3 and
Relay
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70R-SOC08
P. A-130
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G70D-SOC08
P. A-129
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G7TC-ID16
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G7TC-IA16
P. A-127
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G7TC-OC16
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G7TC-OC08
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70D-SOC16
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70D-FOM16
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70D-VSOC16
P. A-128
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70D-VFOM16
--P. A-132
P. A-131
P. A-129
---
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70A-ZOC16-3 and
Relay
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70R-SOC08
P. A-130
E
None
XW2Z-RC
G70D-SOC08
P. A-129
E
None
XW2Z-ROC
G7TC-OC16-1
P. A-131
E
None
XW2Z-RIC
G70D-SOC16-1
P. A-130
E
None
XW2Z-RIC
G70D-FOM16-1
---
E
None
XW2Z-RIC
G70A-ZOC16-4 and
Relay
---
A - 109
A
A-3-2 Combinations of Connections
16 inputs
1 MIL connector
Connection pattern
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Unit
Appendices
A-3-3
Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
The applicable terminals on the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit and external connection
diagrams are provided below for Digital I/O Unit connections to Connector-Terminal Block Conversion
Units.
In the connection diagrams here, 1 word consists of 16 points of the I/O terminals and the first word is
called Wd m.
Inputs
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-ID5142-5
Digital I/O
Unit
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2R-J20G-T
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
08
09
24
VDC
Connection
diagram
10
11
12
13
14
15
COM
B10
00
00
B10
B9
01
01
B9
B8
02
02
B8
B7
03
03
B7
B6
04
04
B6
B5
05
05
B5
06
06
07
07
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
COM
Connection
diagram
COM
A10
08
A9
09
A8
10
A7
11
A6
12
A5
13
A4
14
A3
15
B4
B3
B2
A2
NC
A1
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals are internally connected
inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
A - 110
24
VDC
A2
B1
NC
NX-ID5142-5
NC
COM
B1
A1
NC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals are internally connected
inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-ID6142-5
NX-ID6142-5
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-40G6
XW2D-40G6-RM
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2R-J40G-T
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-K
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-K
24 VDC
24 VDC
08
09
A17
12
A16
COM0
NC
08
09
10
11
12
02
B17
03
B16
04
B15
05
B14
06
B13
07
A14
A13
B12
03
Wd m
04
05
06
07
COM0
NC
B11
NC
00
B9
01
B8
02
B7
03
B6
04
B5
05
B4
06
B3
07
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
14
A4
NC
02
COM0
B10
A11
A3
B2
Connection
diagram
00
01
02
03
04
05
Wd (m+1)
COM1
06
07
COM1
NC
A2
B1
24 VDC
01
A12
A5
COM1
B18
A15
13
15
B19
01
00
NC
A1
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction provided that the same
polarity is used for the commons.
2. Both COM0 and COM1 have two pins each. They
are internally connected inside the Unit, but they
must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
24 VDC
B20
A20
B19
A19
B18
A18
B17
A17
B16
A16
B15
A15
B14
A14
B13
A13
B12
A12
B11
A11
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
08
09
A
10
11
Wd m
12
13
14
15
COM0
NC
08
09
10
11
12
13
Wd (m+1)
14
15
COM1
B1
A1
NC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction provided that the same
polarity is used for the commons.
2. Both COM0 and COM1 have two pins each. They
are internally connected inside the Unit, but they
must all be wired.
A - 111
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
11
15
00
A19
A18
14
B20
A20
10
13
Connection
diagram
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
Connecting
Cable
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
NX-ID6142-5
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2 Units)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
XW2Z-N
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-N
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
NC
−
−
A9
B9
+
COM
14
13
12
11
10
B8
+
14
B7
13
B6
12
B5
11
B4
10
B3
09
B2
08
B1
+
−
+
−
24
VDC
−
−
+
6
−
5
+
4
Connection
diagram
3-wire sensor with
PNP output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
Brown (Red)
Blue (Black)
+
2
−
1
COM
A8
07
A7
06
A6
05
A5
04
A4
03
A3
02
A2
01
A1
00
*1
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
2. The COM terminals are internally connected
inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
3-wire sensor
with NPN output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
Brown (Red)
Blue (Black)
−
3
A9
NC
+
+
7
A10
B9
15
9
8
B10
A10
B10
−
15
Connection
diagram
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-ID6142-5
*2
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
+
0
−
+
24 VDC
*1. PNP
*2. NPN
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
NPN.
terminal for
Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
PNP.
terminal for
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 112
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-ID6142-6
NX-ID6142-6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-40G6
XW2D-40G6-RF
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2R-J40G-T
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-B
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-B
Wd (m+1)
Wd m
NC
NC
COM0
15
14
12
11
10
Connection
diagram
09
08
COM0
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
Wd m
B20
NC
B20
B19
NC
NC
B19
B18
COM1
COM1
B18
B17
15
15
B17
B16
14
14
B16
B15
13
13
B15
B14
12
12
B14
B13
11
11
B13
B12
10
10
B12
B11
09
09
B11
B10
08
08
B10
B9
COM1
COM1
B9
B8
07
07
B8
B7
06
06
B7
B6
05
05
B6
B5
04
04
B5
B4
03
03
B4
B3
02
02
B3
B2
01
01
B2
B1
00
00
B1
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
Connection
diagram
24 VDC
24 VDC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction provided that the same
polarity is used for the commons.
2. Both COM0 and COM1 have two pins each. They
are internally connected inside the Unit, but they
must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
24 VDC
A20
NC
A19
NC
A18
A17
15
A16
14
A15
13
A14
12
A13
11
A12
10
A11
09
A10
08
A9
COM0
A8
07
A7
06
A6
05
A5
04
A4
A3
A2
A1
A
COM0
03
02
01
00
24 VDC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction provided that the same
polarity is used for the commons.
2. Both COM0 and COM1 have two pins each. They
are internally connected inside the Unit, but they
must all be wired.
A - 113
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
13
Wd (m+1)
NC
A20
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
Connecting
Cable
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
NX-ID6142-6
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2 Units)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
XW2Z-D
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-D
−
A9
B9
+
15
14
13
12
11
10
Connection
diagram
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-ID6142-6
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
−
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
NC
COM
A10
B10
+
24
VDC
−
+
−
+
−
Connection
diagram
3-wire sensor
with PNP output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
Brown (Red)
Blue (Black)
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
B10
A10
B9
A9
15
B8
14
B7
13
B6
12
B5
11
B4
10
B3
09
B2
08
B1
NC
COM
A8
07
A7
06
A6
05
A5
04
A4
03
A3
02
A2
01
A1
00
*1
+
−
+
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
2. The COM terminals are internally connected
inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
−
+
−
3-wire sensor
with NPN output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
+
−
+
−
Brown (Red)
Blue (Black)
*2
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
+
−
24 VDC
*1. PNP
*2. NPN
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
NPN.
terminal for
Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
PNP.
terminal for
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 114
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Outputs
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD5121-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD5121-5
XW2R-J20G-T
XW2Z-X
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
Connecting
Cable
L
L
L
09
10
B9
01
L
L
B8
02
L
L
B7
03
L
L
B6
04
L
L
B5
05
L
A8
L
L
12
A6
L
13
A5
L
14
L
15
+V
00
A9
11
COM
B10
A10
A7
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
L
L
06
L
07
L
Connection
diagram
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
COM
+V
+V
12 to
24
VDC
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
L
L
COM
A1
L
00
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
L
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
COM
+V
12 to
24
VDC
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
A - 115
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
Connection
diagram
08
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD5256-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD5256-5
XW2R-J20G-T
XW2Z-X
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
Connecting
Cable
L
Connection
diagram
08
L
09
L
10
A8
L
11
A7
L
12
L
13
L
14
L
15
0V
COM (+V)
00
L
L
B9
01
L
L
B8
02
L
L
B7
03
L
L
B10
A10
A9
B6
04
L
B5
05
L
06
L
07
L
A6
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
L
Connection
diagram
L
L
0V
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
0V
COM (+V)
24
VDC
Note The COM (+V) terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all be
wired.
A - 116
L
00
COM (+V)
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0V
COM (+V)
24
VDC
Note The COM (+V) terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all be
wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-OD6121-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6121-5
XW2R-J40G-T
XW2Z-K
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-40G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-K
Connecting
Cable
12 to
24
VDC
L 08
A19
L 10
A18
L 13
L 14
L 15
COM0
+V0
Connection
diagram
L
08
B17
B17
B16
04 L
L 04
B16
B15
05 L
L 05
B15
B14
06 L
L 06
B14
B13
07 L
L 07
B13
B12
COM0
COM0
B12
B11
+V0
+V0
B11
B10
00 L
L 00
B10
B9
01 L
B8
02 L
A12
A11
A10
A7
L 12
A6
L 13
A5
L 14
A4
+V1
B18
L 03
A13
L 11
A20
03 L
A14
A8
B19
L 02
A15
A9
B20
L 01
02 L
A16
L 10
L 00
B18
A17
L 09
L 15
COM1
B19
01 L
12 to
24
VDC
L
Wd m
Connection
diagram
L
01
L 02
B6
B4
06 L
L 06
B4
B3
07 L
COM1
L 07
B3
+V1
12 to
24
VDC
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
+V1
12 to
24
VDC
13 L
A14
14 L
A13
15 L
A6
05 L
B1
A15
A7
B5
A1
A16
12 L
A8
L 04
A2
11 L
A9
04 L
COM1
A17
B8
B6
B2
10 L
A10
B7
A3
A18
B9
L 03
L 05
L
09 L
A11
03 L
Wd (m+1)
A19
A12
B7
08
B5
A5
A4
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
A
Wd m
COM0
+V0
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
L
L
L
L
L
Wd (m+1)
L
L
L
COM1
+V1
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
A - 117
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
L 12
00
A20
L 09
L 11
B20
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2 Units)
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
XW2Z-N
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-N
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
Connection
diagram
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
A9
B9
+
A10
B10
+V
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
COM
L
L
+
L
−
Connection
diagram
15
+
14
−
+
12
−
10
L
L
Solenoid
valve, etc.
13
11
+V
L
12 to 24 VDC
COM0
(COM1)
−
−
(Short bar)
Connecting
Cable
NX-OD6121-5
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6121-5
L
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
L 08
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
+V
COM
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
−
9
+
8
−
7
6
+
−
5
+
4
−
3
+
2
−
1
Solenoid
valve, etc.
+
0
+
−
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
Connect the A10/B10 terminal and the
12 to
24 VDC
terminal.
terminal.
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 118
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-OD6121-6
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6121-6
XW2R-J40G-T
XW2Z-B
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-40G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-B
Connecting
Cable
Wd m
+V0
A20
COM0
A19
A18
L 14
A17
L 11
A14
L 10
A13
L 09
A12
L 08
A11
+V0
A10
COM0
A9
B18
B17
14 L
B16
13 L
B15
12 L
B14
11 L
B13
10 L
B12
09 L
B11
08 L
B10
+V1
B9
COM1
B8
07 L
B7
06 L
B6
05 L
B5
04 L
B4
03 L
B3
02 L
B2
01 L
A8
L 06
A7
L 05
A6
L 04
A5
L 03
A4
L 02
A3
L 01
A2
L 00
A1
COM1
B1
00 L
Connection
diagram
12 to
24 VDC
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
+V1
B20
COM1
B19
L 15
B18
L 14
B17
L 13
B16
L 12
B15
L 11
B14
L 10
B13
L 09
B12
L 08
B11
+V1
B10
COM1
B9
L 07
B8
L 06
B7
L 05
B6
L 04
B5
L 03
B4
L 02
B3
L 01
B2
L 00
B1
12 to
24 VDC
A20
A19
+V0
COM0
A18
15 L
A17
14 L
A16
13 L
A15
12 L
A14
11 L
A13
10 L
A12
09 L
A11
08 L
A10
+V0
A9
COM0
A8
07 L
A7
06 L
A6
05 L
A5
04 L
A4
03 L
A3
02 L
A2
01 L
A1
00 L
A
12 to
24 VDC
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
A - 119
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
A15
Wd (m+1)
+V1
15 L
A16
L 12
L 07
12 to
24 VDC
B19
L 15
L 13
Connection
diagram
B20
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
COM0
(COM1)
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2 Units)
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
XW2Z-L
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-L
−
A9
B9
−
A10 +V
B10
+
15
15
14
14
13
13
12
12
11
11
10
10
09
Connection
diagram
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
NX-OD6121-6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
(Short bar)
Connecting
Cable
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6121-6
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
12 to
24
VDC
COM
+
L
−
Connection
diagram
+
−
+V
L
L
L
Solenoid
valve, etc.
L
L
+
L
−
L
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
+V
COM
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
+
Note The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally
connected inside the Unit, but they must all be wired.
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
Solenoid
valve, etc.
−
12 to
24 VDC
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
Connect the A10/B10 terminal and the
terminal.
terminal.
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 120
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-OD6256-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6256-5
XW2R-J40G-T
XW2Z-K
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-40G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-K
Connecting
Cable
24
VDC
L 08
A19
L 10
A18
L 13
L 14
L 15
0V
Connection
diagram
COM0 (+V)
L
08
L 09
L 10
L 11
L 12
B20
B19
01 L
L 01
B19
B18
02 L
L 02
B18
B17
03 L
B16
04 L
L 04
B16
B15
05 L
L 05
B15
B14
06 L
L 06
B14
B13
07 L
L 07
B13
B12
0V
0V0
B12
A15
A14
A13
A12
B11
A11
00 L
B9
01 L
B8
COM1
(+V)
Connection
diagram
02 L
L 02
B8
B7
03 L
L 03
B7
B6
04 L
L 04
B6
B5
05 L
L 05
B5
B4
06 L
L 06
B4
B3
07 L
L 07
B3
A8
A7
A6
A3
B2
Wd (m+1)
0V
0V1
11 L
A16
12 L
A15
13 L
A14
14 L
A13
15 L
0V0
08 L
A9
09 L
A8
10 L
A7
11 L
A6
12 L
A5
13 L
A4
14 L
A3
15 L
A2
COM1
(+V)
Note The COM (+V) terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all be
wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
COM1
(+V)
A
Wd m
COM0 (+V)
A10
B2
A2
A1
A17
A11
B9
L
09
L
10 L
A12
L 01
L
08
A18
B11
B10
B1
24
VDC
COM0 (+V)
00
A9
A4
COM0 (+V)
B10
A10
L 14
A19
B17
Wd m
24
VDC
A20
L 03
A16
A5
0V
L 00
A17
L 13
L 15
L
Wd (m+1)
0V1
B1
A1
COM1
(+V)
24
VDC
Note The COM (+V) terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all be
wired.
A - 121
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
L 12
00
A20
L 09
L 11
B20
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
XW2C-20G6-IO16 (2 Units)
XW2R-J20G-T (2 Units)
XW2Z-N
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-N
COM0
(COM1)
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
Connection
diagram
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
−
A9
B9
−
A10 +V
B10
+
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
(Short bar)
Connecting
Cable
NX-OD6256-5
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-OD6256-5
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
Wd m
(Wd (m+1))
COM
(+V)
0V
+
L
−
+
Solenoid
valve, etc.
−
Connection
diagram
L
L
L
L
+
L
L
−
L
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
+
−
24
VDC
COM
(+V)
0V
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Note The COM (+V) terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all be
wired.
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
Solenoid
valve, etc.
−
24 VDC
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
Connect the A10/B10 terminal and the
terminal.
terminal.
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 122
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Inputs and Outputs
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6121-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6121-5
XW2R-J20G-T
XW2Z-X
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
Connecting
Cable
CN1
L 08
L 09
12
to
24
VDC
A6
L 15
COM (0V)
+V
Connection
diagram
L
B9
01 L
L
B8
02 L
L
B7
03 L
B6
04 L
B5
05 L
B4
06 L
L
B3
07 L
COM (0V)
L
A8
A7
L 14
00 L
A9
L 12
L 13
B10
A10
L 11
A5
A4
A3
B2
A2
B1
08
A10
09
A9
11
24
VDC
12
13
14
15
COM
L
L
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
COM
+V
+V
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
Connection
diagram
(IN)
00
B9
01
00
B10
B8
02
01
B9
B7
03
02
B8
B6
04
03
B7
05
04
B6
06
05
B5
07
06
COM
07
A8
A7
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
24
VDC
A2
NC
24
VDC
COM
A1
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
10
11
12
13
14
15
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
COM
+V
12 to
24
VDC
08
A9
09
A8
10
A7
11
A6
12
A5
13
A4
14
A3
15
B4
B3
B2
COM
B1
A1
2. The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
09
A10
A2
NC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
08
CN2 (IN)
B10
B1
NC
L
12
to
24
VDC
00
A1
CN2
10
CN1 (OUT)
NC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
A - 123
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
L 10
(OUT)
Appendices
Connecting
Cable
NX-MD6121-6
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2C-20G6-IO16
XW2Z-A
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-A
CN1
+V
COM
A8
L 06
A7
L 05
A6
L 04
A5
L 03
A4
A3
L 01
A2
12 to
24 VDC
B9
COM
B8
15 L
B7
14 L
B6
13 L
B5
12 L
B4
L 02
L 00
+V
A9
L 07
(OUT)
B10
A10
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6121-6
11
COM
−
A9
B9
−
A10
B10
+
15
15
L
14
B3
10 L
B2
09 L
13
B1
08 L
12
11
11
10
CN2
24
VDC
NC
COM
A9
07
A8
06
05
A5
A4
00
B9
COM
B8
15
B7
14
B6
13
B5
12
A6
03
01
NC
A7
04
02
B10
A10
B4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
10
(IN)
24
VDC
Connection
diagram
09
08
07
06
05
11
04
10
09
08
A1
03
02
01
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
00
+
−
+
−
12
Connection
diagram
+V
14
13
12 to
24 VDC
A1
CN1 (OUT)
(Short bar)
Digital I/O
Unit
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
+
Solenoid
valve, etc.
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
−
+
Solenoid
valve, etc.
−
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
Connect the A10/B10 terminal and the
12 to
24 VDC
terminal.
terminal.
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
A - 124
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-MD6121-6
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6121-6
XW2R-J20G-T
XW2Z-A
XW2C-20G6-IO16
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-A
Connecting
Cable
(Short bar)
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
CN2 (IN)
−
−
A10
B10
A9
B9
L
+
+
+
14
−
13
+
12
−
11
3-wire sensor
with PNP output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
Brown (Red)
Blue (Black)
−
9
+
B10
COM
B9
15
B8
L
14
B7
L
13
B6
L
12
L
11
L
10
L
09
L
08
+
6
−
3-wire sensor
with NPN output
(photoelectric
sensor or
proximity sensor)
Black (White)
5
+
4
−
3
+
2
−
1
COM
A8
07
L
A7
06
L
A6
05
L
A5
04
L
A4
03
L
A3
02
L
01
L
00
L
B4
B3
B2
A2
B1
A
(IN)
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
−
7
A9
CN2
NC
8
A10
A1
Connection
diagram
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
12 to
24
VDC
+V
B5
*1
+
10
+V
(OUT)
Blue (Black)
*2
B9
15
B8
14
B7
13
B6
11
10
2-wire sensor
(e.g., limit switch)
Blue (Black)
Brown (White)
A10
COM
12
Brown (Red)
B10
09
08
A9
A8
A7
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
NC
24
VDC
COM
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
+
0
−
+
24 VDC
*1. PNP
*2. NPN
Note 1. Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
NPN.
terminal for
Connect the A9/B9 terminal and the
PNP.
terminal for
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals and +V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
(Use the enclosed short bar.)
2. The COM terminals are wired inside the Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 125
A-3-3 Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Unit Connection Diagrams
−
15
Connection
diagram
CN1
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
Digital I/O
Unit
Appendices
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6256-5
Digital I/O
Unit
NX-MD6256-5
XW2R-J20G-T
XW2Z-X
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
XW2D-20G6
Connector-Terminal
Block Conversion Unit
Connecting
Cable
XW2Z-X
Connecting
Cable
CN1
L
08
L
09
L
10
L
11
L
12
L
13
L
14
L
15
COM (+V)
0V
Connection
diagram
09
24
VDC
10
11
12
13
14
15
COM
00
B9
01
L
L
B8
02
L
L
B7
03
L
L
B6
04
L
L
05
L
L
06
L
L
07
L
L
A9
A8
A7
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
L
L
COM (+V)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
COM (+V)
24
VDC
(IN)
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
Connection
diagram
00
B10
B9
01
01
B9
B8
02
02
B8
B7
03
03
B7
B6
04
04
B6
05
05
B5
06
06
07
07
A8
A7
A6
B5
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
COM
24
VDC
2. The COM terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
11
12
13
14
15
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
0V
COM (+V)
COM
08
A9
09
A8
10
A7
11
A6
12
A5
13
A4
14
A3
15
B3
B2
A2
A1
10
A10
B4
A2
NC
09
CN2 (IN)
00
A9
08
24
VDC
B10
A10
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
A - 126
00
0V
0V
A1
B1
NC
CN1 (OUT)
B10
A10
CN2
08
(OUT)
NC
COM
B1
A1
NC
Note 1. The polarity for input power supply connections
indicated with dotted lines (- - - - -) can be connected in either direction.
2. The COM terminals and 0 V terminals are internally connected inside the Unit, but they must all
be wired.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals
Connection examples and internal connection diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals connected to Digital I/O
Units are shown below.
Inputs
z G7TC I/O Relay Terminals
G7TC-ID16
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
A-3-4
G7TC-IA16
A
G7TC
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
G7TC
15
C15
15
14
C14
14
13
C13
13
12
C12
12
11
C11
11
10
C10
10
9
C9
09
8
C8
08
7
C7
07
6
C6
06
5
C5
05
4
C4
04
3
C3
03
2
C2
02
1
C1
01
0
C0
00
Relay side
15
C15
14
C14
13
C13
12
C12
11
C11
10
C10
9
C9
8
C8
7
C7
6
C6
5
C5
4
C4
3
C3
2
C2
1
C1
0
C0
NC
NC
A-3-4 Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals
15
Relay side
NC
NC
+
−
TOP VIEW
−
+
Input Unit
Input Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. Inputs to the Input Units and I/O Relay Terminals
use isolated contacts. “00” to “15” are the input bit
numbers for the Input Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
Note 1. Inputs to the Input Units and I/O Relay Terminals
use isolated contacts. “00” to “15” are the input bit
numbers for the Input Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
2. Use the G78-04 short bar to short to the common
terminal.
2. Use the G78-04 short bar to short to the common
terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 127
Appendices
Outputs
z G70D-V Relay Terminals
G70D-VSOC16
G70D-VSOC16+G70D-ET
Power supply
Power supply
G70D-VSOC16
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
15
G70D-VSOC16
A15
B15
A15
B15
A14
B14
A14
B14
A13
B13
A13
B13
A12
B12
A12
B12
A11
B11
A11
B11
A10
B10
A10
B10
A9
B9
A9
B9
A8
B8
A8
B8
A7
B7
A7
B7
A6
B6
A6
B6
A5
B5
A5
B5
A4
B4
A4
B4
A3
B3
A3
B3
A2
B2
A2
B2
01
A1
B1
A1
B1
00
A0
B0
A0
B0
24
0
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
Back
side
Back side
24
0
VDC
VDC
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
L
C15
L
C14
L
C13
L
C12
L
C11
L
C10
L
C9
L
C8
L
C7
L
C6
L
C5
L
C4
L
C3
L
C2
L
C1
L
C0
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
2. Use the G6D-4-SB short bar to short to the common terminal.
A - 128
G70D-ET
15
2. Use the G6D-4-SB short bar to short to the common terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
z G70D Relay Terminals
G70D-SOC16
G70D-SOC08
Power supply
G70D-SOC16
L
L
15
13
A15
A13
A14
B7
A12
14
12
L
A
L
Power supply
B5
B6
L
L
L
L
L
L
09
07
05
03
01
L
A11
B4
A9
A10
B5
A8
B3
B4
L
A7
B2
L
A5
A6
B3
A4
B1
B2
A3
B0
10
08
06
04
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
A7
B7
A6
B6
A5
B5
A4
B4
A3
B3
A2
B2
A1
B1
A0
B0
0V
VDC
A-3-4 Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals
G70D-SOC08
11
Relay side
A1
A2
24
VDC
A0
NC
0
02
24
Output Unit
L
Relay side
NC
00
L
NC
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. Every two outputs share a common. The current
supplied is 3 A per common.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “07” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
2. Use the G6D-4-SB short bar to short to the common terminal.
A - 129
Appendices
z G70D Relay Terminals
z G70R Relay Terminals
G70D-SOC16-1
G70R-SOC08
Power supply
G70D-SOC16-1
L
L
15
13
A15
A13
A14
B7
A12
B5
B6
14
12
L
L
Power supply
G70R-SOC08
L
L
L
L
L
L
11
09
07
05
03
01
L
A11
B4
A9
A10
B5
A8
B3
B4
L
A7
B2
L
A5
A6
B3
A4
B1
B2
A3
B0
A1
A2
24
VDC
A0
NC
0
10
08
06
04
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
02
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
A7
B7
A6
B6
A5
B5
A4
B4
A3
B3
A2
B2
A1
B1
A0
B0
0V
VDC
24
Output Unit
L
Relay side
NC
00
L
NC
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. Every two outputs share a common. The current
supplied is 3 A per common.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
A - 130
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “07” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
2. Use the G6D-4-SB short bar to short to the common terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-3 Connecting Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Units and I/O Relay Terminals
z G7TC I/O Relay Terminals
G7TC-OC16/OC08
G7TC-OC16-1
Power supply
Power supply
G7TC
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
G7TC
15
C15
L
14
C14
L
13
C13
L
12
C12
L
11
C11
L
10
C10
L
9
C9
L
8
C8
L
7
C7
L
6
C6
L
5
C5
L
4
C4
L
3
C3
L
2
C2
L
1
C1
L
0
C0
L
NC
NC
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
15
C15
14
C14
13
C13
12
C12
11
C11
10
C10
9
C9
8
C8
7
C7
6
C6
5
C5
4
C4
3
C3
2
C2
1
C1
0
C0
NC
NC
A
A-3-4 Connection Diagrams for I/O Relay Terminals
L
15
Relay side
Relay side
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. All outputs are independent.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
2. The G7TC-OC08 has only 8 outputs and therefore
does not have 8 to 15 and C8 to C15.
2. Use the G78-04 short bar to short to the common
terminal.
3. Use the G78-04 short bar to short to the common
terminal.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 131
Appendices
z G70A-ZOC16
Relay Terminal Socket
G70A-ZOC16-3 + G2R-1-S (16 Units)
Power supply
G70A-ZOC16-3 + G2R-1-S (16 Units)
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
164
L
161
15
162
154
L
151
14
152
144
L
141
13
142
134
L
131
12
132
124
L
121
11
122
114
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
111
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
00
112
101
104
102
94
91
92
84
81
82
74
71
72
64
61
62
51
54
52
44
41
42
34
31
32
24
21
22
11
14
12
Relay side
Output Unit
TOP VIEW
Note 1. The above diagram is an example with the
G2R-1-S (N) mounted to the G70A-ZOC16-3.
2. All outputs are independent.
They are also isolated from the Output Unit and
I/O Relay Terminal.
“00” to “15” are the output numbers for the Output
Unit and the I/O Relay Terminal.
A - 132
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
z Conformance to EC Directives
The NX-series I/O Units conform to the Common Emission Standards (EN 61131-2) of the EMC
Directives. However, when incorporating in the system, noise generated by relay output switching
may not satisfy these Standards.
In such a case, appropriate countermeasures must be provided externally to the Output Unit, such
as by connecting a contact protection circuit. Countermeasures taken to satisfy the standards vary
depending on the devices on the load side, wiring, configuration of machines, etc.
z Countermeasures
• Countermeasures are not required: the switching frequency of the entire system incorporating the
Output Unit is less than 5 times per minute
• Countermeasures are required: the switching frequency of the entire system incorporating the
Output Unit is more than 5 times per minute
Refer to EN 61131-2 for details.
z Countermeasure Example
The following measures must be taken.
Use the measures to reduce the noises that are occurred.
• When switching an inductive load, connect a contact protection circuit in parallel with the load or
contact. (Refer to Inductive Load on page 7-21.)
• When switching a load with a high inrush current such as an incandescent lamp, use either of the
following methods to reduce the inrush current.
<Method 1. Draw about 1/3 of the current consumed by the load.>
OUT
L
Power supply
IOG
<Method 2. Mount a limiting resistor.>
OUT
L
Power supply
COM
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 133
A-4 EMC Directive Measures for Relay Outputs
A-4 EMC Directive Measures for Relay
Outputs
A
Appendices
A-5 List of NX Objects
This section describes the NX objects of the Digital I/O Units.
The method to access NX objects through instructions or other messages depends on where the NX
Unit is connected.
If the NX Unit is connected to a CPU Unit, access is possible with the Read NX Unit Object instruction
and the Write NX Unit Object instruction.
When the NX Unit is connected to a Communications Coupler Unit, the method depends on the connected communications master and Communications Coupler Unit.
Refer to the user's manual for the connected Communications Coupler Unit for method to use messages to access NX objects on Slave Terminals.
A-5-1
Format of Object Descriptions
In this manual, NX objects are described with the following format.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Object name
Index (Hex)
Subindex (Hex)
Object name
Default value
Data range
Unit
Data type
Access
Default
value
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
Data
attribute
: This is the index of the NX object that is expressed as a four-digit hexadecimal
number.
: This is the subindex of the NX object that is expressed as a two-digit hexadecimal number.
: This is the name of the object. For a subindex, this is the name of the subindex.
: This is the value that is set by default.
: For a read-only (RO) NX object, this is the range of the data you can read. For a
read-write (RW) NX object, this is the setting range of the data.
: The unit is the physical units.
: This is the data type of the object.
: This data tells if the object is read-only or read/write.
RO: Read only
I/O allocation
Data attribute
RW: Read/write
: This tells whether I/O allocation is allowed.
: This is the timing when changes to writable NX objects are enabled.
Y: Enabled by restarting
N: Enabled at all times
---: Write-prohibited
A - 134
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-5-2
Digital Input Units
This object gives the product information.
Subindex
(hex)
1000
--00
NX Bus Identity
Number of Entries
--7
--7
-----
02
Model
*1
---
---
03
Device Type
*2
---
04
Product Code
*3
05
Vendor Code
00000001
Object name
Default
value
hex
1001
I/O allocation
--USINT
--RO
RO
---
ARRAY
[0..11] OF
BYTE
UDINT
--Not
possible
Not
--possible
---
---
UDINT
RO
---
---
UDINT
RO
Unit
Data
type
Data
attribute
-----
Acc
ess
Data range
RO
*4
06
Unit Version
*5
---
---
UDINT
RO
07
Serial Number
*6
---
UDINT
RO
--00
Production Info
Number of Entries
--2
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
--2
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Lot Number
*7
---
UDINT
RO
02
Hardware Version
*8
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
---
---
RO
ARRAY
[0..19]
OF BYTE
Not
--possible
Not
--possible
Not
--possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
-------------
*1. The product models are assigned in ascending order from the lowest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
*2. The device types are assigned for each product Unit type.
Bits 0 to 31: Device type
*3. The product codes are assigned for each product model.
Bits 0 to 31: Product code
*4. OMRON vendor code
*5. Bits 24 to 31: Integer part of the Unit version.
Bits 16 to 23: Fractional part of the Unit version.
Bits 0 to 15: Reserved
(Example) For Ver.1.0, 0100 hex
*6. A unique serial number is assigned for each product unit.
Bits 0 to 31: Serial number
*7. The year, month, and day of production are assigned to the "lot number".
Bits 24 to 31: Date of production
Bits 16 to 23: Month of production
Bits 8 to 15: Year of production
Bits 0 to 7: Reserved
*8. The hardware version is assigned in ascending order from the earliest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 135
A
A-5-2 Digital Input Units
Index
(hex)
A-5 List of NX Objects
Unit Information Objects
Appendices
Objects That Accept I/O Allocations
These objects accept I/O allocations.
You cannot access the objects that are described below with the Read NX Unit Object instruction, Write
NX Unit Object instruction, or other messages.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
6000
--00
Bit Input
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Input Bit 00
FALSE
02
Input Bit 01
FALSE
03
Input Bit 02
FALSE
04
Input Bit 03
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
BOOL
RO
---
BOOL
RO
---
BOOL
RO
---
BOOL
RO
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
---------
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID3317/ID3343/ID3417/ID3443/
ID3344/ID3444/IA3117
Other models
A - 136
4
Default value
Data range
4 (fixed)
0
0 (fixed)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
6001
--00
BYTE Input
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Input Bit 8 bits
00 hex
00 to FF hex *2
---
BYTE
RO
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
---
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
A
Default value
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
1
0
A-5-2 Digital Input Units
NX Units
NX-ID4342/ID4442
Other models
*2. Detailed data for Input Bit 8 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Input Bit 00
Bit 1: Input Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 7: Input Bit 07
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
6002
--00
Word Input
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Input Bit 16 bits
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
---
WORD
RO
Object name
Default
value
Data range
Unit
hex *2
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
---
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
Default value
NX-ID5142-1/ID5142-5/ID5342/ID5442 1
Other models
0
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. Detailed data for Input Bit 16 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Input Bit 00
Bit 1: Input Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Input Bit 15
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 137
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
6003
--00
DWORD Input
Number of Entries
01
Input Bit 32 bits
Default
value
Object name
Data range
---
---
*1
*1
00000000
hex
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
DWORD
RO
I/O
Data
alloattricatbute
ion
------Not
possi
ble
Possi --ble
hex*2
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID6142-5/ID6142-6
Other models
Default value
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
1
0
*2. Detailed data for Input Bit 32 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Input Bit 00
Bit 1: Input Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 31: Input Bit 31
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
6010
--00
Time Stamp
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Input Bit 00 Time Stamp
0
02
Input Bit 01 Time Stamp
0 to
+18446744073
709551615
03
04
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
ns
ULINT
RO
ULINT
RO
Input Bit 02 Time Stamp
ULINT
RO
Input Bit 03 Time Stamp
ULINT
RO
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
---------
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID3344/ID3444
Other models
A - 138
Default value
4
0
Data range
4 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Other Objects
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
5000
--00
Input Filter Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Input Filter Value Setting
3
0 to 11 *2
---
USINT
RW
02
Input Filter Mode Setting
0
0/1 *3
---
USINT
RW
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
Default value
NX-ID3317/ID3417/ID4342/ID4442/ID5142-1/ 2
ID5142-5/ID5342/ID5442/ID6142-5/ID6142-6/
IA3117
Other models
0
Data range
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Value Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Meaning
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
*3. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Mode Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
Meaning
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 139
A
A-5-2 Digital Input Units
Index
(hex)
A-5 List of NX Objects
This section lists other objects.
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
5001
--00
Input Filter Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Input Filter Value Setting
4
0 to 9 *2
---
USINT
RW
02
Input Filter Mode Setting
0
0/1 *3
---
USINT
RW
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID3343/ID3443
Other models
Default value
2
0
Data range
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Value Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Meaning
No Filter
1 μs
2 μs
4 μs
8 μs
16 μs
32 μs
64 μs
128 μs
256 μs
*3. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Mode Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
A - 140
Meaning
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
5005
---
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
---
---
---
---
---
00
Time Stamp (Trigger Setting)
Number of Entries
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
01
Input Bit 00 Trigger Setting
FALSE
TRUE or
---
BOOL
RW
FALSE
*2
Input Bit 01 Trigger Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
03
Input Bit 02 Trigger Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
04
Input Bit 03 Trigger Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
Y
Y
A
-----
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID3344/ID3444
Other models
Default value
4
0
Data range
4 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Input Bit  Trigger Setting is as follows.
Set value
FALSE
TRUE
Meaning
Rising Edge
Falling Edge
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 141
A-5-2 Digital Input Units
02
I/O
allocation
---
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
5006
---
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
---
---
---
---
---
00
Time Stamp (Mode Setting)
Number of Entries
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
01
Input Bit 00 Mode Setting
FALSE
TRUE or
---
BOOL
RW
FALSE
*2
02
Input Bit 01 Mode Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
03
Input Bit 02 Mode Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
04
Input Bit 03 Mode Setting
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
Y
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-ID3344/ID3444
Other models
Default value
4
0
Data range
4 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Input Bit  Mode Setting is as follows.
Set value
FALSE
TRUE
A - 142
Meaning
Continuous (Last changed time)
One-shot (First changed time)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-5-3
Digital Output Units
This object gives the product information.
Subindex
(hex)
1000
--00
NX Bus Identity
Number of Entries
--7
--7
-----
02
Model
*1
---
---
03
Device Type
*2
---
04
Product Code
*3
05
Vendor Code
00000001
Object name
Default
value
I/O allocation
--USINT
--RO
RO
---
ARRAY
[0..11] OF
BYTE
UDINT
--Not
possible
Not
--possible
---
---
UDINT
RO
---
---
UDINT
RO
Unit
Data
type
RO
hex *4
1001
Data
attribute
-----
Acc
ess
Data range
06
Unit Version
*5
---
---
UDINT
RO
07
Serial Number
*6
---
UDINT
RO
--00
Production Info
Number of Entries
--2
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
--2
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Lot Number
*7
---
UDINT
RO
02
Hardware Version
*8
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
---
---
RO
ARRAY
[0..19]
OF BYTE
Not
--possible
Not
--possible
Not
--possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
-------------
*1. The product models are assigned in ascending order from the lowest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
*2. The device types are assigned for each product Unit type.
Bits 0 to 31: Device type
*3. The product codes are assigned for each product model.
Bits 0 to 31: Product code
*4. OMRON vendor code
*5. Bits 24 to 31: Integer part of the Unit version.
Bits 16 to 23: Fractional part of the Unit version.
Bits 0 to 15: Reserved
(Example) For Ver.1.0, 0100 hex
*6. A unique serial number is assigned for each product unit.
Bits 0 to 31: Serial number
*7. The year, month, and day of production are assigned to the "lot number".
Bits 24 to 31: Date of production
Bits 16 to 23: Month of production
Bits 8 to 15: Year of production
Bits 0 to 7: Reserved
*8. The hardware version is assigned in ascending order from the earliest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 143
A
A-5-3 Digital Output Units
Index
(hex)
A-5 List of NX Objects
Unit Information Objects
Appendices
Objects That Accept I/O Allocations
These objects accept I/O allocations.
You cannot access the objects that are described below with the Read NX Unit Object instruction, Write
NX Unit Object instruction, or other messages.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
7000
--00
Bit Output
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Output Bit 00
FALSE
02
Output Bit 01
FALSE
03
Output Bit 02
FALSE
04
Output Bit 03
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
TRUE or
FALSE
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
BOOL
RW
---
BOOL
RW
---
BOOL
RW
---
BOOL
RW
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
N
N
N
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD3121/OD3153/OD3256/OD3257/
OD3268
NX-OD2154/OD2258/OC2633/OC2733
Other models
A - 144
4
Default value
Data range
4 (fixed)
2
0
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
7001
--00
BYTE Output
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Output Bit 8 bits
00 hex
00 to FF hex
---
BYTE
RW
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
A
Default value
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
1
0
A-5-3 Digital Output Units
NX Units
NX-OD4121/OD4256/OC4633
Other models
*2. Detailed data for Output Bit 8 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 7: Output Bit 07
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
7002
--00
Word Output
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Output Bit 16 bits
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
hex
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
WORD
RW
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD5121/OD5121-1/OD5121-5/OD5256/
OD5256-1/OD5256-5
Other models
1
Default value
Data range
1 (fixed)
0
0 (fixed)
*2. Detailed data for Output Bit 16 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Output Bit 15
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 145
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
7003
--00
DWORD Output
Number of Entries
01
Output Bit 32 bits
Default
value
Object name
Data range
---
---
*1
*1
00000000
hex
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
DWORD
RW
I/O
Data
alloattricatbute
ion
------Not
possi
ble
Possi N
ble
hex*2
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD6121-5/OD6121-6/OD6256-5
Other models
Default value
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
1
0
*2. Detailed data for Output Bit 32 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 31: Output Bit 31
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
7010
--00
Time Stamp
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Output Bit 00 Time Stamp
0
02
Output Bit 01 Time Stamp
0 to
+18446744073
709551615
Object name
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
ns
ULINT
RW
ULINT
RW
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
N
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD2154/OD2258
Other models
A - 146
Default value
2
0
Data range
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
6011
--00
01
02
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Specified Time Stamp Output Status
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
---
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
Output Bit 00 Output Status
Output Bit 01 Output Status
FALSE
TRUE or
---
BOOL
RO
BOOL
RO
FALSE
*2
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
N
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
A
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
Default value
2
0
A-5-3 Digital Output Units
NX Units
NX-OD2154/OD2258
Other models
Data range
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Output BitOutput Status is as follows.
Set value
FALSE
TRUE
Meaning
Output completion
Waiting for output to refresh
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 147
Appendices
Other Objects
This section lists other objects.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
5010
---
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Load Rejection Output Set- --ting
*1
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
*1
---
USINT
RO
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 00
FALSE
TRUE or
---
BOOL
RW
02
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 01
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
03
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 02
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
04
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit 03
FALSE
---
BOOL
RW
00
01
FALSE
*2
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
Y
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD3121/OD3153/OD3256/OD3257/
OD3268
NX-OC2633/OC2733
Other models
4
Default value
Data range
4 (fixed)
2
0
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Load Rejection Output for Output Bit  is as follows.
Set value
FALSE
TRUE
A - 148
Meaning
OFF
Hold the present value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
5011
--00
01
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Load Rejection Byte Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
---
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (8 bits)
00 hex
00 to FF hex*2
---
BYTE
RW
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
A
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
Default value
1
0
A-5-3 Digital Output Units
NX Units
NX-OD4121/OD4256/OC4633
Other models
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The detailed data and meaning of the set values for Load Rejection Output for Output Bit (8 bits) are as follows.
Bit 0: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 7: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 07
Set value
0
1
Meaning
OFF
Hold the present value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
A - 149
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
5012
--00
01
Object name
Default
value
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Load Rejection Word Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
---
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (16 bits)
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
---
WORD
RW
hex*2
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-OD5121/OD5121-1/OD5121-5/OD5256/
OD5256-1/OD5256-5
Other models
Default value
1
Data range
1 (fixed)
0
0 (fixed)
*2. The detailed data and meaning of the set values for Load Rejection Output for Output Bit (16 bits) are as follows.
Bit 0: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 15
Set value
0
1
A - 150
Meaning
OFF
Hold the present value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Subindex
(hex)
5013
--00
01
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Load Rejection DWord
Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
---
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (32 bits)
00000000
hex
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
---
DWORD
RW
*2
I/O
allocation
---
Data
attribute
---
--Not
possi
ble
Y
Not
possi
ble
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
Default value
1
0
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The detailed data and meaning of the set values for Load Rejection Output for Output Bit (32 bits) are as follows.
Bit 0: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 31: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 31
Set value
0
1
Meaning
OFF
Hold the present value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A
A-5-3 Digital Output Units
NX Units
NX-OD6121-5/OD6121-6/OD6256-5
Other models
A-5 List of NX Objects
Index
(hex)
A - 151
Appendices
A-5-4
Digital Mixed I/O Units
Unit Information Objects
This object gives the product information.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
1000
--00
NX Bus Identity
Number of Entries
--7
--7
-----
--USINT
--RO
02
Model
*1
---
---
RO
03
Device Type
*2
---
---
ARRAY
[0..11] OF
BYTE
UDINT
RO
04
Product Code
*3
---
---
UDINT
RO
05
Vendor Code
00000001
---
---
UDINT
RO
Object name
Default
value
Data range
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
hex *4
1001
06
Unit Version
*5
---
---
UDINT
RO
07
Serial Number
*6
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
---
UDINT
RO
--00
Production Info
Number of Entries
--2
--2
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Lot Number
*7
00000000 to
FFFFFFFF hex
---
UDINT
RO
02
Hardware Version
*8
---
---
RO
ARRAY
[0..19]
OF BYTE
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
---
---
---
---
---
---
-----
---
---
*1. The product models are assigned in ascending order from the lowest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
*2. The device types are assigned for each product Unit type.
Bits 0 to 31: Device type
*3. The product codes are assigned for each product model.
Bits 0 to 31: Product code
*4. OMRON vendor code
*5. Bits 24 to 31: Integer part of the Unit version.
Bits 16 to 23: Fractional part of the Unit version.
Bits 0 to 15: Reserved
(Example) For Ver.1.0, 0100 hex
*6. A unique serial number is assigned for each product unit.
Bits 0 to 31: Serial number
A - 152
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
*8. The hardware version is assigned in ascending order from the earliest number of array elements. Any remainder elements
are filled with spaces.
Objects That Accept I/O Allocations
A
These objects accept I/O allocations.
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
6002
--00
WORD Input
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
-----
--USINT
--RO
01
Input Bit 16 bits
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
---
WORD
RO
Data range
Unit
hex *2
Data
type
Acc
ess
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
---
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-MD6121-5/MD6121-6/MD6256-5
Other models
Default value
1
0
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. Detailed data for Input Bit 16 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Input Bit 00
Bit 1: Input Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Input Bit 15
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 153
A-5-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
You cannot access the objects that are described below with the Read NX Unit Object instruction, Write
NX Unit Object instruction, or other messages.
Object name
A-5 List of NX Objects
*7. The year, month, and day of production are assigned to the "lot number".
Bits 24 to 31: Date of production
Bits 16 to 23: Month of production
Bits 8 to 15: Year of production
Bits 0 to 7: Reserved
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
Default
value
7002
--00
WORD Output
Number of Entries
---
---
*1
*1
01
Output Bit 16 bits
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
Object name
Data range
hex
Unit
Data
type
Acc
ess
-----
--USINT
--RO
---
WORD
RW
*2
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Possible
Data
attribute
-----
N
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-MD6121-5/MD6121-6/MD6256-5
Other models
Default value
1
0
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. Detailed data for Output Bit 16 bits are as follows.
Bit 0: Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Output Bit 15
A - 154
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Other Objects
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
5000
--00
Default
value
Object name
Input Filter Setting
Number of Entries
Data range
---
---
*1
*1
Unit
-----
Data
type
--USINT
Acc
ess
--RO
Input Filter Value Setting
3
0 to 11 *2
---
USINT
RW
02
Input Filter Mode Setting
0
0/1 *3
---
USINT
RW
Data
attribute
-----
A
Y
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-MD6121-5/MD6121-6/MD6256-5
Other models
Default value
2
0
Data range
2 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Value Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Meaning
No Filter
0.25 ms
0.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
4 ms
8 ms
16 ms
32 ms
64 ms
128 ms
256 ms
*3. The meaning of the set values for Input Filter Mode Setting is as follows.
Set value
0
1
Meaning
Enable ON Filter and OFF Filter
Enable Only OFF Filter
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 155
A-5-4 Digital Mixed I/O Units
01
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Not
possible
A-5 List of NX Objects
This section lists other objects.
Appendices
Index
(hex)
Subindex
(hex)
5012
--00
01
Default
value
Object name
Data range
Data
type
Unit
Acc
ess
Load Rejection Word Setting
Number of Entries
---
---
---
---
---
*1
*1
---
USINT
RO
Load Rejection Output for
Output Bit (16 bits)
0000 hex
0000 to FFFF
---
WORD
RW
hex
*2
I/O
allocation
--Not
possible
Not
possible
Data
attribute
-----
Y
*1. The default value and data range for Number of Entries are as follows.
NX Units
NX-MD6121-5/MD6121-6/MD6256-5
Other models
Default value
1
0
Data range
1 (fixed)
0 (fixed)
*2. The detailed data and meaning of the set values for Load Rejection Output for Output Bit (16 bits) are as follows.
Bit 0: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 00
Bit 1: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 01
·
·
·
Bit 15: Load Rejection Output for Output Bit 15
Set value
0
1
A - 156
Meaning
OFF
Hold the present value.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
This section explains how to read the screwless clamping terminal block model numbers and shows the
model number table.
A-6-1
Model Notation
A
The screwless clamping terminal block models are assigned based on the following rules.
A-6-1 Model Notation
NX - T B Product type
TB: Terminal block
Terminal specifications
A: Column letter indication A/B, without functional ground terminal
B: Column letter indication C/D, without functional ground terminal
C: Column letter indication A/B, with functional ground terminal
Number of terminals
08: 8 terminals
12: 12 terminals
16: 16 terminals
Other specifications
1: Terminal current capacity of 4 A
2: Terminal current capacity of 10 A
A-6-2
List of Terminal Block Models
The following table shows a list of screwless clamping terminal blocks.
Terminal block model
NX-TBA081
NX-TBA121
NX-TBA161
NX-TBB121
NX-TBB161
NX-TBA082
NX-TBA122
NX-TBA162
NX-TBB082
NX-TBB122
NX-TBB162
NX-TBC082
NX-TBC162
Number of terminals
8
12
16
12
16
8
12
16
8
12
16
8
16
Ground terminal mark
Not provided
Terminal current capacity
4A
10 A
Provided
Note When you purchase a terminal block, purchase an NX-TB2.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A-6 List of Screwless Clamping Terminal
Block Models
A-6 List of Screwless Clamping Terminal
Block Models
A - 157
Appendices
A-7 Version Information with CPU Units
This section provides version-related information when connecting Units to a CPU Unit.
This section describes the relationship between the unit versions of each Unit and the CPU Unit, and
Sysmac Studio version, and the specification changes for each unit version of each Unit.
A-7-1
Relationship between Unit Versions of Units
The relationship between the unit versions of each Unit and the CPU Unit, and Sysmac Studio version
are shown below.
Interpreting the Version Combination Tables
The items that are used in the version combination tables are given below.
Refer to the user's manual for the CPU Unit for the models of CPU Unit to which NX Units can be
connected.
NX Unit
Model
Model number of NX
Units.
Unit version
Unit versions of NX Units.
Corresponding unit versions/versions
CPU Unit
Sysmac Studio
Sysmac Studio versions
Unit versions of the CPU
that are compatible with
that are compatible with
the NX Units and CPU
the NX Units.
Unit.
Version Combination Tables
• With the combinations of the unit versions/versions shown below, you can use the functions that are
supported by the unit version of the Unit model. Use the unit versions/versions (or the later/higher
unit versions/versions) that correspond to the NX Unit models and the unit versions. You cannot use
the specifications that were added or changed for the relevant NX Unit models and the unit versions
unless you use the corresponding unit versions/versions.
• Depending on the type and model of the Unit to which the NX Unit is connected, some Units do not
have the corresponding versions given in the table. If a Unit does not have the specified version, support is provided by the oldest available version after the specified version. Refer to the user’s manuals for the specific Units for the relation between models and versions.
• If you use the corresponding unit versions/versions given in the following table or later/higher versions, refer to the version information in the user’s manual for the CPU Unit.
A - 158
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
NX-ID3317
A-7 Version Information with CPU Units
NX Unit
Model
Corresponding unit versions/versions
Unit version
Ver.1.0
CPU Unit
Ver.1.13
Sysmac Studio
Ver.1.17
NX-ID3343
NX-ID3344
NX-ID3417
NX-ID3443
NX-ID3444
NX-ID4342
NX-ID4442
NX-ID5142-1
NX-ID5142-5
A
NX-ID5342
NX-ID5442
NX-ID6142-5
A-7-1 Relationship between Unit Versions of Units
NX-ID6142-6
NX-IA3117
NX-OD2154
NX-OD2258
NX-OD3121
NX-OD3153
NX-OD3256
NX-OD3257
NX-OD3268
NX-OD4121
NX-OD4256
NX-OD5121
NX-OD5121-1
NX-OD5121-5
NX-OD5256
NX-OD5256-1
NX-OD5256-5
NX-OD6121-5
NX-OD6121-6
NX-OD6256-5
NX-OC2633
NX-OC2733
NX-OC4633
NX-MD6121-5
NX-MD6121-6
NX-MD6256-5
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 159
Appendices
A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units
This section provides version-related information when connecting Units to a Communications Coupler
Unit.
Version information is provided separately for each Communications Coupler Unit that an NX Unit is
connected to.
A-8-1
Connection to an EtherCAT Coupler Unit
The relationship between the unit versions of each Unit, EtherCAT Coupler Unit, CPU Unit and Industrial PC, and versions of the Sysmac Studio are shown below.
Relationship between Unit Versions of Units
The items that are used in the version combination tables are given below.
NX Unit
Model
Model numbers of
NX Units.
Unit version
Unit versions of NX
Units.
Corresponding unit versions/versions
EtherCAT Coupler CPU Unit or IndusSysmac Studio
Unit
trial PC
Sysmac Studio verUnit versions of
Unit versions of
sions that are comNJ/NX-series CPU
EherCAT Coupler
patible with the NX
Units or NY-series
Units that are comUnits, EtherCAT
Industrial PCs that
patible with the NX
are compatible with Coupler Units, CPU
Units.
Units, and Industrial
the EtherCAT CouPCs.
pler Units.
The version combination table is given below.
• With the combinations of the unit versions/versions shown below, you can use the functions that are
supported by the unit version of the Unit model. Use the unit versions/versions (or the later/higher
unit versions/versions) that correspond to the NX Unit models and the unit versions. You cannot use
the specifications that were added or changed for the relevant NX Unit models and the unit versions
unless you use the corresponding unit versions/versions.
• Depending on the type and model of the Unit to which the NX Unit is connected, some Units do not
have the corresponding versions given in the table. If a Unit does not have the specified version, support is provided by the oldest available version after the specified version. Refer to the user’s manuals for the specific Units for the relation between models and versions.
• You cannot connect the relevant NX Unit to the target Communications Coupler Unit if “---” is shown
in the corresponding unit versions/versions column.
• If you use the corresponding unit versions/versions given in the following table or later/higher versions, refer to the version information in the user’s manual for the Communications Coupler Unit,
CPU Unit, and Industrial PC.
A - 160
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Model
NX-ID3317
Corresponding unit versions/versions
Unit version
Ver.1.0
EtherCAT Coupler
Unit
CPU Unit or Industrial
PC
Sysmac Studio
Ver.1.0
Ver.1.05
Ver.1.06
NX-ID3344
Ver.1.1
Ver.1.06*1
Ver.1.07
NX-ID3417
Ver.1.0
Ver.1.05
Ver.1.06
NX-ID3343
NX-ID3443
NX-ID3444
Ver.1.1
Ver.1.06*1
Ver.1.07
NX-ID4342
Ver.1.0
Ver.1.05
Ver.1.06
A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units
NX Unit
NX-ID4442
NX-ID5142-1
Ver.1.13
NX-ID5142-5
Ver.1.10
NX-ID5342
Ver.1.06
A
NX-DA3603
Ver.1.10
NX-DA3603
Ver.1.13
NX-IA3117
NX-OD2154
A-8-1 Connection to an EtherCAT Coupler Unit
NX-ID5442
Ver.1.08
Ver.1.1
Ver.1.06
Ver.1.0
Ver.1.05
*1
Ver.1.07
NX-OD2258
NX-OD3121
Ver.1.06
NX-OD3153
NX-OD3256
NX-OD3257
NX-OD3268
Ver.1.13
NX-OD4121
Ver.1.06
NX-OD4256
NX-OD5121
NX-OD5121-1
Ver.1.13
NX-OD5121-5
Ver.1.10
NX-OD5256
Ver.1.06
NX-OD5256-1
Ver.1.13
NX-OD5256-5
Ver.1.10
NX-OD6121-5
NX-OD6121-6
Ver.1.13
NX-OD6256-5
Ver.1.10
NX-OC2633
Ver.1.06
NX-OC2733
Ver.1.08
NX-OC4633
Ver.1.17
NX-MD6121-5
Ver.1.10
NX-MD6121-6
Ver.1.13
NX-MD6256-5
Ver.1.10
*1. If you use a CPU Unit, the instructions for time stamp refreshing are supported by CPU Units with unit version
1.06 or later. If you do not use instructions for time stamp refreshing, you can use version 1.05. Refer to the
instructions reference manual for the connected CPU Unit or Industrial PC for details on the instructions for
time stamp refreshing.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 161
Appendices
A-8-2
Connection to an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit
The relationship between the unit versions of each Unit, EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit, CPU Unit and Industrial PC, and versions of the Sysmac Studio and NX-IO Configurator are shown below.
Relationship between Unit Versions of Units
The items that are used in the version combination tables are given below.
NX Unit
Model
Model number of NX
Unit
Corresponding unit versions/versions
Application with an NJ/NX/NY-series ConApplication with a CS/CJ/CP-series PLC
troller
Unit version
CPU Unit or
EtherNet/IP
Sysmac Stu- EtherNet/IP Sysmac Stu- NX-IO ConIndustrial
Coupler Unit
dio
Coupler Unit
dio
figurator
PC
Sysmac Stu- NX-IO ConSysmac Stu- Unit version
Unit version
Unit version
Unit version
figurator verdio version
of Etherdio version
of
of Etherof the NX
sion that is
that is comNet/IP CouNJ/NX-series that is comNet/IP CouUnit
compatible
pler Unit that patible with
patible with
pler Unit that CPU Unit or
the NX Unit, with the NX
the NX Unit, is compatiNY-series
is compatiUnit, EtherEtherNet/IP
ble with the
Industrial PC EtherNet/IP
ble with the
Coupler Unit, Net/IP CouCoupler Unit, NX Unit
that is comNX Unit
pler Unit, and
and CPU
CPU Unit,
patible with
CPU Unit
Unit
and Industrial
the EtherPC
Net/IP Coupler Unit
The version combination table is given below.
• With the combinations of the unit versions/versions shown below, you can use the functions that are
supported by the unit version of the Unit model. Use the unit versions/versions (or the later/higher
unit version/versions) that correspond to the NX Unit models and the unit versions. You cannot use
the specifications that were added or changed for the relevant NX Unit models and the unit versions
unless you use the corresponding unit versions/versions.
• Depending on the type and model of the Unit to which the NX Unit is connected, some Units do not
have the corresponding versions given in the table. If a Unit does not have the specified version, support is provided by the oldest available version after the specified version. Refer to the user’s manuals for the specific Units for the relation between models and versions.
• You cannot connect the relevant NX Unit to the target Communications Coupler Unit if “---” is shown
in the corresponding unit versions/versions column.
• If you use the corresponding unit versions/versions given in the following table or later/higher versions, refer to the version information in the user’s manual for the Communications Coupler Unit,
CPU Unit, and Industrial PC.
A - 162
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
Corresponding unit versions/versions
Application with an NJ/NX/NY-series
Model
NX-ID3317
Unit version
Ver. 1.0
Controller *1
EtherNet/IP
Coupler Unit
CPU Unit or
Industrial PC
Sysmac
Studio
Application with a CS/CJ/CP-series PLC *2
EtherNet/IP
Coupler Unit
Sysmac
Studio
NX-IO Configurator *3
Ver. 1.2
Ver. 1.14
Ver. 1.19
Ver. 1.0
Ver. 1.10
Ver. 1.00
NX-ID3344
---
---
---
---
---
---
NX-ID3417
Ver. 1.2
Ver. 1.14
Ver. 1.19
Ver. 1.0
Ver. 1.10
Ver. 1.00
NX-ID3444
---
---
---
---
---
---
NX-ID4342
Ver. 1.2
Ver. 1.14
Ver. 1.19
Ver. 1.0
Ver. 1.10
Ver. 1.00
NX-ID3343
NX-ID3443
NX-ID4442
Ver. 1.13
NX-ID5142-5
Ver. 1.10
NX-ID5342
NX-ID5442
NX-ID6142-5
NX-ID6142-6
Ver. 1.13
NX-IA3117
NX-OD2154
Ver. 1.10
---
---
---
---
---
---
Ver. 1.2
Ver. 1.14
Ver. 1.19
Ver. 1.0
Ver. 1.10
Ver. 1.00
NX-OD2258
NX-OD3121
NX-OD3153
NX-OD3256
NX-OD3257
NX-OD3268
Ver. 1.13
NX-OD4121
Ver. 1.10
NX-OD4256
NX-OD5121
NX-OD5121-1
Ver. 1.13
NX-OD5121-5
Ver. 1.10
NX-OD5256
NX-OD5256-1
Ver. 1.13
NX-OD5256-5
Ver. 1.10
NX-OD6121-5
NX-OD6121-6
Ver. 1.13
NX-OD6256-5
Ver. 1.10
NX-OC2633
NX-OC2733
NX-OC4633
Ver. 1.17
NX-MD6121-5
Ver. 1.10
NX-MD6121-6
Ver. 1.13
NX-MD6256-5
Ver. 1.10
*1. Refer to the user’s manual for the EtherNet/IP Coupler Units for information on the unit versions of EtherNet/IP Units that
are compatible with EtherNet/IP Coupler Units.
*2. Refer to the user’s manual for the EtherNet/IP Coupler Units for information on the unit versions of CPU Units and
EtherNet/IP Units that are compatible with EtherNet/IP Coupler Units.
*3. For connection to an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit with unit version 1.0, connection is supported only for a connection to the
peripheral USB port on the EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit. You cannot connect by any other path. If you need to connect by
another path, use an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit with unit version 1.2 or later.
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 163
A
A-8-2 Connection to an EtherNet/IP Coupler Unit
NX-ID5142-1
A-8 Version Information with Communications Coupler Units
NX Unit
Appendices
A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation
Settings Tab Page
A-9-1
Connection to the CPU Unit
This section describes how to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page that is used to create
Unit operation settings on the Sysmac Studio for the NX Units connected to the CPU Unit.
You can use the methods described below to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page on the
CPU and Expansion Racks Tab Page on the Sysmac Studio.
Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual (Cat. No. W504) for the method of displaying
the CPU and Expansion Racks Tab Page.
z Method 1
Double-click the NX Unit to set.
z Method 2
Right-click the NX Unit and select Edit Unit Operation Settings from the menu.
A - 164
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page
z Method 3
Select the NX Unit and click the Edit Unit Operation Settings Button.
A
A-9-1 Connection to the CPU Unit
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 165
Appendices
A-9-2
Slave Terminal
This section describes how to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page that is used to create
Unit operation settings on the Sysmac Studio for NX Units in the Slave Terminal.
You can use the methods described below to display the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page on the
Edit Slave Terminal Configuration Tab Page on the Sysmac Studio.
Refer to the Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual (Cat. No. W504) for the method of displaying
the Edit Slave Terminal Configuration Tab Page.
Refer to the operation manual for the Support Software that you are using for the method of displaying
the Edit Slave Terminal Configuration Tab Page or Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page with Support
Software other than Sysmac Studio.
z Method 1
Double-click the NX Unit to set.
z Method 2
Right-click the NX Unit and select Edit Unit Operation Settings from the menu.
A - 166
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Appendices
A-9 Displaying the Edit Unit Operation Settings Tab Page
z Method 3
Select the NX Unit and click the Edit Unit Operation Settings Button.
A
A-9-2 Slave Terminal
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
A - 167
Appendices
A - 168
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Index
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
I
I-1
Index
Index
A
AC Input Unit ................................................................A-36
Access ........................................................................A-134
Additional I/O Power Supply Unit ................................. 4-10
Additional NX Unit Power Supply Unit .......................... 4-10
Applicable Wires ........................................................... 4-13
Assumed cause .............................................................. 9-7
B
built-in EtherCAT port ...................................................... 10
C
Coding Pin .................................................................... 4-27
Communications Coupler Unit ........................................ 1-5
Communications Master Unit ......................................... 5-3
Connector .................................... 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
Contact Protection Circuit ............................................. 7-21
CPU Rack ....................................................................... 1-5
CPU Unit ........................................................................ 5-3
crimping tool ................................................................. 4-14
Current Error .................................................................. 9-5
D
Data attribute ..............................................................A-134
Data range ..................................................................A-134
Data type ....................................................................A-134
DC enable ...................................................................... 5-7
DC Input Unit ..................................... A-9, A-26, A-28, A-33
DC Input/Transistor Output Unit ......................... A-84, A-92
Default value ..............................................................A-134
delay time ..................................................................... 6-18
DIN Track mounting hook
.............................3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
E
I
I/O allocation .............................................................. A-134
I/O allocation setting ......................................... 6-4, 7-5, 8-3
I/O entry ........................................................... 6-4, 7-5, 8-3
I/O entry mapping ............................................. 6-4, 7-5, 8-3
I/O power supply ............................................................ 4-9
I/O Power Supply Connection Unit ............................... 4-10
I/O power supply terminal .............................................. 4-9
incorrect attachment prevention hole ........................... 4-26
Index .......................................................................... A-134
Indicator ................. 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
Inductive Load .............................................................. 7-21
Industrial PC .................................................................... 10
input changed time ....................................................... 5-20
J
junction temperature .................................................... 7-17
L
Log of Error .................................................................... 9-6
M
Marker ............................................................................ 4-4
Marker attachment location
............................. 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
maximum I/O power supply current ............................. 4-11
Model number indication .............................................. 3-14
N
NX bus connector ... 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
NX Object ................................................................... A-134
NX Unit power supply ..................................................... 4-9
NX_DOutTimeStamp ........................................... 5-29, 5-31
O
Event code ..................................................................... 9-7
Event name .................................................................... 9-7
F
Ferrule .......................................................................... 4-14
forced refreshing .......................................................... 4-39
G
Ground terminal ................................................... 4-14, 4-15
I-2
Object name ............................................................... A-134
Objects That Accept I/O Allocations ....A-136, A-144, A-153
Other Objects ......................................A-139, A-148, A-155
P
Periodic Inspection Item ............................................... 10-3
Preventing Incorrect Attachment .................................. 4-26
Protrusions for removing the Unit
............................. 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
Index
R
Refresh cycle of the NX bus ................................... 5-2, 5-3
Relay Output Unit ................................................A-76, A-80
Release hole ...................................................................3-5
S
Screw terminal ................................................................3-7
securing wire .................................................................4-20
Slave Terminal ................................................................1-5
Solid Wire ......................................................................4-15
specified time ................................................................5-27
Subindex .................................................................... A-134
supply from external source ..........................................4-10
supply from the NX bus ...................................................4-9
Sync0 .................................................................. 5-14, 5-17
synchronization timing ........................................ 5-12, 5-16
I
T
Terminal block ........................................... 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-7
Terminal block cover .......................................................3-7
Terminal block lever ........................................................3-7
Terminal hole ...................................................................3-5
Terminal number indication .............................................3-5
thermal shutdown temperature .....................................7-17
timing to read inputs ............................ 5-8, 5-10, 5-12, 5-14
timing to refresh outputs ..................... 5-8, 5-10, 5-16, 5-17
Transistor Output Unit ..................... A-40, A-62, A-66, A-74
Twisted Wire .................................................................4-15
U
Unit ............................................................................. A-134
Unit hookup guide
............................. 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
Unit Information Object ....................... A-135, A-143, A-152
Unit specifications
............................. 3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 3-12
W
Wiring Terminals ...........................................................4-12
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
I-3
Index
I-4
NX-series Digital I/O Unit User’s Manual (W521)
OMRON Corporation
Industrial Automation Company
Authorized Distributor:
Kyoto, JAPAN
Contact: www.ia.omron.com
Regional Headquarters
OMRON EUROPE B.V.
Wegalaan 67-69, 2132 JD Hoofddorp
The Netherlands
Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388
OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
2895 Greenspoint Parkway, Suite 200
Hoffman Estates, IL 60169 U.S.A.
Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787
OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD.
No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2),
Alexandra Technopark,
Singapore 119967
Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711
OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD.
Room 2211, Bank of China Tower,
200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road,
PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China
Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200
© OMRON Corporation 2013-2017 All Rights Reserved.
In the interest of product improvement,
specifications are subject to change without notice.
Cat. No. W521-E1-07
0617
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement